Informatica Cloud Services API Guide
Informatica Cloud Services API Guide
October 2025
This software and documentation are provided only under a separate license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure. No part of this document may be
reproduced or transmitted in any form, by any means (electronic, photocopying, recording or otherwise) without prior consent of Informatica LLC.
U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS Programs, software, databases, and related documentation and technical data delivered to U.S. Government customers are "commercial
computer software" or "commercial technical data" pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency-specific supplemental regulations. As such,
the use, duplication, disclosure, modification, and adaptation is subject to the restrictions and license terms set forth in the applicable Government contract, and, to the
extent applicable by the terms of the Government contract, the additional rights set forth in FAR 52.227-19, Commercial Computer Software License.
Informatica, Informatica Cloud, Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services, PowerCenter, PowerExchange, and the Informatica logo are trademarks or registered trademarks
of Informatica LLC in the United States and many jurisdictions throughout the world. A current list of Informatica trademarks is available on the web at https://
[Link]/[Link]. Other company and product names may be trade names or trademarks of their respective owners.
Portions of this software and/or documentation are subject to copyright held by third parties. Required third party notices are included with the product.
The information in this documentation is subject to change without notice. If you find any problems in this documentation, report them to us at
infa_documentation@[Link].
Informatica products are warranted according to the terms and conditions of the agreements under which they are provided. INFORMATICA PROVIDES THE
INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ANY WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF NON-INFRINGEMENT.
Table of Contents 3
Starting a job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Stopping a job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Cleanly stopping a job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Login. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Logging in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Logging in using a JSON web token. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Logging in using SAML. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Logging in using Salesforce. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Logout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Logging out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Logging out and ending all sessions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Organizations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Organization management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Creating sub-organizations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Runtime environments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Getting runtime environment details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Creating, updating, and deleting Secure Agent groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Managing Secure Agent group selections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Configuring Secure Agent service properties for Secure Agent groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Schedules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Secure Agents and services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Server time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Tasks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Users. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
4 Table of Contents
Uploading an import package. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Starting an import job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Getting the import job status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
IP addresses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Key rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Getting key rotation interval settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Changing key rotation intervals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Getting license details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Updating a sub-organization's licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Login. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Logout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Lookup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Metering data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Requesting summary IPU usage data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Requesting project-level metering data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Requesting asset-level data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Requesting job-level metering data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Getting the metering data export job status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Getting custom IPU alert configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Downloading the metering data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Meter IDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Object state synchronization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
fetchState. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
loadState. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Finding an asset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Finding asset dependencies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Object permissions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Creating permissions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Updating permissions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Deleting permissions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Getting permission details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Checking permissions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Passwords. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Changing a password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Resetting a password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Privileges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Projects and folders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Creating a project. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Updating a project. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Deleting a project. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Table of Contents 5
Creating a folder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Updating a folder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Deleting a folder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Roles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Getting role details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Creating a role. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Updating a role. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Deleting a role. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
SAML group and role mapping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Adding SAML group mappings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Adding SAML role mappings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Removing SAML group mappings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Removing SAML role mappings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Getting SAML group mapping details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Getting SAML role mapping details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Schedules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Getting schedule details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Creating a schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Updating a schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Deleting a schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
SCIM tokens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Listing SCIM tokens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Creating a SCIM token. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Deleting a SCIM token. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Secure Agent services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Security logs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Source control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Pulling objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Pulling objects in a commit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Checking out objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Undoing a checkout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Checking in objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Getting commit details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Getting commit history. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Comparing object versions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Getting repository connection details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Getting the status of a source control operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Assigning tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Removing tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Users. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Getting user details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
6 Table of Contents
Creating a user. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Updating role assignments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Updating user group assignments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Deleting a user. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
User groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Getting user group details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Creating a user group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Updating a user group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Deleting a user group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Table of Contents 7
Getting field details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Updating fields in flat files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Updating fields in objects with non-flat file formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
File listeners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Getting file listener details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Creating a file listener. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Updating a file listener. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Deleting a file listener. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Starting a file listener. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Stopping a file listener. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Getting the status of a file listener. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Getting file listener job details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Changing the owner of a file listener association. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
File transfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Transferring files to a remote server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Receiving files from a remote server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Getting job status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
File transfer tasks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
HTTPS file transfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Fixed-width configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Hierarchical mappers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Creating a hierarchical mapper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Running a hierarchical mapper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Getting hierarchical mapper metadata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Job log files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Logging in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Getting log information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Linear taskflows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Mappings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Mapping tasks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Mask rule parameter attributes for masking techniques. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Mask rule parameter attribute values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
PowerCenter mapplets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Synchronization task conversion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Testing compatibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Converting an asset to a data transfer task. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Taskflows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
Monitoring taskflow status with the status resource. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
Publishing taskflows in bulk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Unpublishing taskflows in bulk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Validating expressions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Data Integration REST API supplemental information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
8 Table of Contents
Connector data types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Connection user interface fields to REST API attributes mapping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Table of Contents 9
Using the ParamSetCli utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
ParamSetCli utility arguments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
Running the ParamSetCli commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
10 Table of Contents
Preface
Use REST API Reference to learn how to use the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services℠ REST API to interact
with your Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services organization.
Informatica Resources
Informatica provides you with a range of product resources through the Informatica Network and other online
portals. Use the resources to get the most from your Informatica products and solutions and to learn from
other Informatica users and subject matter experts.
Informatica Documentation
Use the Informatica Documentation Portal to explore an extensive library of documentation for current and
recent product releases. To explore the Documentation Portal, visit [Link]
If you have questions, comments, or ideas about the product documentation, contact the Informatica
Documentation team at infa_documentation@[Link].
[Link]
Developers can learn more and share tips at the Cloud Developer community:
[Link]
developers
[Link]
11
Data Integration connector documentation
You can access documentation for Data Integration Connectors at the Documentation Portal. To explore the
Documentation Portal, visit [Link]
To search the Knowledge Base, visit [Link] If you have questions, comments, or
ideas about the Knowledge Base, contact the Informatica Knowledge Base team at
KB_Feedback@[Link].
Subscribe to the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services Trust Center to receive upgrade, maintenance, and
incident notifications. The Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services Status page displays the production status
of all the Informatica cloud products. All maintenance updates are posted to this page, and during an outage,
it will have the most current information. To ensure you are notified of updates and outages, you can
subscribe to receive updates for a single component or all Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services
components. Subscribing to all components is the best way to be certain you never miss an update.
To subscribe, on the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services Status page, click SUBSCRIBE TO UPDATES. You
can choose to receive notifications sent as emails, SMS text messages, webhooks, RSS feeds, or any
combination of the four.
To find online support resources on the Informatica Network, click Contact Support in the Informatica
Intelligent Cloud Services Help menu to go to the Cloud Support page. The Cloud Support page includes
system status information and community discussions. Log in to Informatica Network and click Need Help to
find additional resources and to contact Informatica Global Customer Support through email.
The telephone numbers for Informatica Global Customer Support are available from the Informatica web site
at [Link]
12 Preface
Chapter 1
To use the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services REST API, you need a valid Informatica Intelligent Cloud
Services login and an understanding of REST API guidelines.
To configure a request using the REST API, use the appropriate resource and method, along with the
applicable objects. Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services returns the requested information, performs the
requested task, or returns an error and related messages.
Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services REST API supports the Transport Layer Security (TLS) version 1.2 and
TLS version 1.3 protocols.
Note that some of the features and functionality mentioned in this guide might not be available to your
organization due to licensing.
For example, tasks are applicable to most services in Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services. To get a list of
tasks in your organization, you use the platform resource, task. A mapping task is a type of task that is only
applicable to the Data Integration service. To get details about a mapping task or create a mapping task, you
use the Data Integration resource, mttask.
There are two versions of the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services platform REST API. Use the version that
includes the resource you need. You can use both versions in the same session however the base URL and
headers are slightly different. For more information, see Chapter 2, “Platform REST API version 2
resources” on page 26 and Chapter 3, “Platform REST API version 3 resources” on page 111.
For information about Data Integration resources, see Chapter 4, “Data Integration REST API” on page 308.
13
REST API versions
Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services supports the platform REST API version 2 and version 3 resources, and
service-specific resources.
You can log in to Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services using the platform REST API version 2 or version 3
login resource. The version of any subsequent resource that you use does not need to match the version of
the login resource that you use to log in.
Note the following differences between REST API version 2 and version 3 calls:
Format
You can use the following formats depending upon which API version you use:
Login URL
Your POD (Point of Deployment) region is based on the location of your Informatica Intelligent Cloud
Services data center. Use one of the following POD regions:
The POD region is included in the URL you receive when you register with Informatica Intelligent Cloud
Services.
Base URL
The login response includes the base URL that you must include in subsequent calls.
• The name and region of the POD that your organization uses, for example, [Link]-us.
• The Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services domain, [Link].
• The internal service that manages the API calls, for example, saas.
The following example is a base URL for an organization on the [Link]-us POD:
[Link]
In the login response, the attribute that provides the base URL depends on the API version that you use
to log in. For example:
Request URL
The URL that you use in requests differs between the version 2 and version 3 resources, for example:
The login response includes a session ID that you must include in headers during the session. You can
use the same session ID for version 2 and version 3 resources. In the login response, the name of the
attribute for session ID depends on the API version that you use to log in. Use one of the following
attributes:
Request header
The request header is slightly different for version 2 and version 3 resources.
For version 2 calls, use the following format in the REST API request header:
<METHOD> <serverUrl>/<URI> HTTP/<HTTP version>
Content-Type: application/<json | xml>
Accept: application/<json | xml>
icSessionId: <SessionId>
For version 3 calls, use the following format in the REST API request header:
<METHOD> <baseApiUrl>/<URI> HTTP/<HTTP version>
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <SessionId>
Note that if you use a tool such as Postman, requests automatically include the HTTP version. If you enter
the HTTP version in the URL, the request is not successful because the HTTP version occurs twice in the
URL.
The following list describes the attributes of the version 2 and version 3 request header formats:
METHOD Yes Method you want to use, such as GET, POST, or DELETE.
serverUrl Required for Base URL for all version 2 resources except login and register.
most v2 Use a placeholder for serverUrl, and replace the placeholder with the
resources Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services URL returned by the login resource.
For the login and register resources, use the URL listed in the resource.
baseApiUrl Required for Base URL for all version 3 resources except login.
most v3 Use a placeholder for baseApiUrl, and replace the placeholder with the
resources Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services URL returned by the login resource.
For the login resource, use the URL listed in the resource definition.
Content-Type Required for Format of the request. Use one of the following options:
POST requests - application/json. Reads request as JSON.
- application/xml. Reads request as XML. Only applicable to version 2
resources.
Default is json.
Accept No Request format that you want to receive. Use one of the following options:
- application/json. Sends response as JSON.
- application/xml. Sends response as XML. Only applicable to version 2
resources.
Default is json.
icSessionId Required for Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services session ID. Required for all version 2
most v2 resources except login and register.
resources Use a placeholder for sessionId, and replace the placeholder with the session ID
returned by the login resource.
INFA- Required for Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services session ID. Required for all version 3
SESSION-ID most v3 resources except login.
resources Use a placeholder for sessionId, and replace the placeholder with the session ID
returned by the login resource.
Request body
Use the request body to pass additional attributes for the resource. When you pass attributes in a request
body, you pass the attributes as part of an object.
For example, to log in with the login resource, you pass the required username and password attributes in a
login object.
Some requests include sub-objects for attributes. Declare the sub-objects before listing the related attributes.
JSON format
When you use the JSON format for version 2 REST API calls, you can optionally define a request object with
the @type attribute, as shown in the following examples:
{
"@type": "<request object>",
"<attribute1>": "<value1>",
"<attribute2>": "<value2>",
}
XML format
When you use the XML format, define a request object as an enclosing set of tags, as follows:
<request object>
<attribute1>value1</attribute1>
<attribute2>value2</attribute2>
</request object>
When an attribute includes an object, enclose the attribute object within the attribute tags as follows:
<request object>
<attribute1>value1</attribute1>
<attribute2>
<attribute object>
<attributeA>valueA</attributeA>
<attributeB>valueB</attributeB>
</attribute object>
<attribute object>
<attributeC>valueC</attributeC>
<attributeD>valueD</attributeD>
</attribute object>
</attribute2>
<attribute3>value3</attribute3>
</request object>
Return lists
When the REST API returns a series of objects in XML, it encloses the list in the root tag, as follows:
<root>
<return object 1>
<attribute1>value1</attribute1>
<attribute2>value2</attribute2>
</return object 1>
<return object 2>
<attribute1>value1</attribute1>
<attribute2>value2</attribute2>
</return object 2>
</root>
In JSON, no additional attributes are used. The REST API encloses the list in square brackets ( [ ] ), as
follows:
[
{
"<attribute1>": "<value1>",
"<attribute2>": "<value2>",
}{
"<attribute1>": "<value1>",
"<attribute2>": "<value2>",
}
]
{
"username": "user@[Link]",
"password": "mypassword"
}
The login might return the following information:
{
"products": [
{
"name": "Integration Cloud",
"baseApiUrl": "[Link]
}
],
"userInfo": {
"sessionId": "9KA11tLGqxVcGeul8SQBK3",
"id": "9L1GFroXSDHe2IIg7QhBaT",
"name": "user",
"parentOrgId": "52ZSTB0IDK6dXxaEQLUaQu",
"orgId": "0cuQSDTq5sikvN7x8r1xm1",
"orgName": "MyOrg_INFA",
"groups": {},
"status": "Active"
}
}
You can then use the sessionId and the baseapiUrl to construct a request to obtain your organization's
license information, for example:
GET [Link]
52ZSTB0IDK6dXxaEQLUaQu
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: 9KA11tLGqxVcGeul8SQBK3
To log in using XML, you might use the following header and body:
POST [Link]
Content-Type: application/xml
Accept: application/xml
<login>
<username>useremail@[Link]</username>
<password>mypassword</password>
</login>
The login might return the following information:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
<user>
<id>00000B03000000000001</id>
<orgId>00000B</orgId>
<name>user@[Link]</name>
<createTime>2012-06-14T15:00:00.000Z</createTime>
<updateTime>2012-06-14T15:00:00.000Z</updateTime>
<createdBy>System</createdBy>
<updatedBy>user@[Link]</updatedBy>
Update modes
For Data Integration calls, you can submit a POST request using full update mode or partial update mode.
Use partial mode to submit a POST request that only includes the changed object fields, instead of including
all of the object fields. For example, if you want to update the connection in an mttask object, you can submit
a POST request using partial mode that might look like the following example:
POST api/v2/mttask/<taskId>
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
icSessionId: <icSessionId>
Update-Mode: PARTIAL
{
"@type": "mtTask",
"parameters": [
{
"@type": "mtTaskParameter",
"name": "$NewSource$",
"type": "EXTENDED_SOURCE",
"sourceConnectionId": "<sourceConnectionId>"
}
]
}
If you do not use partial mode, you need to include the entire object in the request. By default, the REST API
uses full mode.
• connection
• fwConfig
• masterTemplate
• mttask
• schedule
• workflow
Update modes 19
When you submit a POST request in partial mode, format the request using JSON and include the following
line in the header:
Update-Mode=PARTIAL
Include the @type attribute for the updated object in the body.
Some fields are grouped in collections. To update a field that resides in a collection, include the key field for
the collection in the POST request. The following table lists the collections and corresponding key fields:
Date/time values
With the REST API, Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services uses the UTC date format to pass all date/time
values.
Use the following UTC date format for all date/time values that you pass in requests. The same format is
used for all date/time values returned from Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services.
<yyyy>-<MM>-<dd>T<HH>:<mm>:<ss>.<SSS>Z
The following list describes the attributes of the UTC date format:
yyyy
Year expressed in four digits.
MM
dd
Hour in the 24-hour format. For example, 0 for 12:00:00 a.m. and 23 for 11:00:00 p.m.
mm
ss
SSS
For example, the following date string represents 3:00 pm on December 14, 2012:
2012-12-14T15:00:00.000Z
Object IDs
Many requests require an object ID, such as a connection ID or linear taskflow ID. To find the object ID that
you need, you can use the related GET request.
For example, to determine the linear taskflow ID that you need to update a linear taskflow, you can use a
workflow GET request to view the details of all linear taskflows in the organization. The return list of linear
taskflow details includes the linear taskflow ID. Similarly, to determine the ID of a user, you can perform a
user GET request.
Object IDs appear differently based on the REST API version you use. The REST API version 2 resources use
eight-character object IDs while version 3 resources use the FRS object ID. You can find the FRS object ID by
opening an asset in the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user interface. In the URL, the last string of
characters is the FRS ID. Other object IDs are not always readily available through the user interface.
Session IDs
When you log in to an Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services organization using the REST API, the login
resource returns the REST API session ID. You include this session ID in most subsequent REST API requests
during the session.
Prior to November 3, 2025, the session ID authentication type is always used after a user logs in. Effective
November 3, 2025, the organization administrator can configure the organization to use one of following
authentication types:
• Session ID. If the organization uses the session ID authentication type, the session ID expires after 30
minutes of inactivity. A grace period of up to 2 minutes might be included to account for any network or
unexpected delays.
Object IDs 21
• JSON Web Token (JWT). If the organization uses the JSON Web Token (JWT) authentication type, the
session ID value that's returned in a login response is a JWT token value. If you use custom scripts,
ensure that the scripts handle automatic re-authentication before the JWT token expires to avoid any
interruptions. For more information, see the JWT Support Knowledge article.
Include the session ID in the header for all API requests other than login requests. The attribute name in the
header can vary depending on the resource:
• For REST API version 2 resources, use the icSessionId attribute in the header to hold the session ID value.
• For REST API version 3 resources, use the INFA-SESSION-ID attribute in the header to hold the session ID
value.
• For other resources, use the IDS-SESSION-ID attribute in the header to hold the session ID value.
The following example shows how icSessionId is used in the header for a REST API version 2 call::
GET [Link]
Content-Type: application/xml
Accept: application/xml
icSessionId: <session ID>
The following example shows how INFA-SESSION-ID is used in the header for a REST API version 3 call:
GET [Link]
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: 9KA11tLGqxVcGeul8SQBK3
You can submit a POST request to determine the status of a session ID. Use the following URI to submit the
request:
/api/v2/user/validSessionId
Include the following attributes in the request:
{
"@type": "validatedToken",
"userName": "user@[Link]",
"icToken": "9KA11tLGqxVcGeul8SQBK3"
}
The response returns whether the session ID is valid or not and the number of minutes left before the session
ID expires. For example, you might receive the following response:
{
"@type": "validatedToken",
"timeUntilExpire": 29,
"isValidToken": true
}
Note: The timeUntilExpire value changes to "0" when the session will expire in less than 1 minute. The
isValidToken value changes to "false" when the session expires. To avoid the risk of authentication failure,
reauthenticate when the timeUntilExpire value changes to 0.
Successul responses
The following table describes common successful responses to REST API requests:
GET For an information request, returns the requested object or an array of objects when applicable.
For an action request, returns the HTTP 200 success code. Can also return the REST API success
object.
For example, if you use a GET request to view a schedule, a successful response is the schedule object that
you requested. Or, if you use a POST request to update the time that the schedule runs, a successful
response is the schedule object that you updated, including the update. If you use a DELETE request to delete
a schedule that is no longer being used, a successful response is the 200 success code.
Failed responses
For a failed response, the REST API returns a standard HTTP error code and can also return an error object.
The following table describes some of the HTTP error codes that might be returned:
400 Bad request. Can be a field or format issue such as an invalid character or incorrect string length.
401 Authentication issue. For example, invalid credentials or invalid session IDs.
403 Generic error. For example, user doesn't have required permissions for a resource.
500 Unexpected error. Generic error message that appears when an unexpected condition was
encountered.
Error object
When the REST API encounters an error, it returns a REST API error object.
For REST API version 2 calls, the error object has the following structure:
{
"code": "UI_10000",
"description": "User name or password is not valid.",
"statusCode": 403,
"@type": "error"
}
For REST API version 3 calls, the error object has the following structure:
{
"error": {
"code": "IDS_085",
"message": "User name or password is not valid.",
"requestId": "9hr8e2ObIcChbwYftgDui7",
"details": null
}
}
• Use the login resource to start a REST API session. Reuse the session ID that's returned in the login
response in all of the requests that you make during the session.
You can use a placeholder for the session ID in request headers. Replace the placeholder with the session
ID data that's returned in the login response.
• A REST API session expires after 30 minutes of inactivity. However, best practice is to log out before the
session expires. To continue work with the REST API, start a new session.
• Do not include icSessionId or INFA-SESSION-ID in the request header for login and register resources.
• Don't log out of a REST API session until all the requests that you've sent have been executed.
• For all resources except login, use a placeholder for the base URL. For version 2 resources, replace the
placeholder with the URL returned in the serverUrl. For version 3 resources, replace the placeholder with
the URL returned in the baseApiUrl.
Documentation conventions
Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services REST API documentation uses the following conventions:
Documentation conventions 25
Chapter 2
Activity logs
You can use the REST API to request log information for completed and running jobs.
26
Logs for completed jobs
Use this resource to request log information for completed jobs from the Monitor service. You can also
request error logs and session logs. To request log information for jobs that are running, use the
activityMonitor resource.
GET Request
You can request all of the log information or filter the log response. To request information from the log, use
the following URI:
/api/v2/activity/activityLog
To request information for a specific log ID, use the following URI:
/api/v2/activity/activityLog/<id>
To request information for a specific run ID, include the run ID and task ID in the following URI:
/api/v2/activity/activityLog?runId=<runId>&taskId=<taskId>
Note: The task ID is required whenever the run ID is included in a request.
To request information for a specific task, include the task ID in the following URI:
/api/v2/activity/activityLog?taskId=<taskId>
To specify the number of rows to skip, use the following URI:
/api/v2/activity/activityLog?offset=<offset>
To specify a row limit, use the following URI:
/api/v2/activity/activityLog?rowLimit=<rowLimit>
You can use any combination of these options. For example, you can use the following URI:
/api/v2/activity/activityLog?
offset=<offset>&rowLimit=<rowLimit>&taskId=<taskId>&runId=<runId>
You can also use the activityLog resource to get a session log. To get a session log, use the following URI:
/api/v2/activity/activityLog/<id>/sessionLog
You can use the following optional attributes in the activityLog GET URI:
Field Description
runId Job ID associated with the log entry ID. Whenever runId is included in a request, taskId is required.
taskId Task ID associated with the log entry ID. If taskId is not specified, all activityLog entries for all tasks are
returned.
offset The number of rows to skip. For example, you might want to skip the first three rows.
rowLimit The maximum number of rows to return. The maximum number you can specify is 1000.
If you omit this attribute, the activityLog returns all available rows, up to a maximum of 200 rows.
GET Response
Returns an activityLogEntry object for each row in the log or returns an activityLogEntry object for the
specified ID. Returns the error object if errors occur.
Activity logs 27
When you request information for each row in the log, the activityLogEntry object includes the following
attributes:
type String The type of task. For Data Integration, returns one of the following codes:
- DMASK. Masking task.
- DRS. Replication task.
- DSS. Synchronization task.
- MTT. Mapping task.
- PCS. PowerCenter task.
- WORKFLOW. Linear taskflow.
startTime Date/time Start time for the task or linear taskflow. Uses Eastern Time Zone (ET).
endTime Date/time End time for the task or linear taskflow. Uses Eastern Time Zone (ET).
startTimeUtc Date/time Start time for the task or linear taskflow. Uses Coordinated Universal Time
(UTC).
endTimeUtc Date/time End time for the task or linear taskflow. Uses Coordinated Universal Time
(UTC).
state Short Indicates whether the task completed successfully. Returns one of the following
codes:
- 1. The task completed successfully.
- 2. The task completed with errors.
- 3. The task failed to complete.
failedSourceRows Long Number of rows that the task failed to read from the source.
successSourceRows Long Number of rows that the task successfully read from the source.
failedTargetRows Long Number of rows that the task failed to write to the target.
successTargetRows Long Number of rows that the task successfully wrote to the target.
type String The type of task. For Data Integration, returns one of the following codes:
- DMASK. Masking task.
- DRS. Replication task.
- DSS. Synchronization task.
- MTT. Mapping task.
- PCS. PowerCenter task.
- WORKFLOW. Linear taskflow.
startTime Date/time Start time for the task or linear taskflow. Uses Eastern Time Zone (ET).
endTime Date/time End time for the task or linear taskflow. Uses Eastern Time Zone (ET).
startTimeUtc Date/time Start time for the task or linear taskflow. Uses Coordinated Universal Time
(UTC).
endTimeUtc Date/time End time for the task or linear taskflow. Uses Coordinated Universal Time
(UTC).
state Short Indicates whether the task completed successfully. Returns one of the
following codes:
- 1. The task completed successfully.
- 2. The task completed with errors.
- 3. The task failed to complete.
- 4. The task has not started.
failedSourceRows Long Number of rows that the task failed to read from the source.
successSourceRows Long Number of rows that the task successfully read from the source.
failedTargetRows Long Number of rows that the task failed to write to the target.
successTargetRows Long Number of rows that the task successfully wrote to the target.
Activity logs 29
Field Type Description
runContextType String Method through which the task was initiated. Returns one of the following
options:
- ICS_UI. Task was initiated through the user interface.
- SCHEDULER. Task was initiated through the task scheduler.
- REST-API. Task was initiated through the REST API.
- OUTBOUND MESSAGE. Task was initiated through an outbound message.
logEntryItemAttrs Indicates the start of metadata about the task, including the task's location and
the number compute units the job consumed.
sessionVariables Indicates the start of advanced session properties provided in the task.
totalSuccessRows Long Total number of rows that were successfully read from the source and written
to the target.
totalFailedRows Long Total number of rows that were not read from the source and written to the
target.
stopOnError Boolean Determines the runtime environment action to take when a nonfatal error
occurs. Includes the following values:
- True. The linear taskflow stops when an error occurs.
- False. The linear taskflow continues to process when an error occurs.
hasStopOnErrorRecord Boolean Indicates whether the task encountered an error and stopped.
isStopped Boolean Indicates whether the task was stopped by the user. A value of true is
possible if the task completed with errors or failed to complete.
When you request log information for a specific ID, the activityLogEntry object includes the following
attributes:
type String The type of task. For Data Integration, returns one of the following codes:
- DMASK. Masking task.
- DRS. Replication task.
- DSS. Synchronization task.
- MTT. Mapping task.
- PCS. PowerCenter task.
- WORKFLOW. Linear taskflow.
startTime Date/time Start time for the task or linear taskflow. Uses Eastern Time Zone (ET).
endTime Date/time End time for the task or linear taskflow. Uses Eastern Time Zone (ET).
startTimeUtc Date/time Start time for the task or linear taskflow. Uses Coordinated Universal Time
(UTC).
endTimeUtc Date/time End time for the task or linear taskflow. Uses Coordinated Universal Time
(UTC).
state Short Indicates whether the task completed successfully. Returns one of the
following codes:
- 1. The task completed successfully.
- 2. The task completed with errors.
- 3. The task failed to complete.
- 4. The task has not started.
isStopped Boolean Indicates whether the task was stopped by the user. A value of true is
possible if the task completed with errors or failed to complete.
failedSourceRows Long Number of rows that the task failed to read from the source.
successSourceRows Long Number of rows that the task successfully read from the source.
failedTargetRows Long Number of rows that the task failed to write to the target.
successTargetRows Long Number of rows that the task successfully wrote to the target.
runContextType String Method through which the task was initiated. Returns one of the following
options:
- UI. Task was initiated through the user interface.
- SCHEDULER. Task was initiated through the task scheduler.
- REST-API. Task was initiated through the REST API.
- OUTBOUND MESSAGE. Task was initiated through an outbound message.
Activity logs 31
Field Type Description
totalSuccessRows Long Total number of rows that were successfully read from the source and written
to the target.
totalFailedRows Long Total number of rows that were not read from the source and written to the
target.
errorFileDir String The location of the error file on the Secure Agent machine.
stopOnError Boolean Determines the runtime environment action to take when a nonfatal error
occurs. Includes the following values:
- True. The linear taskflow stops when an error occurs.
- False. The linear taskflow continues to process when an error occurs.
runContextType String Method through which the task was initiated. Returns one of the following
options:
- UI. Task was initiated through the user interface.
- SCHEDULER. Task was initiated through the task scheduler.
- REST-API. Task was initiated through the REST API.
- OUTBOUND MESSAGE. Task was initiated through an outbound message.
Activity logs 33
Field Type Description
sequenceValues Returns information generated from a task that includes the sequence
generator transformation. Includes a sequenceValueLogEntry object for each
transformation.
GET Example
To request 20 rows of information returned from the log in JSON format, you might use the following request:
GET <serverUrl>/api/v2/activity/activityLog?rowLimit=20
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
icSessionId: <icSessionId>
A successful request returns a list: an activityLogEntry object for each entry returned from the log.
Activity logs 35
"subTaskEntries": [],
"logEntryItemAttrs": {
"CONSUMED_COMPUTE_UNITS": "0.0",
"ERROR_CODE": "0",
"IS_SERVER_LESS": "false",
"REQUESTED_COMPUTE_UNITS": "0.0",
"Session Log File Name": "s_mtt_0Sr7LdcbAG2ldG33Lp8koQ_2.log"
},
"totalSuccessRows": 0,
"totalFailedRows": 0,
"stopOnError": false,
"hasStopOnErrorRecord": false,
"contextExternalId": "0100000Z00000000001N",
"transformationEntries": [
{
"@type": "transformationLogEntry",
"id": "141332309",
"txName": "FFSource2",
"txType": "SOURCE",
"successRows": 600,
"failedRows": 0
},
{
"@type": "transformationLogEntry",
"id": "141332310",
"txName": "FFSource1",
"txType": "SOURCE",
"successRows": 200,
"failedRows": 0
},
{
"@type": "transformationLogEntry",
"id": "141332311",
"txName": "[Link]",
"txType": "TARGET",
"successRows": 600,
"affectedRows": 600,
"failedRows": 0
},
{
"@type": "transformationLogEntry",
"id": "141332312",
"txName": "MYSQLTarget",
"txType": "TARGET",
"successRows": 0,
"affectedRows": 0,
"failedRows": 200
}
]
}
]
}
]
Note: If you request log information for a job that includes both Data Integration Server and advanced cluster
subtasks, the response contains a transformation log entry for a temporary target.
To request an error log from the server for a specific log ID, use the following URI:
/api/v2/activity/errorLog/id
• To request a session log, which may return a ZIP file if the task is a replication task or linear taskflow, you
might use the following request:
/saas/api/v2/activity/activityLog/000001C1000000000591/sessionLog
• To request a session log for a particular subtask for a replication task or linear taskflow, you might use
the following request:
/saas/api/v2/activity/activityLog/000001C1000000000591/sessionLog?itemId=233
• To request a session log for a sub-subtask in a linear taskflow, you might use the following request:
/saas/api/v2/activity/activityLog/000001C1000000000591/sessionLog?
itemId=233&childItemId=234
GET Request
To request log information about running jobs, use the following URI:
/api/v2/activity/activityMonitor?details=<true|false>
You can use the following attribute in the activityMonitor GET URI:
Activity logs 37
details
Optional.
Log detail to be returned from Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services. Use one of the following options:
• true. Returns log information for tasks, linear taskflows, and child objects. Child objects can include
tasks within linear taskflows, and objects within replication tasks.
• false. Returns log information for tasks and linear taskflows.
Default is false. If you omit this optional attribute, Monitor does not return additional details.
GET Response
Returns an activityMonitorEntry object for each row in the log. Returns the error object if errors occur.
type String The type of task. Returns one of the following codes:
- DMASK. Masking task.
- DRS. Replication task.
- DSS. Synchronization task.
- MAPPING. Job type of the sub job when you run a dynamic mapping task.
- MTT. Mapping task.
- MTT_DP. Job type when you run data preview for a mapping.
- MTT_DP_CDIE. Job type when you run data preview for a mapping in
advanced mode.
- MTT_TEST. Job type when you use the Run button in the Mapping Designer.
- PCS. PowerCenter task.
- WORKFLOW. Linear taskflow.
objectName String Source object used in the task, or the replication object being processed.
startTime Date/time Start time for the task or linear taskflow. Uses Eastern Time Zone (ET).
endTime Date/time End time for the task or linear taskflow. Uses Eastern Time Zone (ET).
startTimeUtc Date/time Start time for the task or linear taskflow. Uses Coordinated Universal Time
(UTC).
endTimeUtc Date/time End time for the task or linear taskflow. Uses Coordinated Universal Time
(UTC).
executionState String State of the task. Returns one of the following codes:
- QUEUED
- INITIALIZED
- RUNNING
- STOPPING
- FAILED
FAILED can be returned for linear taskflow subtasks only.
failedSourceRows Long Number of rows that were not read from the source.
successSourceRows Long Number of rows that were successfully read from the source.
failedTargetRows Long Number of rows that were not written to the target.
successTargetRows Long Number of rows that were successfully written to the target.
entries Indicates the start of information for a child object. A child object might be a
task within a linear taskflow, or an object in a replication task.
runContextType String Method through which the task was initiated. Includes the following values:
-UI. Task was initiated through the Data Integration user interface.
-SCHEDULER. Task was initiated through the task scheduler.
-REST-API. Task was initiated through the REST API.
-OUTBOUND MESSAGE. Task was initiated through an outbound message.
GET Example
To return log information including details about child objects in XML, you might use the following request:
GET <serverUrl>/api/v2/activity/activityMonitor?details=true
Content-Type: application/xml
Accept: application/xml
icSessionId: <icSessionId>
A successful request returns an activityMonitorEntry object for each item returned from Monitor.
Activity logs 39
</activityMonitorEntry>
<activityMonitorEntry>
<id>000001C500000000000L</id>
<type>PCS</type>
<objectName>pcs-lookup</objectName>
<runId>2</runId>
<startTime>2012-07-30T13:30:03.001Z</startTime>
<endTime>2012-07-30T13:30:03.010Z</endTime>
<startTimeUtc>2012-07-30T17:30:03.001Z</startTimeUtc>
<endTimeUtc>2012-07-30T17:30:03.010Z</endTimeUtc>
<executionState>COMPLETE</executionState>
<failedSourceRows>0</failedSourceRows>
<successSourcerows>688</successSourceRows>
<failedTargetRows>0</failedTargetRows>
<successTargetRows>688</successTargetRows>
<errorMsg> </errorMsg>
<entries> </entries>
<agentId>00000C08000000000003</agentId>
<runtimeEnvironmentId>00000C25000000000002</runtimeEnvironmentId>
</activityMonitorEntry>
</root>
Audit logs
Use this resource to request entries from the audit log.
GET Request
To request the most recent 200 entries in the audit log, use the following URI:
/api/v2/auditlog
To request a specific batch of audit log entries, define the batch size and request a batch number with the
following URI:
/api/v2/auditlog?batchId=<batchId>&batchSize=<batchSize>
Include the following information in the GET URI:
GET Response
Returns an auditLogEntry object for each audit log entry returned. Returns the error object if errors occur.
entryTime Date/time Time the action occurred. Uses Eastern Time Zone (ET).
Audit logs 41
Field Type Description
category String Category of audit log entry. Returns one of the following codes:
- AGENT. Secure Agent installation, configuration, status updates, and operational
activities.
- AGREEMENT. Subscription agreement updates, renewals, and changes to terms of
service.
- AUTH. Authorization events such as user logins, logouts, password changes, and
permission changes.
- B2BGW_CUSTOMER. B2B Gateway customer interactions such as data exchange or
transaction processing.
- B2BGW_MONITOR. B2B Gateway monitoring activities such as performance tracking
and event logging.
- B2BGW_SUPPLIER. B2B Gateway supplier interactions such as transaction and
communication logging.
- BUNDLE. Creating, modifying, and deploying bundles.
- CONNECTION. Creating, modifying, and deleting connections.
- CONNECTOR. Informatica Cloud Connector setup, configuration, and updates.
- CUSTOM_FUNC. Mapplets or user-defined processes or functions.
- CUSTOM_SOURCE. Custom sources such as saved queries or custom data
connections.
- DATA_FILE. Creating, uploading, downloading, modifying, and deleting files.
- [Link] events such as applying, updating, and removing masking policies
on sensitive data.
- DOMAIN. Domain configuration changes and updates.
- DQA. Data assessment such as data quality checks, reporting, and issue resolution.
- DRS. Replication events such as configuring and running replication tasks and getting
status updates.
- DSS. Synchronizationevents when synchronizing data between systems.
- DTEMPLATE. Creating, modifying, and running mappings.
- EDITION. Informatica Cloud edition events such as edition changes in the
organization or edition updates.
- EXT_CONNECTION. Creating, modifying, and deleting exernal connections such as
connections stored on a local Secure Agent.
- GUIDE. Accessing, creating, and modifying user guides and process guides.
- MI_TASK. Setting up and running file ingestion tasks and getting status updates.
- MIGRATE. Migrating data, configurations, and applications between environments.
- MTT. Creating, modifying, running, and deleting mapping tasks.
- OBJECT_ACL. Object permissions including setting, modifying, and removing access
control lists (ACLs) on objects.
- ORG. Creating, modifying, and deleting organizations.
- ORG_EDITION. Changes to the organization edition association, such as reassigning
an organization to a new edition or updating edition features.
- PACKAGE. Configuring, updating, and deploying packages.
- PCS. PowerCenter events that involve workflows, mappings, and other
configurations.
- PROCESS. Creating, managing, and running processes.
- PROCESS_OBJECT. Process objects including updates, logs, and error reports.
- RUNTIME_ENVIRONMENT. Configuration changes, status changes, and updates to
runtime environments.
- SCHEDULE. Creating, modifying, and running scheduled tasks or processes.
- SCHEDULE_BLACKOUT. Blackout periods for schedules including configuration
changes and the start and end of these periods.
- SUB_ORG. Creating, modifying, and deleting sub-organizations.
- SUBSCRIPTION_BILLING. Invoices, payments, or changes to billing plans.
- SYSTEM_INFO. System status updates, logging, and updates to the configuration.
- TASKFLOW. Creating, modifying, and running taskflows.
- USER. Creating, modifying, and deleting user accounts and changes to role
assignments.
- USER_GROUP. Creating, modifying, and deleting user groups and changes to group
membership.
event String Type of action performed. Returns one of the following codes:
- ADD_TAG
- CREATE
- DELETE
- DEREGISTER
- DISABLE
- DOWNLOAD
- EDIT
- ENCRYPT
- EXPORT
- FETCHSTATE
- IMPORT
- LINK
- LOADSTATE
- MAKE_DEFAULT
- MIGRATED
- MOVE_CONNS_TO_AGENT
- MOVE_CONNS_TO_IOD
- PUBLISH
- RECONCILE
- REGISTER
- REMOVE_TAG
- RETRY_REGISTRATION
- RUN
- STOP
- UPDATE
- UPDATE_PERMISSION
- VERSION1
- VERSION2
- VERSION3
- VERSION4
- VERSION5
- VERSION6
- VERSION7
GET Example
To view rows 21-40, you might use the following request:
GET <server URL>/api/v2/auditlog?batchId=1&batchSize=20
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
icSessionId: <SessionId>
Audit logs 43
Bundles
You can use the REST API to get bundle details and manage bundles in your organization.
You can perform the following tasks using the REST API:
Bundle details
Use this resource to request the details for a specific bundle or the details for all bundles published by the
organization or installed by the organization. You can also push a published private bundle to sub-
organizations.
GET Request
To request the details of a particular bundle, you can include the bundle ID or the bundle name in the URI. Use
one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/bundleObject/<id>
/api/v2/bundleObject/name/<name>
If you use the bundle name in the URI and the bundle name includes a space, replace the space with %20. For
example:
/api/v2/bundleObject/name/first%20bundle
To request the details for all bundles published by the organization, use one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/bundleObject/?published=true
/api/v2/bundleObject/?published=true&installed=false
To request the details for all bundles installed by the organization, use one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/bundleObject/?installed=true
/api/v2/bundleObject/?published=false&installed=true
GET Response
When you request the details for a bundle, returns the bundleObject for the bundle.
When you request a list of published bundles, returns a bundleObject for each bundle that the organization
published.
When you request a list of installed bundles, returns a bundleObject for each bundle that the organization
installed.
paid Boolean Whether the bundle was purchased. Returns true for paid, false for free.
copyable Boolean Determines whether users can download the contents of the bundle locally. Returns
true or false.
accessType String Access type for the bundle. Returns the following codes in the
BundleObjectAccessType object:
- PUBLIC. Available to all Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services organizations.
- SUBORGS. Available to sub-organizations of the publishing organization.
- ACCESS_LIST. Available to the organization IDs in the sharedWith attribute.
objects Objects in the bundle. Includes information for each object in the bundleRefObject
object.
Bundles 45
Field Type Description
POST Request
As part of a parent organization, you can share a private bundle with sub-organizations.
You can push a published private bundle to install the bundle on all sub-organizations. Push a published
private bundle when you want the objects in the bundle to be immediately available to all sub-organizations.
To push a bundle to a sub-organization, use the ID of the bundle object in the following URI:
/api/v2/bundleObject/push/<bundleId>
POST Response
Returns the success response if the request is successful. Returns the error object if errors occur.
Bundle licenses
Use this resource to request license information about bundles installed on or available to the organization.
GET Request
To request license information for a bundle associated with to the organization, use the bundle ID in the
following URI:
/api/v2/bundleObjectLicense/<bundleObjectId>
To request license information for all bundles associated with the organization, omit the optional bundle ID.
GET Response
If successful, returns the BundleObjectLicenseType for the requested bundle.
If you request license information for all bundles, returns the bundleObjectLicense object for all bundles
associated with the organization.
endDate Date/time Date the license expires. Returns NULL for free public bundles.
installed Boolean Indicates if the organization installed the bundle. Returns TRUE for installed
bundles and FALSE for available bundles.
active Boolean Indicates that the bundle is available and active. Returns TRUE.
accessCode String Required to install a licensed bundle. Used for sharing private bundles. Read
only.
POST Request
To install a bundle on the organization, use the following URI:
/api/v2/bundleObjectLicense
With this URI, use the following attribute in a bundleObjectLicense object:
POST Response
Returns the success response if the request is successful. Returns the error object if errors occur.
DELETE Request
To uninstall a bundle from the organization, use the following URI:
/api/v2/bundleObjectLicense?bundleObjectId=<bundleId>&updateOption=<updateOption>
Bundles 47
Use the following bundleObjectLicense Delete URI attributes:
updateOption String Defines what happens if objects in the bundle are used. Use one of the
following options:
- DELETE_EXISTING_OBJECTS. Deletes the objects that use the bundle
object.
- UPDATE_EXISTING_OBJECTS. Updates the object that uses the bundle
object.
- EXCEPTION_IF_IS_USED. Returns a message when a bundle object is used
and cancels the uninstallation.
DELETE Response
Returns the success response if the request is successful. Returns the error object if errors occur.
Jobs
Use the job resource to start or stop a task based on ID or name, including linear taskflows. You can also get
the job completion status.
To start or stop a task based on an ID, you can use the eight-character object ID for the task or the federated
task ID.
To find the eight-character object ID, see “Tasks” on page 105. However, this resource returns a task ID that
you can use only to run tasks located in the Default folder.
If your organization uses projects and folders, see “Lookup” on page 171 or “Objects” on page 205 to retrieve
the federated task ID.
For a Data Ingestion and Replication file ingestion and replication task, use the file ingestion and replication
job resource. For more information, see Chapter 5, “ File Ingestion and Replication REST API” on page 488.
Job Status
When you include the callbackURL in the job request, the service sends a request to the callback URL when
the job completes. The service always uses a JSON request for callbacks.
A callback might be called multiple times. For example, multiple callbacks might occur in the following
situations:
• Your callback server returns an HTTP status code other than 200.
• Your callback server doesn't respond within 30 seconds.
• Your callback server is down.
• There is a transient network failure.
In any of these situations, the URL connection breaks and the service counts the break as a failed attempt.
The service will make three immediate attempts to receive a successful response. Afterward, the attempts
will occur in exponential increments. For example, the attempts might begin with a 30-second interval and
progress up to a maximum 3-minute interval, until the total time reaches 30 minutes.
Starting a job
Use the job resource to start a job.
POST request
Use the following URI:
/api/v2/job
The following table describes the attributes to use in a job object:
taskId String Required if taskName or Task or linear taskflow ID. Use taskId or taskName in the
taskFederatedId isn't URI.
included. You can include this task ID when the task is located in
the Default folder.
taskFederatedId String Required if the task isn't Global unique identifier for the task, which includes the
located in the Default folder path to the task.
folder.
taskName String Required if taskId or Task or linear taskflow name. Use taskId or taskName in
taskFederatedId isn't the URI.
included.
taskType String Yes The type of task. For Data Integration, use one of the
following codes:
- DMASK. Masking task.
- DRS. Replication task.
- DSS. Synchronization task.
- MTT. Mapping task.
- PCS. PowerCenter task.
- WORKFLOW. Linear taskflow.
callbackURL String No A valid, publicly available URL. The service posts the job
status to the callbackURL.
POST response
The response returns the job object if the request is successful and an error object if an error occurs.
Jobs 49
The following table describes the attributes in the job object:
taskFederatedId String Global unique identifier for the task, which includes the folder path to the task.
taskType String The type of task. Returns one of the following codes for Data Integration:
- DMASK. Masking task.
- DRS. Replication task.
- DSS. Synchronization task.
- MTT. Mapping task.
- PCS. PowerCenter task.
- WORKFLOW. Linear taskflow.
{
"taskId": "0034J90000000M",
"taskType": "Workflow",
"callbackURL": "[Link]
}
To start a mapping task with ID 0100000Z000009, you might use the following request:
POST <serverUrl>/api/v2/job HTTP/1.0
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
icSessionId: <icSessionId>
{
"@type": "job",
"taskId": "0100000Z000009",
"taskType": "MTT",
"runtime": {
"@type": "mtTaskRuntime"
}
}
Because the request includes a runtime object, you can make additional requests to run the task
simultaneously in other runtime environments.
To start a mapping task using a parameter file, you might use the following request:
POST <serverUrl>/api/v2/job HTTP/1.0
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
icSessionId: <icSessionId>
{
"@type": "job",
"taskId": "0116Q70Z0000000000N4",
Stopping a job
Use the job resource to stop a job.
POST request
Use the following URI:
/api/v2/job/stop
The following table describes the attributes to use in a job object:
taskId String Required if taskName Task or linear taskflow ID. Use taskId or taskName in the URI.
isn't included. You can include this task ID when the task is located in the
Default folder.
taskFederatedId String Required if the task Global unique identifier for the task, which includes the folder
isn't located in the path to the task.
Default folder.
taskName String Required if taskId Task or linear taskflow name. Use taskId or taskName in the
isn't included. URI.
taskType String Yes The type of task. For Data Integration, use one of the following
codes:
- DMASK. Masking task.
- DRS. Replication task.
- DSS. Synchronization task.
- MTT. Mapping task.
- PCS. PowerCenter task.
- WORKFLOW. Linear taskflow.
POST response
The response returns the success object if the request is successful and an error object if an error occurs.
Jobs 51
icSessionId: <icSessionId>
{
"@type": "job",
"taskId": "0034J90000000M",
"taskType": "Workflow"
}
POST request
Use the following URI:
/api/v2/job/stop?cleanStop=true
The following table describes the attributes to use in a job object:
taskId String Required if taskName Task or linear taskflow ID. Use taskId or taskName in the URI.
not included. You can include this task ID when the task is located in the
Default folder.
taskFederatedId String Required if the task is Global unique identifier for the task, which includes the folder
not located in the path to the task.
Default folder.
taskName String Required if taskId not Task or linear taskflow name. Use taskId or taskName in the
included. URI.
taskType String Yes The type of task. For Data Integration, use one of the following
codes:
- DMASK. Masking task.
- DRS. Replication task.
- DSS. Synchronization task.
- MTT. Mapping task.
- PCS. PowerCenter task.
- WORKFLOW. Linear taskflow.
POST response
The response returns the success object if the request is successful and an error object if an error occurs.
{
"@type": "job",
"taskName": "MappingTask1",
"taskType": "MTT"
}
Logging in
You can use this resource to log in to your organization using your Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user
account.
The login response includes the base URL and session ID values that you include in requests that you send
during the REST API session.
To log in using SAML single sign-on, see “Logging in using SAML” on page 62.
To log in using Salesforce credentials, see “Logging in using Salesforce” on page 65.
Note: Your team might use multiple organizations such as an organization for development and an
organization for testing. The user credentials that you use to log in determine the organization that you
access.
POST Request
To log in, use the following URL:
[Link] provider>-<region>.[Link]/ma/api/v2/user/login
The values for cloud provider and region correspond to the name of the POD (Point of Deployment) that your
organization uses. The following table lists the POD names and the corresponding cloud provider and region
to use in the login URL
USW1 dm-us
USE2 dm-us
USW3 dm-us
USE4 dm-us
USW5 dm-us
USE6 dm-us
USW1-1 dm1-us
USW3-1 dm1-us
USW1-2 dm2-us
CAC1 dm-na
APSE1 dm-ap
Login 53
POD name Cloud provider-region
APSE2 dm1-apse
APNE1 dm1-ap
APNE2 dm-apne
APAUC1 dm1-apau
EMW1 dm-em
EMC1 dm1-em
UK1 dm-uk
For example, if your organization uses the APNE1 POD, use the following URL:
[Link]
If you don't know the name of the POD that your organization uses, contact your organization administrator
or Informatica Global Customer Support.
For more information about the POD names and corresponding cloud providers and regions, see the
Product Availability Matrix (PAM) for Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services on the Knowledge Base.
username String Yes Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user name for the organization that you want
to log in to.
Maximum length is 255 characters.
POST Response
Returns the user object if the request is successful. Returns the error object if errors occur.
The response includes the following information that you need to include in the header of subsequent REST
API calls:
• icSessionId. A REST API session ID that you include in the header for version 2 REST API calls.
For more information about session IDs, see “Session IDs” on page 21.
• serverUrl. The base URL that you use in all version 2 resource URIs except for login, for example:
<serverUrl>/api/v2/job
createdBy String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user who created the user account.
updatedBy String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user who last updated the user account.
sfUsername String Salesforce user name. Included when user is configured to authenticate through
Salesforce.
password String Salesforce user password. Included when user is configured to authenticate
through Salesforce.
roles Object that includes a role object for each role assigned to the user.
Login 55
Field Type Description
emails String Email address to be notified when the user changes the account password.
timezone String Time zone of the user. Time zone honors Daylight Saving Time.
For more information, see “Time zone codes” on page 581 .
serverUrl String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services URL for the organization the user belongs
to. Use the serverUrl as a base for most version 2 REST API resource URIs.
spiUrl String This field is no longer applicable and has been deprecated.
icSessionId String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services session ID for version 2 REST API session.
Use in most version 2 REST API request headers.
forceChangePassword Boolean Determines if the user must reset the password after the user logs in for the first
time. Includes the following values:
- True. The user must reset the password.
- False. The user is not forced to reset the password.
POST Example
To log in to your Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services organization, you might use the following request:
POST [Link]
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
{
"@type": "login",
"username": "John@[Link]",
"password": "mypassword"
}
The response returns the user object which contains the serverUrl and icSessionId values to use in
subsequent calls, as shown in the following example:
{
"id": "0101TQ03000000000007",
"orgId": "0101TQ",
"orgUuid": "3FNFLs1uHe2IIgTs8tRjSJ",
"name": "John@[Link]",
"description": "",
"createTime": "2018-02-16T00:20:07.000Z",
"updateTime": "2018-07-17T22:45:50.000Z",
"createdBy": "System built-in user",
"updatedBy": "John@[Link]",
"sfUsername": null,
"firstName": "John",
"lastName": "Randall",
"title": "IICS Admin",
"password": "**********",
"phone": "123-456-7899",
"emails": "John@[Link]",
"timezone": null,
"serverUrl": "[Link]
"securityQuestion": "In what city were you born?",
"securityAnswer": "********",
The JWT access token is provided by your identity provider, sometimes called an IDP. Retrieve the token from
your identity provider and include it in the loginOAuth request. The token can be used for one login request.
Before you can use the loginOAuth resource, the following prerequisites must be met:
• The organization is configured to use SAML. For information about SAML configuration, see User
Administration in the Administrator help.
• Users are set up as SAML users and are activated in the organization.
• The organization's identity provider is registered. For information about registering identity providers, see
“Identity providers” on page 145.
The following table lists the claims that must be present in the JWT access token:
Claim Description
iss Issuer of the the JWT. Includes the absolute URL of the identity provider issuer.
The JWT issuer claim must be the same as the issuer that appeared when the identity provider was
registered.
sub Subject of the JWT. Includes the user name or email address of the user.
Login 57
Claim Description
aud Audience for the JWT. The JWT access token's audience claim maps to the SAML entity ID configured in your
organization's SAML setup. The audience claim can be one of the following values:
- api://<orgId>.<cloud provider>-<region>.[Link]
- api://<cloud provider>-<region>.[Link].<orgId>
- api://<cloud provider>-<region>.[Link]/<orgId>
- [Link] provider>-<region>.[Link]
- [Link] provider>-<region>.[Link].<orgId>
- [Link] provider>-<region>.[Link]/<orgId>
Note: Optionally, you can include the resource in the audience claim. The resource name is customizable and
can be set to any value, for example, LoginResource1, or UserLoginResource.
nbf Time before which the JWT can't be accepted for processing.
iat Time at which the JWT was issued. This value can determine the age of the JWT.
jti/uti Unique identifier for the JWT. The identifier can be used to prevent the JWT from being replayed so that each
JWT is used only once.
Note: If a required claim is absent, the API rejects the request and returns an error.
After you log in to Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services, use the values from the following response fields to
make subsequent requests:
• icSessionId. REST API session ID that you include in the header for REST API calls. The session expires at
the earliest of the following values:
- Current time plus 30 minutes
After the session ID expires, log in again to continue working with the REST API. For information on
retrieving session status details, see “Session IDs” on page 21.
• serverUrl. The base URL that you use in all resource URIs.
Use the logout resource to end the session.
POST request
The login request must include a JWT access token. To get a JWT access token, see the documentation
provided by your identity provider.
Use the base URL and session ID returned in the response for subsequent requests during this session.
createdBy String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user who created the user account.
updatedBy String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user who last updated the user account.
sfUsername String Salesforce user name. Included when user is configured to authenticate through
Salesforce.
password String Salesforce user password. Included when user is configured to authenticate
through Salesforce.
emails String Email address to be notified when the user changes the account password.
timezone String Time zone of the user. Time zone honors Daylight Saving Time.
For more information, see “Time zone codes” on page 581 .
serverUrl String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services URL for the organization that the user
belongs to. Use as a base for most version 2 and version 3 REST API resource
URIs.
icSessionId String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services Session ID. Use in most version 2 and
version 3 REST API request headers.
Login 59
Field Type Description
forceChangePassword Boolean Determines if the user must reset the password after the user logs in for the first
time. Includes the following values:
- True. The user must reset the password.
- False. The user is not forced to reset the password.
spiUrl String This field is no longer applicable and has been deprecated.
POST example
To log in to Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services using a JWT access token, you might use the following
request:
POST [Link]
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
{
"orgId": "6xVpQpzHBAoizhbMOLzty9",
"oauthToken": "<JWT token>"
}
The response returns the user object which contains the serverUrl and icSessionId values to use in
subsequent calls, as shown in the following example:
{
"id": "01000103000000000002",
"orgId": "010001",
"orgUuid": "6xVpQpzHBAoizhbMOLzty9",
"name": "Larry@[Link]",
"description": null,
"createTime": "2023-07-20T15:13:12.000Z",
"updateTime": "2023-07-20T15:13:32.000Z",
"createdBy": "ma",
"updatedBy": "Scott@[Link]",
"sfUsername": null,
"firstName": "Larry",
"lastName": "Felyne",
"title": "Manager",
"password": "********",
"phone": "423435546657652",
"emails": "Larry@[Link]",
"timezone": null,
"serverUrl": "[Link]
"securityQuestion": "In what city did you meet your spouse/significant other?",
"securityAnswer": "********",
"uuid": "6qnnXdzBdtUbObUTYhyWO1",
"forceChangePassword": false,
"roles": [
{
"name": "Admin",
"description": "Role for performing administrative tasks for an
organization. Has full access to all licensed services."
},
{
"name": "Data Preview",
"description": "Role to preview data"
},
{
"name": "Designer",
"description": "Role for creating assets, tasks, and processes. Can
configure connections, schedules, and runtime environments. Has access to the
Application Integration Console."
}
],
"usergroups": [
{
Login 61
"id": "aRfrqNzCfg7e9SDOJ3y1Yn",
"orgId": "010001",
"name": "G2",
"description": "",
"createTime": "2023-08-01T05:33:22.000Z",
"updateTime": "2023-08-01T05:33:23.000Z",
"createdBy": "Scott@[Link]",
"updatedBy": "Scott@[Link]"
}
],
"spiUrl": null
}
As an example of using the serverUrl and icSessionId values in subsequent requests, to send a GET request
to obtain Secure Agent information, you might use the following request:
GET [Link] HTTP/<HTTP version>
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
Note: If a SAML token was already used to perform SSO login, it can't be used to perform API logins, even if
the token hasn't expired yet. You must log in using your username and password.
The loginSaml response includes the session ID and base URL that you include in subsequent REST API calls.
Use values from the following fields returned in the response:
• icSessionId. A 30-minute REST API session ID that you include in the header for version 2 REST API calls.
After the session ID expires, log in again to continue working with the REST API.
For information on retrieving session status details, see “Session IDs” on page 21.
• serverUrl. The base URL that you use in all version 2 resource URIs except for loginSaml, for example:
<serverUrl>/api/v2/job
POST Request
The login request must include a SAML token, which you can obtain from your identity provider.
Use the base URL and session ID returned in the response for subsequent requests during this session.
createdBy String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user who created the user account.
updatedBy String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user who last updated the user account.
email String Email address to be notified when the user changes the account password.
timezone String Time zone of the user. Time zone honors Daylight Saving Time.
For more information, see “Time zone codes” on page 581 .
Login 63
Field Type Description
serverUrl String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services URL for the organization the user belongs to. Use the
serverUrl as a base for most version 2 REST API resource URIs.
icSessionId String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services session ID for version 2 REST API session. Use in most
version 2 REST API request headers.
spiUrl String This field is no longer applicable and has been deprecated.
POST Example
To log in to Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services using SAML single sign-on, you might use the following
request:
POST [Link]
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
{
"@type": "login",
"samlToken": "<SAML token>",
"orgId": "3FNFLs1uHe2IIgTs8tRjSJ"
}
The response returns the user object which contains the serverUrl and icSessionId values to use in
subsequent calls, as shown in the following example:
{
"id": "0101TQ03000000000007",
"orgId": "3FNFLs1uHe2IIgTs8tRjSJ",
"orgUuid": "3FNFLs1uHe2IIgTs8tRjSJ",
"name": "John@[Link]",
"description": "",
"createTime": "2018-02-16T00:20:07.000Z",
"updateTime": "2018-07-17T22:45:50.000Z",
"createdBy": "System built-in user",
"updatedBy": "John@[Link]",
"sfUsername": null,
"firstName": "John",
"lastName": "Randall",
"title": "IICS Admin",
"phone": "123-456-7899",
"emails": "John@[Link]",
"timezone": null,
"serverUrl": "[Link]
"securityQuestion": "In what city were you born?",
"securityAnswer": "********",
"uuid": "a51jk7TB0IDcnWLwJdLaW2",
"forceChangePassword": false,
"roles": [
{
"name": "Admin",
"description": "Role for performing administrative tasks for an
organization. Has full access to all licensed services."
},
{
"name": "Data Preview",
"description": "Role to preview data"
},
{
"name": "Designer",
"description": "Role for creating assets, tasks, and processes. Can
The login response includes the session ID and base URL that you need to include in subsequent REST API
calls.
Note: You must activate your Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user account before you can log in using
the loginSf resource.
Use the Salesforce Web Services API to generate a Salesforce session ID and to retrieve the Salesforce
server URL. For more information, see the Salesforce Web Services API Developer's Guide.
POST Request
To log in using Salesforce credentials, use the following URL:
[Link] provider>-<region>.[Link]/ma/api/v2/user/loginSf
For a list of cloud provider and region values, see “Logging in” on page 53.
sfSessionId String Yes Salesforce session ID. For information about generating the Salesforce session
ID, see the login resource in the Salesforce Web Services API Developer's Guide.
POST Response
Returns the user object if the request is successful. Returns the error object if errors occur.
The response includes the following information that you need to include in the header of subsequent REST
API calls:
• icSessionId. A REST API session ID that you include in the header for version 2 REST API calls. The
session ID expires after 30 minutes of inactivity. After the session ID expires, log in again to continue
working with the REST API.
For information on retrieving session status details, see “Session IDs” on page 21.
• serverUrl. The base URL that you use in all version 2 resource URIs except for login, for example:
<serverUrl>/api/v2/job
Login 65
The user object includes the following attributes:
createdBy String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user who created the user account.
updatedBy String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user who last updated the user account.
sfUsername String Salesforce user name. Included when user is configured to authenticate through
Salesforce.
password String Salesforce user password. Included when user is configured to authenticate
through Salesforce.
roles Object that includes a role object for each role assigned to the user.
emails String Email address to be notified when the user changes the account password.
timezone String Time zone of the user. Time zone honors Daylight Saving Time.
For more information, see “Time zone codes” on page 581 .
serverUrl String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services URL for the organization the user belongs
to. Use the serverUrl as a base for most version 2 REST API resource URIs.
spiUrl String This field is no longer applicable and has been deprecated.
icSessionId String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services session ID for version 2 REST API session.
Use in most version 2 REST API request headers.
forceChangePassword Boolean Determines if the user must reset the password after the user logs in for the first
time. Includes the following values:
- True. The user must reset the password.
- False. The user is not forced to reset the password.
POST Example
To log in to your Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services organization, you might use the following request:
POST [Link]
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
{
"@type": "loginSf",
"sfSessionId": "00Df40000000coF!ARYAQDO2SvoD3eRXOrNaiOb9a3Pp",
"sfServerUrl": "[Link]
}
The response returns the user object which contains the serverUrl and icSessionId values to use in
subsequent calls, as shown in the following example:
{
"id": "0101TQ03000000000007",
"orgId": "0101TQ",
"orgUuid": "3FNFLs1uHe2IIgTs8tRjSJ",
"name": "John@[Link]",
"description": "",
"createTime": "2018-02-16T00:20:07.000Z",
"updateTime": "2018-07-17T22:45:50.000Z",
"createdBy": "System built-in user",
"updatedBy": "John@[Link]",
"sfUsername": "JohnR",
"firstName": "John",
"lastName": "Randall",
"title": "IICS Admin",
"password": "**********",
"phone": "123-456-7899",
"emails": "John@[Link]",
"timezone": null,
"serverUrl": "[Link]
"securityQuestion": "In what city were you born?",
"securityAnswer": "********",
Login 67
"uuid": "a51jk7TB0IDcnWLwJdLaW2",
"forceChangePassword": false,
"roles": [
{
"name": "Admin",
"description": "Role for performing administrative tasks for an
organization. Has full access to all licensed services."
},
{
"name": "Data Preview",
"description": "Role to preview data"
},
{
"name": "Designer",
"description": "Role for creating assets, tasks, and processes. Can
configure connections, schedules, and runtime environments. Has access to the
Application Integration Console."
}
],
}
Using the above response as an example, to send a GET request to obtain Secure Agent information, you
might use the following request:
GET [Link]
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
Logout
You can use the REST API to log out of an organization and end the version 2 REST API session, or you can
end all version 2 REST API sessions for the organization.
Logging out
Use this resource to log out of an organization and end the version 2 REST API session specified in the
request.
Don't log out of a REST API session until all the requests that you've sent have been executed.
POST Request
To log out an organization and end the version 2 REST API session, include the session ID in the request
header with the following URI:
/api/v2/user/logout
POST Response
Returns the 200 response code if the request is successful.
POST Example
To log out of your organization, you might use the following request:
POST <serverURL>/api/v2/user/logout
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
icSessionId: <icSessionId>
Don't log out of the sessions until all the API requests have been executed.
POST Request
To log out of an organization and end all version 2 REST API sessions for the organization, use the following
URL:
[Link] provider>-<region>.[Link]/ma/api/v2/user/logoutall
With this URL, use the following attributes in a logout object:
username
password
POST Response
Returns the success object if the request is successful.
POST Example
To log out of an organization and all version 2 REST API sessions, you might use the following request:
POST [Link]
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
icSessionId: <SessionId>
{
"@type": "logout",
"username": "useremail@[Link]",
"password": "mypassword"
}
Organizations
You can use the REST API to request details of your Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services organization or a
related sub-organization, update an organization or related sub-organization, delete a sub-organization, and
create a sub-organization.
Organization management
Use this resource to request the details of your Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services organization or a
related sub-organization. You can use this resource to update an organization or related sub-organization.
You can also delete a sub-organization.
GET Request
To request the details of your organization, use the following URI:
/api/v2/org
Organizations 69
To request the details of a sub-organization related to your organization, you can include the sub-
organization ID or sub-organization name in the URI. Use one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/org/<sub-organization ID>
/api/v2/org/name/<sub-organization name>
If you use an organization name in the URI and the name includes a space, replace the space with %20. For
example:
/api/v2/org/name/my%20suborg
GET Response
When you request the details of an organization, Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services returns the org object
in list format.
If the organization is a parent organization in an organization hierarchy, the org object includes the IDs and
names of all sub-organizations.
state String State where the organization is based. Returns a state code.
For more information, see “State codes” on page 573 .
zipcode String Postal code of the area where the organization is based.
timezone String Time zone of the organization. For more information, see “Time zone
codes” on page 581 .
country String Country where the organization is based. Returns a country code.
For more information, see “Country codes” on page 574 .
offerCode String Offer code assigned to Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services partners.
successEmails String Email address to receive notification of tasks that complete successfully.
warningEmails String Email address to receive notification of tasks that complete with errors.
errorEmails String Email address to receive notification of tasks that fail to complete.
spiUrl String This field is no longer applicable and has been deprecated.
passwordReuseInDays Int Number of days until a previous password can be used again.
A value of 0 means a password can always be reused.
subOrgLimit Int Number of sub-organizations allowed. If the limit has been customized, the
REST API returns the custom limit. Otherwise, the REST API returns the limit
associated with the edition.
Organizations 71
Field Type Description
restApiSessionLimit Int Number of concurrent REST API sessions allowed. If the limit has been
customized, the REST API returns the custom limit. Otherwise, the REST API
returns the limit associated with the edition.
jobExecUserProfile String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user account configured to run
contact validation tasks.
POST Request
You can update an Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services organization if the user that started the REST API
session has the Admin role and belongs to either the organization that you want to update or the parent
organization.
You can update a sub-organization if your organization has the appropriate license and if the user that
started the REST API session has the Admin role in the parent organization.
To update the details of a sub-organization related to your parent organization, use the organization ID in the
following URI. To update the details of your organization, omit the optional ID.
/api/v2/org/<id>
Note: When you update an organization through the REST API, the action is a full update. If a field isn't
included in the request, the value resets to the default.
You cannot update the organization ID, offer code, or organization administrator user account created with
the organization.
With this URI, you can use the following attributes in the org object:
state String Required State where the organization is based. Use the appropriate
when Country state code.
is US Required when Country is set to US.
For more information, see Appendix A , “State codes” on page
573 .
zipcode String Required Postal code of the area where the organization is based.
when Country Required when Country is set to US
is US
country String Yes Country where the organization is based. Use the appropriate
country code.
For more information, see Appendix A , “Country codes” on page
574 .
timezone String Time zone of the organization. Time zone honors Daylight
Saving Time.
For more information, see Appendix A , “Time zone codes” on
page 581 .
warningEmails String Default email addresses for warnings about job completion.
errorEmails String Default email address for notification about job failure.
employees String Yes Range of employees in the organization. Use one of the
following ranges:
- "0_10"
- "11_25"
- "26_50"
- "51_100"
- "101_500"
- "501_1000"
- "1001_5000"
- "5001_"
passwordReuseInDays Int Number of days until a previous password can be used again.
Maximum number of days is 730 (2 years).
A value of 0 means a password can always be reused.
POST Response
If successful, returns the org request object for the organization that you created or updated.
Organizations 73
Returns the error object if errors occur.
DELETE Request
You can delete an Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services sub-organization if the user that started the REST
API session has the Admin role and belongs the parent organization.
To delete an Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services organization, use the organization ID with the following
URI:
/api/v2/org/<id>
DELETE Response
Returns the 200 response code if the request is successful.
POST Example
To update a sub-organization with an ID of 02340000, you might use the following request:
POST <serverUrl>/api/v2/org/02340000
Content-Type: application/xml
Accept: application/xml
icSessionId: <icSessionId>
<org>
<name>Dev Org</name>
<address1>333 Main Street</address1>
<city>City</city>
<state>MD</state>
<zipcode>90001</zipcode>
<country>US</country>
<timezone>America/Chicago</timezone>
</org>
A successful request returns the org request object for the sub-organization that you updated.
Creating sub-organizations
Use this resource to create an Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services sub-organization. For Informatica
Intelligent Cloud Services partners only.
You can create an Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services sub-organization if your organization has the
appropriate license and if the user that started the REST API session has the Admin role in the parent
organization.
Organizations 75
Field Type Required Description
sendEmail Boolean When registration completes, sends an email to the user email
address with temporary login information. Use TRUE to send an
email.
POST Response
Returns the user object if the request is successful. Returns the error object if errors occur.
Organizations 77
Field Type Description
createdBy String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user who created the user account.
updatedBy String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user who last updated the user account.
sfUsername String Salesforce user name. Included when user is configured to authenticate through
Salesforce.
password String Salesforce user password. Included when user is configured to authenticate
through Salesforce.
roles Object that includes a role object for each role assigned to the user.
emails String Email address to be notified when the user changes the account password.
timezone String Time zone of the user. Time zone honors Daylight Saving Time.
For more information, see “Time zone codes” on page 581 .
serverUrl String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services URL for the organization the user belongs
to. Use the serverUrl as a base for most version 2 REST API resource URIs.
spiUrl String This field is no longer applicable and has been deprecated.
icSessionId String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services session ID for version 2 REST API session.
Use in most version 2 REST API request headers.
forceChangePassword Boolean Determines if the user must reset the password after the user logs in for the first
time. Includes the following values:
- True. The user must reset the password.
- False. The user is not forced to reset the password.
POST Examples
To register an organization in JSON, you might use the following request:
POST <serverUrl>/api/v2/user/register
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
icSessionId: <SessionId>
{
"@type" : "registration",
"user" : {
"@type" : "user",
"name" : "useremail@[Link]",
"emails" : "useremail@[Link]",
"firstName" : "firstName",
"lastName" : "lastName",
"title" : "jobTitle",
"phone" : "(0)1234 567 890",
"timezone" : null,
"forceChangePassword" : "true"
"optOutOfEmails" : "true"
},
"org" : {
"@type" : "org",
"offerCode" : "PPC30daytrial",
"campaignCode" : "PPC",
"name" : "myOrg",
"address1" : "1 Main St",
"city" : "Mycity",
"state" : "CA",
"zipcode" : "90210",
"country" : "US",
"employees" : "5001_"
},
"registrationCode" : "ics-standard",
"sendEmail" : true
}
A successful request returns the user object that was created, which includes the organization ID for the
organization that was created.
Runtime environments
You can use the runtimeEnvironment resource to request runtime environment details and manage Secure
Agent groups.
You can perform the following tasks using the REST API:
Runtime environments 79
• Create, update, delete Secure Agent groups.
• Enable and disable Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services and connectors for Secure Agent groups.
• Configure Secure Agent service properties for Secure Agent groups.
You can request the details for a specific runtime environment or details for all of an organization's runtime
environments,
To request runtime environment information for an organization, use the following URI:
/api/v2/runtimeEnvironment
To request the details of a particular runtime environment, you can include the runtime environment ID or
name in the URI. Use one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/runtimeEnvironment/<id>
/api/v2/runtimeEnvironment/name/<name>
If you use the runtime environment name in the URI and the runtime environment name includes a space,
replace the space with %20. For example:
/api/v2/runtimeEnvironment/name/my%20runtime%20environment
GET Response
Returns runtime environment information for the requested runtime environment. The runtimeEnvironment
object includes the following attributes:
createTime Date/time Date and time the runtime environment was created.
updateTime Date/time Date and time that the runtime environment was last updated.
agents Agents assigned to the runtime environment. See the agent resource.
isShared Boolean Indicates whether the Secure Agent group is shared. Returns one of the following
values:
- true. The Secure Agent group is shared.
- false. The Secure Agent group is not shared.
If you get information about a serverless runtime environment, the runtimeEnvironment object also includes
the serverlessConfig object. The serverlessConfig object includes the following attributes:
platform String Cloud platform that hosts the serverless runtime environment.
applicationType String Application that can use the serverless runtime environment.
statusMessageDetails String Validation error data from AWS for the serverless runtime environment.
Runtime environments 81
Field Type Description
maxComputeUnits String Maximum number of serverless compute units that a task can use.
Get Example
To request the details of a particular runtime environment, you might use the following request:
GET <serverUrl>/api/v2/runtimeEnvironment/00000425000000000004
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
icSessionId: <icSessionId>
The following text is a sample return in JSON:
{
"@type": "runtimeEnvironment",
"id": "00000425000000000004",
"orgId": "000004",
"name": "SUT_Agent",
"createTime": "2016-12-09T12:34:01.000Z",
"updateTime": "2016-12-09T17:54:00.000Z",
"createdBy": "org1@[Link]",
"updatedBy": "org1@[Link]",
"agents": [],
"isShared": true,
Use a POST request to create and update Secure Agent groups. Use a DELETE request to delete a Secure
Agent group.
POST request
To create a Secure Agent group, use the following URI:
/api/v2/runtimeEnvironment
Runtime environments 83
Include the following fields in the request:
isShared Boolean - Whether the Secure Agent group can be shared with sub-organizations.
To update a Secure Agent group, include the agent group ID as shown in the following URI:
/api/v2/runtimeEnvironment/<id>
You can add or remove agents and rename Secure Agent groups. To move an agent from one Secure Agent
group to another group, send a request to remove the agent from its current group and then send a request to
add the agent to the new group.
isShared Boolean - Whether the Secure Agent group can be shared with sub-organizations.
POST response
createTime Date/time Date and time the Secure Agent group was created.
updateTime Date/time Date and time that the Secure Agent group was last updated.
updatedBy String User who last updated the Secure Agent group.
agents Array Agents assigned to the Secure Agent group. For more information, see the agent
resource.
isShared Boolean Indicates whether the Secure Agent group is shared. Returns one of the following
values:
- true. The Secure Agent group is shared.
- false. The Secure Agent group is not shared.
{
"@type": "runtimeEnvironment",
"name": "14402",
"isShared": true
}
The following example shows a request to add an agent to a Secure Agent group:
POST <serverUrl>/api/v2/runtimeEnvironment/00000425000000000004
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
icSessionId: <icSessionId>
{
"@type": "runtimeEnvironment",
"name": "14401",
"agents": [
{
"@type": "agent",
"id": "01000308000000000003",
"orgId": "010003"
}
],
"isShared": false
}
Runtime environments 85
}
}
}
DELETE request
To delete a Secure Agent group, include the agent group ID as shown in the following URI:
/api/v2/runtimeEnvironment/00000425000000000034
Use a GET request to get the details about a Secure Agent group's enabled and disabled selections. Use a
PUT request to assign a Secure Agent group to services and connectors.
GET request
You can request information about the selections that are enabled for a Secure Agent group. You can also
request information about all of the selections that are available for a Secure Agent group based on the
organization's license. The response includes the names and IDs of the available services and connectors.
GET response
Returns the Secure Agent group selections. If successful, returns the following fields:
Additional Contains selection information for additional services, for example, Git.
services
Runtime environments 87
"id": "01000000000005L",
"name": "Amazon Redshift v2",
"enabled": true
},
{
"id": "01000000000005Q",
"name": "Amazon S3",
"enabled": false
}
]
},
"additionalServices": {
"selections": [
{
"id": "00000048000000000002",
"name": "Git",
"enabled": false
}
]
}
}
PUT request
To enable services and connectors for a Secure Agent group, include the agent group ID as shown in the
following URI:
/api/v2/runtimeEnvironment/<id>/selections
To see a list of all of the services and connectors that are available and find the selection IDs, use a GET
request to obtain information about enabled and disabled selections.
{
"services": {
"selections": [
{
"id": "00000047000000000002",
"name": "Data Integration",
"enabled": true
}
]
},
"connectors": {
"selections": [
The Secure Agent service properties that you can configure for a Secure Agent group depend on which
services and connectors are assigned to the group. To see the editable properties for a particular Secure
Agent group, you can send a GET request for configuration details.
The following rules apply when you configure Secure Agent service properties for a Secure Agent group:
• When you add a Secure Agent to a Secure Agent group that is configured to use group-level property
settings, the group-level property settings replace the agent's property settings. If the agent has custom
properties, the custom properties are removed.
• When you move a Secure Agent from a Secure Agent group that is configured to use group-level property
settings to a group that doesn't use group-level property settings, the agent retains the property settings
that were configured at the group level.
Warning: Do not configure agent-level Secure Agent service property settings for an agent in a Secure Agent
group that uses group-level property settings. If you want to configure agent-level property settings, delete
the group-level property settings before you configure the agent properties.
GET request
Use a GET request to get a list of editable Secure Agent service properties that you can configure for a
Secure Agent group.
You can also get a list of group-level properties that have overridden Secure Agent service default property
settings.
Include the Secure Agent group ID in the URI. Optionally, include the platform in the URI. You can use linux64
or win64. The default platform is linux64.
Runtime environments 89
Use one of the following URIs:
GET response
A successful response returns the Secure Agent services, property types, and the following fields in the
property type object:
value String Value used for all agents added to the Secure Agent group.
isSensitive Boolean Whether the property value is sensitive data that is masked.
PUT request
Use to configure Secure Agent service properties for a Secure Agent group. The properties that you configure
will override the default property settings for the specified Secure Agent service. Include the Secure Agent
group ID in the URI.
Optionally, include the platform in the URI. You can use linux64 or win64. The default platform is linux64.
The properties that you don't include in the request will retain their existing settings.
value String Yes Value to use for all agents added to the Secure Agent group.
To use the system default value, use APP_DEFAULT.
Runtime environments 91
Field Type Required Description
isSensitive Boolean - Whether the property value is sensitive data that you want to mask.
Default is False.
DELETE request
You can delete Secure Agent service property settings that were configured for a Secure Agent group. When
you delete the group-level properties, the settings for all of the Secure Agents in the group change to the
Secure Agent service default settings. Custom properties that were created for the Secure Agent group are
removed.
To delete the property settings for a Secure Agent group, include the Secure Agent group ID in the following
URI:
/api/v2/runtimeEnvironment/<id>/configs
Returns a success code if successful or errors if unsuccessful.
Schedules
Use this resource to request the details of a schedule or the details of all schedules in the organization. You
can create or update a schedule. You can also delete a schedule.
Note: To leverage full scheduling capabilities, use the version 3 schedule resource instead of the version 2
schedule resource.
GET Response
If successful, returns the schedule object for the requested schedule. Or, if you request the details for all
schedules, returns the schedule object for each schedule in the organization.
startTime Date/time Date and time when the schedule starts running.
startTimeUTC Date/time Date and time when the schedule starts running the tasks. Uses Coordinated Universal
Time (UTC).
endTime Date/time Date and time when the schedule stops running .
Schedules 93
Field Type Description
interval String Interval or repeat frequency at which the schedule runs. Returns one of the following
codes:
- None. The schedule does not repeat.
- Minutely. Tasks run on an interval based on the specified number of minutes, days,
and time range.
- Hourly. Tasks run on an hourly interval based on the start time of the schedule.
- Daily. Tasks run on a daily interval based on the start time of the schedule.
- Weekly. Tasks run on a weekly interval based on the start time of the schedule.
- Biweekly. Tasks run every two weeks based on the start time of the schedule.
- Monthly. Tasks run on a monthly interval based on the start time of the schedule.
frequency Int Frequency that the schedule runs for the specified interval. For example, if the interval
is Hourly, a frequency of 2 means the task runs every 2 hours.
Returned for Minutely, Hourly, and Daily intervals only.
rangeStartTime Date/time The start of the time range within a day that tasks run.
Returned for Minutely and Hourly intervals only.
rangeEndTime Date/time The end of the time range within a day that tasks run.
Returned for Minutely and Hourly intervals only.
weekDay Boolean Tasks run on weekdays only. Returns one of the following codes:
- true
- false
Returned for Daily interval only.
dayOfMonth Int Date of the month that tasks run. Returns a date between 1-28.
Returned for Monthly interval only.
weekOfMonth String Week of the month that tasks run. Returns one of the following codes:
- First. The tasks run in the first week of the month.
- Second. The tasks run in the second week of the month.
- Third. The tasks run in the third week of the month.
- Fourth. The tasks run in the fourth week of the month.
- Last. The tasks run in the last week of the month.
Returned for Monthly interval only.
dayOfWeek String Day of the week that tasks run. Returns one of the following codes:
- Day. Tasks run on the first day or last day of the month, based on the selected
weekOfMonth option.
- Sunday
- Monday
- Tuesday
- Wednesday
- Thursday
- Friday
- Saturday
Returned for Monthly interval only.
timeZone String Time zone of the user who last updated the schedule. Time zone honors Daylight
Saving Time.
POST Request
To update a schedule, use the schedule ID with the following URI. To create a schedule, omit the optional
schedule ID.
/api/v2/schedule/<id>
You can submit a partial update using partial mode. To submit a request using partial mode, use a JSON
request and include the following line in the header:
Update-Mode=PARTIAL
You can use the following attributes in a schedule object:
startTime Date/time Yes Date and time when the schedule starts running.
startTimeUTC Date/time Yes Date and time when the schedule starts running. Uses Coordinated
Universal Time (UTC).
Schedules 95
Field Type Required Description
endTime Date/time Date and time when the schedule stops running. If you do not use this
parameter, the schedule runs indefinitely.
interval String Yes Interval or repeat frequency at which the schedule runs. Use one of the
following options:
- None. Tasks run at the schedule start time. The schedule does not
repeat.
- Minutely. Tasks run on an interval based on the specified number of
minutes, days, and time range. You can use the following parameters:
- frequency. Frequency in minutes that tasks run.
- sun, mon, tue, wed, thu, fri, sat. The days of the week that tasks
run.
- startTimeRange and endTimeRange. The time range within a day
tasks should run. Do not use if you want tasks to run all day.
- endTime. When the schedule should stop running. Do not use if you
want the schedule to run indefinitely.
- Hourly. Tasks run on an hourly interval based on the start time of the
schedule. You can use the following parameters:
- frequency. Frequency in hours that tasks run.
- sun, mon, tue, wed, thu, fri, sat. The days of the week that tasks
run.
- startTimeRange and endTimeRange. The time range within a day
tasks should run. Do not use if you want tasks to run all day.
- endTime. When the schedule should stop running. Do not use if you
want the schedule to run indefinitely.
- Daily. Tasks run on a daily interval based on the start time configured
for the schedule. You can use the following parameters:
- frequency. Frequency in days that tasks run.
- weekDay. Runs the tasks every weekday. Do not use if you want the
tasks to run every day.
- endTime. When the schedule should stop running. Do not use if you
want the schedule to run indefinitely.
- Weekly. Tasks run on a weekly interval based on the start time of the
schedule. You can use the following parameters:
- sun, mon, tue, wed, thu, fri, sat. The days of the week that tasks
run.
- endTime. When the schedule should stop running. Do not use if you
want the schedule to run indefinitely.
- Biweekly. Tasks run every two weeks based on the start time of the
schedule. You can use the following parameters:
- sun, mon, tue, wed, thu, fri, sat. The days of the week that tasks
run.
- endTime. When the schedule should stop running. Do not use if you
want the schedule to run indefinitely.
- Monthly. Tasks run on a monthly interval based on the start time of
the schedule. You can use the following parameters:
- dayOfMonth. Day of the month when you want tasks to run,
between 1-28.
- dayOfWeek. Day of the week when you want tasks to run.
- weekOfMonth. Week of the month when you want tasks to run.
- endTime. When the schedule should stop running. Do not use if you
want the schedule to run indefinitely.
To indicate when tasks should run, use dayOfWeek with
weekOfMonth, such as the First Monday. Or use dayOfMonth, such as
1.
Tip: To run tasks on the last day of the month, use the Last
weekOfMonth parameter with the Day dayOfWeek parameter.
Schedules 97
Field Type Required Description
frequency Int Yes Repeat frequency for tasks. Use one of the following values:
- For the Minutely interval, use one of the following options: 5, 10, 15,
20, 30, 45.
- For the Hourly interval, use one of the following options: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6,
8, 12.
- For Daily intervals, use number of days between 1 -30.
Default is 1.
Use with Minutely, Hourly, and Daily intervals only.
rangeStartTime Date/time The start of the time range within a day that you want tasks to run.
Enter a date and time using standard date/time format. Only the time
portion is used.
Use with Minutely and Hourly intervals only.
rangeEndTime Date/time The end of the time range within a day that you want tasks to run. Enter
a date and time using standard date/time format. Only the time portion
is used.
Use with Minutely and Hourly intervals only.
weekDay Boolean Runs tasks on weekdays. Use one of the following options:
- True. Run tasks on Monday through Friday. Does not run tasks on the
weekend.
- False. Run tasks every day.
Use with the Daily interval only.
dayOfMonth Int Date of the month that tasks should run. Use a date between 1-28.
Use with the Monthly interval only.
Tip: To run tasks on the last day of the month, use the Last
weekOfMonth parameter with the Day dayOfWeek parameter.
weekOfMonth String Week of the month that tasks should run. Use with dayOfWeek to
specify the day and week of the month that tasks should run. For
example, the First Day or the Last Wednesday of the month.
Use one of the following options:
- First
- Second
- Third
- Fourth
- Last
Use with the Monthly interval only.
dayOfWeek String Day of the week that tasks should run. Use with weekOfMonth to specify
the day and week of the month that tasks should run. For example, the
First Day or the Last Wednesday of the month.
Use one of the following options:
- Day
- Sunday
- Monday
- Tuesday
- Wednesday
- Thursday
- Friday
- Saturday
Use with the Monthly interval only.
timeZone String Time zone to use for the schedule. If no valid time zone is passed,
Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services uses the user's time zone.
For more information, see Appendix A, “Time zone codes” on page 581
POST Response
Returns the schedule response object for the schedule that you created or updated.
DELETE Request
To delete a schedule, use the schedule ID with the following URI:
/api/v2/schedule/<id>
DELETE Response
Returns the 200 response code if the request is successful.
GET Example
To request information about all schedules in the organization, you might use the following request:
GET <serverUrl>/api/v2/schedule
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
icSessionId: <icSessionId>
A successful request returns a schedule object for each schedule in the organization.
Schedules 99
Secure Agents and services
Use this resource to receive an install token to register a Secure Agent, download the checksum of the agent
installation program, request the details about Informatica Cloud Secure Agents or Secure Agent services, or
delete a Secure Agent.
• win64
• linux64
To verify the checksum on Linux, run the command cksum <Secure Agent installer filename> and
compare the checksum to the checksum in the [Link] file. The first column of the command output is
the checksum.
To request the details about all Secure Agents in the organization, use the following URI:
/api/v2/agent
To request a list of all the Secure Agents that are currently not assigned to any group, use the following
URI:
/api/v2/agent/?includeUnassignedOnly=true
To request the details about a particular Secure Agent, you can include the Secure Agent ID or the
Secure Agent name in the URI. Use one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/agent/<agent ID>
/api/v2/agent/name/<name>
To request the status of services that run on all of the Secure Agents in the organization, use the
following URI:
/api/v2/agent/details
To request the status of services that run on a particular Secure Agent, include the agent ID in the URI as
follows:
/api/v2/agent/details/<agent ID>
If you want the response to include Secure Agent details in addition to the status, include the following
parameter in the request: ?onlyStatus=false. For example, the following request returns the
agentEngineStatus and agentEngineConfigs objects for a specified Secure Agent:
/api/v2/agent/details/<agent ID>?onlyStatus=false
If you request information for all Secure Agents in the organization, returns an agent object for each Secure
Agent in the organization.
If you request details for agent services, returns an AgentEngine object in addition to the agent object.
active Boolean Whether the Secure Agent is active. Returns true or false.
readyToRun Boolean Whether the Secure Agent is ready to run a task. Returns true or false.
platform String Platform of the Secure Agent machine. Returns one of the following values:
- win64
- linux64
proxyHost String Host name of the outgoing proxy server that the Secure Agent uses.
spiUrl String This field is no longer applicable and has been deprecated.
lastUpgradeCheck Date/time Last time the Secure Agent was checked for upgrade.
lastStatusChange Date/time Last time the Secure Agent status was updated.
packages String This field is no longer applicable and has been deprecated.
agentEngineStatus Status of the agent service, which includes information in the AgentEngineStatus
object.
GET example
To request the details about the Secure Agent with an ID of 10044030000000000GC, to be returned in JSON
format, you might use the following request:
GET <serverUrl>/api/v2/agent/10044030000000000GC
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
icSessionId: <icSessionId>
The following example shows a successful response:
{
"@type": "agent",
"id": "10044030000000000GC",
"orgId": "010025",
"name": "MyAgent",
"createTime": "2021-02-25T00:42:39:000Z",
"updateTime": "2021-02-25T00:42:39:000Z",
"createdBy": "larry104",
"updatedBy": "larry104",
"active": "false",
"readyToRun": "false",
"platform": "linux64",
"agentHost": "agentHost5",
"serverUrl": "[Link]
"proxyPort": "0",
"upgradeStatus": "NotUpgrading",
"federatedId": "6iPQuOsH1YAfnJvhZWPZjI",
"createTimeUTC": "2021-02-25T00:42:39:000Z",
"updateTimeUTC": "2021-02-25T00:42:39:000Z",
"agentGroupId": "01000125000000000002"
}
DELETE request
You can delete a Secure Agent if it is not associated with any connections. Before you delete a Secure Agent,
update associated connections to use another Secure Agent.
To delete a Secure Agent, use the Secure Agent ID in the following URI:
/api/v2/agent/<id>
DELETE response
Returns the 200 response code if the request is successful.
GET Request
To request the local time of the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services server, use the following URI.
/api/v2/server/serverTime
GET Response
Returns the serverTime object if the request is sucessful. Returns an error object if errors occur.
GET Example
To check the local time of the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services server, you might use the following
request:
GET <serverUrl>/api/v2/server/serverTime
Content-Type: application/xml
Accept: application/xml
icSessionId: <icSessionId>
Tasks
Use this resource to request a list of tasks of a specified type. You can use this resource to retrieve the name
and ID for a task.
Do not use this resource to obtain a task ID to run a job. Instead, use the lookup resource. The lookup
resource returns the federated task ID which is required to run a task that is not located in the Default folder.
Do not use this resource for a file ingestion and replication task. Instead, use the file ingestion and
replication job resource. For more information see, “Tasks” on page 501.
GET Request
To request a list of tasks of a specified type, use the task type code in the following URI:
/api/v2/task?type=<type>
Use the following attribute in the URI:
type Yes For Data Integration, use one of the following codes:
- DMASK. Masking task.
- DRS. Replication task.
- DSS. Synchronization task.
- MTT. Mapping task.
- PCS. PowerCenter task.
GET Example
To view a list of all synchronization tasks, use the following request.
GET <ServerUrl>/api/v2/task?type=DSS
Content-Type: applicaion/json
Accept: application/json
icSessionId: <SessionId>
Users
Use this resource to request the details of an Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user account or the
details of all user accounts in the organization. If you have administrator privileges, you can also use this
resource to create or update a user account and to delete a user account. To ensure organization security,
this resource does not display or update the password for a user account.
Note: To leverage full user management capabilities, use the version 3 users resource instead of the version
2 user resource. The version 3 users resource supports users, user groups, and roles. The version 2 user
resource does not support user groups and roles, and a GET request might not return all users in the
organization.
GET Request
To request the details of all Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user accounts, use the following URI:
/api/v2/user
GET Response
When you request the details for a user account, Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services returns the user
object for the requested user account. When you request the details of all user accounts, Informatica
Intelligent Cloud Services returns the user object for each user account in the organization.
createdBy String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user who created the user account.
updatedBy String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user who last updated the user account.
sfUsername String Salesforce user name. Included when user is configured to authenticate through
Salesforce.
password String Salesforce user password. Included when user is configured to authenticate
through Salesforce.
Users 107
Field Type Description
roles Object that includes a role object for each role assigned to the user.
emails String Email address to be notified when the user changes the account password.
timezone String Time zone of the user. Time zone honors Daylight Saving Time.
For more information, see “Time zone codes” on page 581 .
serverUrl String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services URL for the organization the user belongs
to. Use the serverUrl as a base for most version 2 REST API resource URIs.
spiUrl String This field is no longer applicable and has been deprecated.
icSessionId String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services session ID for version 2 REST API session.
Use in most version 2 REST API request headers.
forceChangePassword Boolean Determines if the user must reset the password after the user logs in for the first
time. Includes the following values:
- True. The user must reset the password.
- False. The user is not forced to reset the password.
POST Request
You must be logged in as an administrator in order to create users or update user details. To update the
details of an existing user account, use the user account ID in the following URI.
/api/v2/user/<id>
To create a new Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user account, omit the optional user account ID in the
URI.
orgId String Yes ID of the organization the user will belong to.
22 characters.
Note: Organizations that were created in legacy Informatica Cloud
might have an organization ID of 6 characters. You can find the
organization ID using the login resource.
name String Yes Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user name. Must be a valid
email address when creating a user account using this resource.
Maximum length is 255 characters.
emails String - Email address to be notified when the user changes the account
password.
timezone String - Time zone of the user. Time zone honors Daylight Saving Time. Use
the appropriate time zone code.
If no valid time zone is passed, Informatica Intelligent Cloud
Services uses America/Los_Angeles by default.
For more information, see “Time zone codes” on page 581 .
securityQuestion String - Security question. Use one of the following codes to select the
security question:
- SPOUSE_MEETING_CITY
- FIRST_JOB_CITY
- CHILDHOOD_FRIEND
- MOTHER_MAIDEN_NAME
- PET_NAME
- CHILDHOOD_NICKNAME
- CUSTOM_QUESTION:"<question>"
roles Yes Object that includes a role object for each role to be assigned to
the user.
Users 109
Field Type Required Description
forceChangePassword String - Determines if the user must reset the password after the user logs
in for the first time. Includes the following values:
- True. The user must reset the password.
- False. The user is not forced to reset the password.
POST Response
Returns the user response object for the requested user account. Or, if you requested information for all user
accounts, returns the user response object for each user account in the organization.
DELETE Request
To delete a user, use the user account ID in the following URI.
/api/v2/user/<id>
DELETE Response
Returns the 200 response code if the request is successful.
POST Example
To create a new user, you might use the following request:
POST <serverUrl>/api/v2/user/<id>
Content-Type: application/xml
Accept: application/xml
icSessionId: <icSessionId>
<user>
<orgId>00342000</orgId>
<name>username@[Link]</name>
<firstName>User</firstName>
<lastName>Name</lastName>
<title>developer</title>
<password>UserPassword</password>
<phone>5555555555</phone>
<email>larry@[Link]</email>
<roles>
<role>
<name>Designer</name>
</role>
</roles>
<timezone>America/Chicago</timezone>
</user>
Environment configurations
Use the ClusterConfig resource to retrieve, create, and update the environment configuration for an elastic
runtime environment.
111
Getting configuration details
You can request the details for a specific configuration.
GET request
To get configuration details, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/ClusterConfig/<config_id>
GET response
If successful, returns the following information for a configuration:
workerNodeIdleTimeout Integer Amount of time in minutes before a worker node times out.
systemDiskConfig Escaped string Properties of the system storage, if configured. Includes the
representation of JSON file system, source mount, and access point.
dataDisksConfig Escaped string Properties of the data storage, if configured. Includes the file
representation of JSON system, source mount, and access point.
imageRegistryUser String User name to log into the image registry host.
POST request
To create a configuration, send a POST request using the following URI:
/public/core/v3/ClusterConfig
Include the following information:
cloudPlatform String Yes Cloud platform hosting the configuration. Set to AWS.
subnets Array Yes Subnets used within the network. Enter the subnet
name, not the subnet ID.
Note: The subnets field is dependent on the haEnabled
field:
- If haEnabled = true, subnets should have two values.
- If haEnabled = false, subnets should be empty or
null.
workerNodeIdleTimeout Integer Yes Amount of time in minutes before a worker node times
out.
dataDisksConfig Escaped string Yes Properties of the data storage, if configured. Includes
representation of the file system, source mount, and access point.
JSON
initScriptPath String Yes Not used. An elastic runtime environment doesn't use
initialization scripts.
miscTags Escaped string Yes Cloud ecosystem tags and runtime properties.
representation of Each tag category is required, but their values can be
JSON empty. For example:
"miscTags": "{\"cloudEcosystemTags\":
[],\"runtimeProperties\":[]}"
POST response
If successful, returns the ClusterConfig object in the POST request.
POST example
To create a configuration, send a request similar to the following example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/ClusterConfig
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"orgId": "dx7DSOIGiiPh6XQoZKpAmC",
"infaManaged": false,
"clusterName": "test-cluster-102",
"description": "Description of the cluster",
"cloudPlatform": "AWS",
"haEnabled": false,
"region": "ap-south-1",
"subnets": [
"subnet-name1",
"subnet-name2"
],
"masterNodeInstanceType": "",
"maxWorkerNodes": 10,
"minWorkerNodes": 1,
"workerNodeIdleTimeout": 5,
"workerNodeInstanceType": "c4.2xlarge",
"workerNodeVolumeSize": 100,
"systemDiskConfig": "{\"id\": \"\", \"sourceMount\": \"\", \"accessPoint\": \"\"}",
"dataDisksConfig": "[{\"id\": \"\", \"sourceMount\": \"\", \"targetMount\": \"\",
\"accessPoint\": \"\"}]",
"initScriptPath": "/path/to/script",
"masterNodeIAMRole": "masterRole",
"workerNodeIAMRole": "workerRole",
"imageRegistryHost": "[Link]",
"imageRegistryUser": "user",
"imageRegistryPassword": "password",
Updating a configuration
If you have administrator privileges, you can use the ClusterConfig resource to update a configuration.
PUT request
To update a configuration, send a PUT request using the following URI:
/public/core/v3/ClusterConfig/<advanced_config_ID>
Include the following information:
cloudPlatform String Yes Cloud platform hosting the configuration. Set to AWS.
subnets Array Yes Subnets used within the network. Enter the subnet
name, not the subnet ID.
Note: The subnets field is dependent on the haEnabled
field:
- If haEnabled = true, subnets should have two
values.
- If haEnabled = false, subnets should be empty or
null.
workerNodeIdleTimeout Integer Yes Amount of time in minutes before a worker node times
out.
systemDiskConfig Escaped string Yes Properties of the system storage. Includes the file
representation of system, source mount, and access point.
JSON
dataDisksConfig Escaped string Yes Properties of the data storage. Includes the file
representation of system, source mount, and access point.
JSON
initScriptPath String Yes Not used. An elastic runtime environment doesn't use
initialization scripts.
miscTags Escaped string Yes Cloud ecosystem tags and runtime properties.
representation of Each tag category is required, but their values can be
JSON empty. For example:
"miscTags": "{\"cloudEcosystemTags\":
[],\"runtimeProperties\":[]}"
PUT response
If successful, returns the ClusterConfig object in the PUT request.
PUT example
To update a configuration, send a request like the following example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/ClusterConfig/<config_ID>
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"id": "89Dnw937Al30sN40ia9Oat",
"orgId": "dx7DSOIGiiPh6XQoZKpAmC",
"infaManaged": false,
"clusterName": "test-cluster-102",
"description": "Description of the cluster",
"cloudPlatform": "AWS",
"haEnabled": false,
"region": "ap-south-1",
"subnets": [
"subnet-name1",
"subnet-name2"
],
"masterNodeInstanceType": "",
"maxWorkerNodes": 10,
"minWorkerNodes": 1,
"workerNodeIdleTimeout": 5,
"workerNodeInstanceType": "c4.2xlarge",
"workerNodeVolumeSize": 100,
"systemDiskConfig": "{\"id\": \"\", \"sourceMount\": \"\", \"accessPoint\": \"\"}",
"dataDisksConfig": "[{\"id\": \"\", \"sourceMount\": \"\", \"targetMount\": \"\",
\"accessPoint\": \"\"}]",
"initScriptPath": "/path/to/script",
"masterNodeIAMRole": "masterRole",
"workerNodeIAMRole": "workerRole",
"imageRegistryHost": "[Link]",
"imageRegistryUser": null,
"imageRegistryPassword": "null",
"dateDeployed": null,
"miscTags": "{\"cloudEcosystemTags\":[{\"key\":\"k1\",\"val\":\"v1\"},{\"key
\":\"k2\",\"val\":\"v2\"}],\"runtimeProperties\":[{\"key\":\"k1\",\"val\":\"v1\"},{\"key
\":\"k2\",\"val\":\"v2\"}]}"
}
If successful, you receive a response like the following example:
{
"id": "89Dnw937Al30sN40ia9Oat",
"orgId": "dx7DSOIGiiPh6XQoZKpAmC",
"infaManaged": false,
"clusterName": "test-cluster-102",
"description": "Description of the cluster",
"cloudPlatform": "AWS",
"haEnabled": false,
Images
Use the RuntimeApplicationImage resource to list the images for an elastic runtime environment.
GET request
To list all available images, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/ais/RuntimeApplicationImage?
runtimeEnvironmentId=<rteId>&includeAllImageStates=<true or false>
Include the following parameter:
includeAllImageStates Boolean Returns the current stage of the image download until it's complete.
The following table lists the potential error codes for a request:
GET response
If successful, a list of available images is returned.
GET request
To get the association between the configuration and the runtime environment, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/RuntimeEnvironment/<rte_id>/Cluster
Where <rte_id> is the runtime environment identifier.
GET response
If successful, returns the following information for the association:
GET request
To get the association between the configuration and the runtime environment, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/RuntimeEnvironment/<cluster_id>/Cluster
Where <cluster_id> is the configuration identifier.
POST request
To associate a configuration with a runtime environment, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/RuntimeEnvironment/<rte_id>/Cluster/<cluster_id>
Where <rte_id> is the runtime identifier identifier and <cluster_id> is the configuration identifier.
Supplementary files
Use the RuntimeEnvironment resource to get, update, and delete the supplementary file specification for an
elastic runtime environment.
GET request
Use the following URI:
/api/v3/RuntimeEnvironment/<runtime environment ID>/ElasticConfig
GET response
If successful, returns the supplementary file specification. The response includes the following fields:
For information about the fields in the specification, see “Updating the supplementary file specification” on
page 124.
After you update the supplementary file specification, all affected Secure Agent services automatically
restart and use the updated specification.
POST request
Use the following URI:
/api/v3/RuntimeEnvironment/<runtime environment ID>/ElasticConfig
When you specify the source path for a file, use the subdirectory under the file system mount point. For
example, if you create a /mnt/efs directory to use as the file system mount point and you create a /mnt/efs/
jdbc directory to store JDBC drivers, use /jdbc/<file name> as the source path.
For more information about creating an EFS file system for data storage and mounting it, see Runtime
Environments in the Administrator help.
POST response
If successful, returns the updated supplementary file specification.
{
"rteId": "rte-12345",
"specification": {
"agent": {
"databaseIngestion": {
"jdbcDrivers": [{"sourcePath": "/dbingest/[Link]"}],
"oracle": {
"jdbcDrivers": [{"sourcePath": "/oracle/[Link]"}],
"ociDrivers": [{"sourcePath": "/oracle/[Link]"}],
"version": "19c"
}
},
"dataIntegrationServer": {
"jdbcv2": {
"common": [{"sourcePath": "/jdbc/[Link]"}],
"spark": [{"sourcePath": "/jdbc/[Link]"}]
},
"jdbcDrivers": [{"sourcePath": "/jdbc/[Link]"}],
"mysql": {
"jdbcDrivers": [{"sourcePath": "/mysql/[Link]"}],
"odbcDrivers": [{"sourcePath": "/mysql/[Link]"}],
"version": "8.0"
},
"odbc": {
"drivers": [{"sourcePath": "/odbc/[Link]"}],
"dsns": [{"name": "dsn1", "entries": [{"key": "Server", "value":
"localhost"}]}]
},
"odbcInst": {
"drivers": [{"sourcePath": "/odbcinst/[Link]"}],
"dsns": [{"name": "dsn2", "entries": [{"key": "Port", "value": "1234"}]}]
},
"sap": {
"jcos": [{"sourcePath": "/sap/jco1"}],
"nwrfcs": [{"sourcePath": "/sap/nwrfc1"}],
"hanas": [{"sourcePath": "/sap/hana1"}]
},
"ssls": [
{
"fileCopy": {"sourcePath": "/ssl/[Link]"},
"importCerts": {"certName": "mycert", "alias": "myalias"}
}
]
},
"elasticServer": {
"javaTxResources": [{"sourcePath": "/elastic/[Link]"}],
"jdbcv2": {
"common": [{"sourcePath": "/elastic/jdbc/[Link]"}],
"spark": [{"sourcePath": "/elastic/jdbc/[Link]"}]
},
"nativeLibResources": [{"sourcePath": "/elastic/[Link]"}],
"nativeBinResources": [{"sourcePath": "/elastic/nativeBin"}]
},
"executableScript": {
"scriptPath": "/scripts/[Link]",
"scriptArgs": ["--env", "prod"],
"currentDirectory": "/scripts"
},
"jdk": {
"policyJars": [
"/datadisk/jdk/policy/unlimited/US_export_policy.jar",
"/datadisk/jdk/policy/unlimited/local_policy.jar"
]
},
"sslStore": [{"sourcePath": "/ssl/[Link]"}]
}
}
}
After you delete the supplementary file specification, all affected Secure Agent services automatically restart
and no longer use the supplementary files.
POST request
Use the following URI:
/api/v3/RuntimeEnvironment/<runtime environment ID>/ElasticConfig
Include the following fields in the request:
POST response
If successful, returns an empty specification.
POST example
The following sample POST request deletes a supplementary file specification:
POST <base URL>/api/v3/RuntimeEnvironment/<runtime environment ID>/ElasticConfig
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <SessionId>
{
"rteId": "<runtime environment ID>",
"specification": null
}
Tokens
Use the containerImageToken resource to manage your organization's tokens for elastic runtime
environments.
GET request
To get a new token, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/containerimagetoken/create
403 Insufficient privilege. The [Link] privilege is required to access this API.
GET response
If successful, returns the token ID and the token value.
Revoking a token
If you have Kubernetes DevOps engineers privileges, you can revoke a token.
DELETE request
To revoke a token, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/containerImageToken/revoke/<tokenId>
The following table lists the potential error codes for a request:
DELETE response
If successful, the token is revoked.
If you have insufficient privileges, you might receive a "403 Forbidden" response like the following example:
{
"error": {
"code": "AIS_007",
"message": "Privilege - [Link] required for accessing this API.",
"debugMessage": "Privilege - [Link] required for accessing this
API.",
"requestId": "l2EpwkFoqkEjrEJURclPw2",
"details": null
}
}
}
If the token has already been revoked, you might receive a "400 Bad Request" response like the following
example:
{
"error": {
"code": "AIS_014",
"message": "Token with id:<token ID> already revoked.",
"debugMessage": "Token with id:<token ID> already revoked.",
"requestId": "iVdlwEoaFiZd3vb0LvLVmp",
"details": null
}
}
}
GET request
To list all tokens for the organization, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/containerImageToken
Include the following parameter:
The following table lists the potential error codes for a request:
GET response
If successful, a list of all the tokens for the organization is returned.
To use the export and import resources, the source and target organizations must have the appropriate
license.
To migrate objects, you export them from the source organization and then import them into the target
organization.
When you export assets, you can choose whether to include dependent objects. During the import operation,
you can choose which assets to import.
Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services does not include schedule information when you export an asset. After
the import operation, you can associate the imported assets with schedules. Also, when you export and
import schedules, the schedules are not associated with any assets.
The export and import resources do not migrate the associated state of the objects from the source
organization to the target organization. To migrate the state of the objects that you migrate, use the
fetchState and loadState resources.
After you export the Secure Agent configuration, you can make revisions to the configuration in the JSON file
that's included in the export package before you import it.
• Mappings
• Tasks
• Advanced taskflows
• Linear taskflows
• Business services
• Processes
• Guides
• Connections
• Service connectors
• Process objects
• Secure Agent configuration
• CLEANSE
• DEDUPLICATE
• DICTIONARY
• EXCEPTION
• LABELER
• PARSE
• RULE_SPECIFICATION
• VERIFIER
Exporting objects
Use this resource with the import resource to migrate objects from one organization to another.
Exporting objects includes a series of requests and responses. The end result is a ZIP file that contains the
exported objects. To export objects, you perform the following tasks:
Note: This resource uses a dynamic rate limit. When the system experiences a large volume or size of
requests, responses might be slow or fail with the error message, "too many requests."
POST request
You can export objects such as assets, connections, Secure Agent configurations, and schedules. To specify
the objects to export and start the export job, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/export
name String Name of the export job. If a name is not specified, the default
name will be used in the following format: job-
<currentTimeInMilliseconds>
If an asset includes tags, you can export the tags when you export the asset. To export asset tags, include
the includeTagInformation request parameter in the POST request.
{
"name" : "testJob1",
"objects" : [
{
"id": "l7bgB85m5oGiXObDxwnvK9",
"includeDependencies" : true
},
{
"id": "1MW0GDAE1sFgnvWkvom7mK",
"includeDependencies" : false
},
{
"id": "iIVBNZSpUKFg4N6g2PKUox"
}
]
}
GET request
To obtain status of the export job, use one of the following URIs:
• To receive status of the export job, use the following URI, where <id> is the export job ID:
/public/core/v3/export/<id>
• To receive status for each object in the export job, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/export/<id>?expand=objects
Continue polling the request until the state is SUCCESSFUL.
GET response
A request for an export job log returns the log in a text file.
objects Collection Objects in the export job. Returned only when the URI includes ?expand=objects
GET request
To download the export package, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/export/<id>/package
The <id> is the export job ID.
GET response
If successful, you receive the ZIP stream in the response body and the response type will be application/zip.
You can use the IdentityProviders resource to accomplish the following tasks:
Note: An organization can have no more than one registered identity provider.
POST request
To register an identity provider for an organization, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/Orgs/<orgId>/IdentityProviders
Include the following fields in the request:
endPoints Object Yes Object that includes the URLs for the identity provider issuer and the JWT
tokens.
signingAlgorithm String - Token signing algorithm. Use one of the following values:
- HS256
- HS 384
- HS512
- RS256
- RS384
- RS512
- ES256
- ES384
- ES412
- PS256
- PS384
- PS512
- EdDSA
- ES256K
Default is RS256.
POST response
If unsuccessful, returns an error object. If successful, returns the following information:
endPoints Object Object that includes the URLs for the identity provider issues and the JWT tokens.
createdBy String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user who registered the identity provider.
updatedBy String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user who last updated the identity provider.
[Link]
IdentityProviders
{
"type": "OIDC",
"endPoints": {
"issuer": "[Link]
"keys": "[Link]
}
{
"accountPolicy": {
"link": {
"tokenClaim": "sub",
"matchType": "uid"
}
}
"signingAlgorithm": "HS256"
}
GET request
To get information about the identity provider for an organization, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/Orgs/<orgId>/IdentityProviders
GET response
If unsuccessful, returns an error object. If successful, returns the following information for the identity
provider:
endPoints Object Object that includes the URLs for the identity provider issuer and the JWT tokens.
createdBy String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user who registered the identity provider.
updatedBy String Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user who last updated the identity provider.
PUT request
To update an identity provider, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/Orgs/<orgId>/IdentityProviders/<identity provider ID>
endPoints Object Yes Object that includes the URLs for the identity provider issuer and the JWT
tokens.
signingAlgorithm String - Token signing algorithm. Use one of the following values:
- HS256
- HS 384
- HS512
- RS256
- RS384
- RS512
- ES256
- ES384
- ES412
- PS256
- PS384
- PS512
- EdDSA
- ES256K
Default is RS256.
Returns the 204 response code if successful. Returns an error object if errors occurs.
Note: When you update an identity provider for an organization, it might take a negligible amount of time
before JWTs that conform to the updated configuration are accepted.
[Link]
IdentityProviders/6qnnXazBltUbOcUTYgyWO1
{
"endPoints": {
"issuer": "[Link]
"keys": "[Link]
},
"accountPolicy": {
"link": {
"tokenClaim": "user",
"matchType": "uid"
}
}
"signingAlgorithm": "RS512",
}
Note: When you delete an identity provider for an organization, it might take a negligible amount of time
before the JWTs that conform to the deleted identity provider are rejected.
Importing objects
Use this resource with the export resource to migrate objects from one organization to another.
Importing objects includes a series of requests and responses. To import objects, you perform the following
tasks:
POST request
To upload the import package, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/import/package
For Content-Type, use
multipart/form-data
In the request body, include a part with the name of package. For its content, use the export ZIP file that you
want to import.
By default, Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services uses checksum validation to verify that no changes were
made to the contents of the export ZIP file after it was created. If you want to upload an import package that
contains a modified export ZIP file, include the relaxChecksum parameter and set the value to True.
POST response
If successful, returns the following information for the import job:
checksumValid Boolean Indicates whether the import package has valid checksum.
POST request
In the request, include a list of objects to import and parameters to resolve any conflict resolution that might
occur. An example of a conflict resolution might be if you try to import an asset that has the same name as
another asset in the target organization.
You can specify a runtime environment that exists in the target organization to use instead of the source
runtime environment provided that the connector types and versions are the same. To find a list of the
runtime environments in the target organization, you can use the lookup resource.
When you import a Data Integration shared sequence or a mapping task that contains in-out parameters or
sequences, you can choose to retain, reset, or overwrite persisted values.
To specify the import objects and start the import job, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/import/<id>
The <id> is the import job ID received in the POST response for the import package upload.
To get the object IDs that you want to include in the request, you can use the lookup resource. For more
information, see “Lookup” on page 171.
{ "name" : "testImportName",
"importSpecification" : {
"defaultConflictResolution" : "REUSE",
"includeObjects" : [
"jJGyAmd8Q8odiyvToQhhAQ",
"kDjmdtmJlkvfnAlWYaSe2S",
"9pJkLYz9B3ucEj4wpXjqg2",
"0VHocWvMryobgyuGUsObMJ",
"71ggUXTyXQxhb81D57aKs0"
],
"objectSpecification" : [{
"sourceObjectId" : "jJGyAmd8Q8odiyvToQhhAQ",
"conflictResolution" : "OVERWRITE",
"additionalProviderFlags":[
{
"key":"mapping_conflict_policy",
"value":"RESET"
POST response
If successful, returns the following information for the import job:
sourceOrgId String Organization ID of the organization that created the export package that was imported.
GET request
To obtain status of the import job, use one of the following URIs, where <id> is the import job ID:
GET response
A request for an import job log returns the log in a text file.
sourceOrgId String ID of the organization that created the export package that was imported.
Note: A sub-organization's trusted IP ranges are independent of the parent organization's trusted IP ranges.
GET request
To request a list of trusted IP address ranges for an organization or a sub-organization, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/Orgs/<organization ID>/TrustedIP
GET response
If the request is successful, the response includes the following information for the organization:
GET example
To get a list of trusted IP ranges for an organization, you might send a request similar to the following
example:
GET <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/Orgs/6MRgiMIfvdRfUuCCCLICcI/TrustedIP
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <SessionId>
You might receive a response similar to the following example:
{
"id": "6MRgiMIfvdRfUuCCCLICcI",
"enableIP": false,
"ipRanges": [
{
"startIP": "[Link]",
"endIP": "[Link]"
}
]
}
PUT request
To add values of trusted IP ranges for an organization or a sub-organization and enable or disable trusted IP
ranges, send a PUT request using the following URI:
/public/core/v3/Orgs/<organization ID>/TrustedIP
Note: If you add trusted IP address ranges for an organization, existing trusted IP address ranges are
overwritten.
IP addresses 161
Include the following information:
enableIP Boolean No Whether to enable IP address filtering. If enabled, at least one IP address range
must be specified.
PUT response
If the request is successful, the response includes trusted IP address information for the specified
organization.
Key rotation
Use the key resource to get information about the organization's encryption key rotation settings and to
change the settings.
You must have the Key Admin role to view or change key rotation settings.
GET request
To get key rotation interval details, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/key/rotationSettings
GET response
If successful, returns the following information:
validRotationIntervals List <String> Valid key rotation intervals. To change the current key rotation interval to one
of these values, send a PATCH request.
rotationInterval String The current key rotation interval used for the organization.
PATCH request
To change the key rotation interval, send a PATCH request using the following URI:
/public/core/v3/key/rotationSettings
Include the following information:
rotationInterval String Yes The key rotation interval to use for the organization. Use one of the following
values:
- 90_DAYS
- 120_DAYS
- 180_DAYS
- 365_DAYS
Default is 365_DAYS.
PATCH response
Returns a success code if successful or an error object if errors occur.
PATCH example
To change the key rotation interval for an organization, you might send a request similar to the following
example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/key/rotationSettings
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"rotationInterval": "120_DAYS"
}
You can use the license resource to send the following requests:
• GET request to obtain an organization's editions, custom licenses, and custom limits.
• PUT request to update a sub-organization's license information.
GET request
To request license information for an organization or sub-organization, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/license/org/<orgId>
GET response
Returns requested license information if successful or an error object if errors occur.
If successful, returns the following license information for the specified organization ID:
assignedEditions List Information about the organization's editions in the edition object.
Licenses 165
Field Type Description
GET example
The following example shows a request for an organization's license information:
GET <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/license/org/1ax3wad2FEsz35asd2892s
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
The response includes license information for the organization as shown in the following example:
{
"id": "1ax3wad2FEsz35asd2892s",
"parentOrg": null,
"customLicenses": [
{
"licenseType": "SUBSCRIPTION",
"expirationDate": "2017-11-05T18:01:24Z",
"licenseDef": "a5Xjp3VF3sjcyZUDa6UaWh"
}
],
"assignedEditions": [
{
"expirationDate": "2017-11-05T18:01:24Z",
"edition": "4sdvnCrYEjfcKjTvAoigEF"
},
{
"expirationDate": "2018-10-06T18:00:08Z",
"edition": "5SPzPwEFvBEds8LzVwXX4K"
}
],
"customLimits": [
{
"value": -1,
"limitDefinition": "09cX4Tmi1qSfrS997ORMYl"
}
]
}
PUT request
In order to update licenses for a sub-organization, you must log in to the parent organization as an
administrator.
This request overwrites the sub-organization's licenses with the licenses in the request. To make changes to
a sub-organization's licenses, first request license information for the sub-organization, make your
modifications in the object, and then use it as the request body.
PUT response
Returns a success code if successful or an error object if errors occur.
PUT example
To change a sub-organization's licenses, you might use the following request:
PUT <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/license/org/<orgId>
Content-Type: application/json
Accept:application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"customLicenses": [
{
"licenseType": "SUBSCRIPTION",
"expirationDate": "2017-11-05T18:01:24Z",
"licenseDef": "a5Xjp3VF3sjcyZUDa6UaWh"
}
],
"assignedEditions": [
{
"expirationDate": "2017-11-05T18:01:24Z",
"edition": "4sdvnCrYEjfcKjTvAoigEF"
},
{
"expirationDate": "2018-10-06T18:00:08Z",
"edition": "5SPzPwEFvBEds8LzVwXX4K"
}
],
"customLimits": [
{
"value": -1,
"limitDefinition": "09cX4Tmi1qSfrS997ORMYl"
}
]
}
Login
Use the login resource to log in to Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services to use version 3 REST API resources.
The login response includes the session ID and base URL that you need to include in the REST API calls that
you make during the session.
Use values from the following fields that are returned in the login response:
• sessionId. A REST API session ID that you include in the header for REST API calls.
For more information about session IDs, see “Session IDs” on page 21.
• baseApiUrl. The base URL that you use in all version 3 resource URIs except for login, for example:
<baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/<resource>
Note: Your team might use multiple organizations such as an organization for development and an
organization for testing. The user credentials that you use to log in determine the organization that you
access.
Login 167
POST request
To log in, use the following URL:
[Link] provider>-<region>.[Link]/saas/public/core/v3/login
The values for cloud provider and region correspond to the name of the POD (Point of Deployment) that your
organization uses. The following table lists the POD names and the corresponding cloud provider and region
to use in the login URL
USW1 dm-us
USE2 dm-us
USW3 dm-us
USE4 dm-us
USW5 dm-us
USE6 dm-us
USW1-1 dm1-us
USW3-1 dm1-us
USW1-2 dm2-us
CAC1 dm-na
APSE1 dm-ap
APSE2 dm1-apse
APNE1 dm1-ap
APNE2 dm-apne
APAUC1 dm1-apau
EMW1 dm-em
EMC1 dm1-em
UK1 dm-uk
For example, if your organization uses the APNE1 POD, use the following URL:
[Link]
If you don't know the name of the POD that your organization uses, contact your organization administrator
or Informatica Global Customer Support.
For more information about the POD names and corresponding cloud providers and regions, see the
Product Availability Matrix (PAM) for Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services on the Knowledge Base.
username String Yes Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user name for the organization that you want
to log in to.
Maximum length is 255 characters.
POST response
Returns user information if the request is successful. Returns the error object if errors occur.
Use the base URL and session ID returned in the response for subsequent requests during this session.
Login 169
POST example
To log in to your Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services organization, you might use the following request:
POST [Link]
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
{
"username": "user@[Link]",
"password": "mypassword"
}
If successful, the response includes the products and userInfo objects which contain the baseApiUrl and
sessionId values to use in subsequent calls, as shown in the following example:
{
"products": [
{
"name": "Integration Cloud",
"baseApiUrl": "[Link]
}
],
"userInfo": {
"id": "9L1GFroXSDHe2IIg7QhBaT",
"name": "user",
"parentOrgId": "52ZSTB0IDK6dXxaEQLUaQu",
"orgId": "0cuQSDTq5sikvN7x8r1xm1",
"orgName": "MyOrg_INFA",
"groups": {},
"status": "Active"
}
}
Using the session ID and base URL values in the above response as an example, to send a GET request to
obtain license information, you might use the following request:
GET [Link]
0cuQSDTq5sikvN7x8r1xm1
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
Logout
Use the logout resource to log out of an organization and end the version 3 REST API session specified in the
request.
Don't log out of a REST API session until all the requests that you've sent have been executed.
POST request
To log out of an organization and end the version 3 REST API session, include the session ID in the request
header with the following URI:
[Link] provider>-<region>.[Link]/saas/public/core/v3/logout
POST response
Returns the 200 response code if the request is successful or an error object if errors occur.
Lookup
Use the lookup resource to look up an object's ID, name, path, or type attributes.
POST request
This resource is usually used to obtain an object's ID to use in an export request or job request. When you
use this resource to obtain an object's ID, include the object path and type in the lookup request.
For a job request, use the value of the id field returned in the lookup response for the federated task ID field
in the job request.
Lookup 171
You can use the following fields in the objects object:
id String Required if object path Global unique identifier for the object.
and type not included.
path String Required with type if Full path of the object including project, folder, and object name.
object ID not included.
- B2BGW_CUSTOMER
- B2BGW_SUPPLIER
Object types are not case sensitive.
POST response
Returns object information if successful or an error object if errors occur.
id String Global unique identifier for the object. Use the value of this field as the value for
taskFederatedId when you submit a job request.
path String Full path of the object including project, folder, and object name.
POST example
The following example shows a lookup request for eight objects:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/lookup
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: 9KA11tLGqxVcGeul8SQBK3
{
"objects": [{
"id" : "2iXOKghGpySlgv6ifQImyl"
}, {
"path" : "Default/Synchronization Task1",
"type" : "DSS"
}, {
"id" : "hTrrjm1kawScIm1BGEj6UV"
}, {
"path" : "My Project",
"type" : "Project"
}, {
"path" : "My Project/DSS Tasks Folder",
"type" : "Folder"
}, {
"path": "USW1R90FPZXD",
"type": "Agent"
}, {
"path": "USW1R90FPZXD",
"type": "AgentGroup"
}, {
"path": "FF_Conn_1",
"type": "Connection"
Lookup 173
}]
}
The response includes lookup information for each object as shown in the following example:
{
"objects": [
{
"id": "2iXOKghGpySlgv6ifQImyl",
"path": "Default/Mapping1",
"type": "DTEMPLATE",
"description": "My Mapping 1",
"updateTime": "2018-04-13T20:44:37Z"
},
{
"id": "1fOqrwpFvLkimAkFFvIiwl",
"path": "Default/Synchronization Task1",
"type": "DSS",
"description": "Sync Data Task",
"updateTime": "2018-04-13T20:45:44Z"
},
{
"id": "hTrrjm1kawScIm1BGEj6UV",
"path": "My Project/Linear Taskflow1",
"type": "WORKFLOW",
"description": null,
"updateTime": "2018-04-13T20:50:31Z"
},
{
"id": "0EzsUXQ1RnkbKD6VyOukCb",
"path": "My Project",
"type": "Project",
"description": "",
"updateTime": "2018-04-13T20:40:07Z"
},
{
"id": "dRNcMcUVou5lh5kihmEAWl",
"path": "My Project/DSS Tasks Folder",
"type": "Folder",
"description": "DSS Tasks",
"updateTime": "2018-04-13T20:49:17Z"
},
{
"id": "1a8moeCNtm4fh5vGcUhxOj",
"path": "USW1R90FPZXD",
"type": "AGENT",
"description": null,
"updateTime": "2018-04-12T19:01:16Z"
},
{
"id": "9iJP8TdBOMujA7eH2CTm8l",
"path": "USW1R90FPZXD",
"type": "AgentGroup",
"description": null,
"updateTime": "2018-04-12T19:01:17Z"
},
{
"id": "5VkwOw6Jd8RglXEkxDu0ya",
"path": "FF_Conn_1",
"type": "Connection",
"description": null,
"updateTime": "2018-04-12T21:34:11Z"
}
]
}
To download the metering data, you send an export job request, check the job status, and then download a
ZIP file that contains the data.
You can download summary IPU usage data for production organizations, additional production
organizations, sub-organizations, and sandbox organizations for a specified date range. The ZIP file
includes data for the requesting organization and the organizations under it.
For example, if the requesting organization is the production organization, the ZIP file contains data for
the production organization and its additional production organizations, sub-organizations, and sandbox
organizations. If the requesting organization is an additional production organization that has a sub-
organization, the ZIP file contains data for the additional production organization and its sub-
organization.
You can request usage information for all organizations in one CSV file, or you can receive individual
CSV files for each organization.
Project-level details
You can download metering data by project and folder for a specified date range.
By default, the ZIP file includes data only for the requesting organization. You can request to receive
data for the requesting organization and its sub-organizations.
You can request usage information for all organizations in one CSV file, or you can receive individual
CSV files for each organization.
Asset-level details
You can download metering data by asset for a specified date range. You can specify a meter ID in the
request to receive usage information for a specific meter.
Job-level details
If a service supports job-level detail reports, you can download job-level details for a specified date
range. You can request job-level details for a particular meter or for all meters. The ZIP file includes data
for the requesting organization.
You can specify a meter ID in the request to receive usage information for a specific meter.
Note: An organization can have a maximum of 5 active jobs. A job is active when the status is CREATED or
PROCESSING.
To request and receive summary IPU usage data, you must have access rights to the parent organization and
all of the linked organizations.
After the job starts, you can check the job status. For more information, see “Getting the metering data export
job status” on page 186.
OrgId
MeterId
MeterName
Date
BillingPeriodStartDate
BillingPeriodEndDate
MeterUsage
IPU
Scalar
MetricCategory
OrgName
OrgType
IPURate
Note: There are two REST API resources available to request summary IPU usage data. The resources return
the same data.
POST request
To send an export job request, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/license/metering/ExportMeteringData
The following table describes the fields to include in the request:
startDate String Yes Start of the date range in ISO 8601 format. For example,
2022-08-12T00:00:00Z
endDate String Yes End of the date range in ISO 8601 format.
When you request summary data, the range can be a maximum of 180
days.
combinedMeterUsage String - Indicates whether to return usage information for all organizations in
one CSV file. Include one of the following values:
- TRUE. Return usage information for all organizations in one CSV file.
- FALSE. Return usage information for each organization in a separate
CSV file.
Default is FALSE.
allLinkedOrgs String - Indicates whether to return usage information from the parent
organization and all its linked organizations. Include one of the
following values:
- TRUE. Return usage information for the parent organization and all
linked organizations.
- FALSE. Return usage information for the parent organization only.
Default is FALSE.
callbackUrl String - A valid, publicly available URL where the service posts the job status.
{
"startDate":"2024-08-12T00:00:00Z",
"endDate":"2024-09-12T00:00:00Z",
"jobType":"SUMMARY",
"combinedMeterUsage":"TRUE",
"allLinkedOrgs":"TRUE",
"callbackUrl":"[Link]
}
POST response
The following table describes the response fields:
callbackUrl String URL that the service uses to post the job status.
POST request
To send an export job request, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/license/metering/ExportMeteringDataAllLinkedOrgsAcrossRegion
The following table describes the fields to include in the request:
combinedMeterUsage Boolean - Indicates whether to return usage information for all organizations
in one CSV file. Include one of the following values:
- TRUE. Return usage information for all organizations in one CSV
file.
- FALSE. Return usage information for each organization in a
separate CSV file.
Default is FALSE.
callbackUrl String - A valid, publicly available URL where the service posts the job
status.
{
"startDate":"2022-08-12T00:00:00Z",
"endDate":"2022-10-25T00:00:00Z",
"combinedMeterUsage":"FALSE",
POST response
The following table describes the response fields:
errorMessage String Error message, if any, that is associated with the job.
callbackUrl String URL that the service uses to post the job status.
combinedMeterUsage Boolean Whether usage data for all organizations is returned in one CSV file.
After the job starts, you can check the job status. For more information, see “Getting the metering data export
job status” on page 186.
When the job completes successfully, you can send a request to download the data. The data file includes
the following columns:
Date
Project
Folder
Org ID
Org Type
Consumption (IPUs)
Note: The data file only includes product meter usage, such as Data Integration.
POST request
To send the export job request, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/license/metering/ExportMeteringData
The following table describes the fields to include in the request:
startDate String Yes Start of the date range in ISO 8601 format. For example,
2022-08-12T00:00:00Z
endDate String Yes End of the date range in ISO 8601 format.
When you request project-level data, the range can be a maximum of 30
days.
combinedMeterUsage String - Indicates whether to return usage information for all organizations in
one CSV file. Include one of the following values:
- TRUE. Return usage information for all organizations in one CSV file.
- FALSE. Return usage information for each organization in a separate
CSV file.
Default is FALSE.
allLinkedOrgs String - Indicates whether to return usage information from the parent
organization and all its linked organizations. Include one of the
following values:
- TRUE. Return usage information for the parent organization and all
linked organizations.
- FALSE. Return usage information for the parent organization only.
Default is FALSE.
callbackUrl String - A valid, publicly available URL where the service posts the job status.
{
"startDate":"2024-08-12T00:00:00Z",
"endDate":"2024-09-12T00:00:00Z",
"jobType":"PROJECT_FOLDER",
"combinedMeterUsage":"TRUE",
"allLinkedOrgs":"TRUE",
"callbackUrl":"[Link]
}
POST response
The following table describes the response fields:
callbackUrl String URL that the service uses to post the job status.
After the job starts, you can check the job status. For more information, see “Getting the metering data export
job status” on page 186.
When the job completes successfully, you can send a request to download the data. The data file includes
the following columns:
Meter ID
Meter Name
Date
Asset Name
Asset Type
Project
Folder
Org ID
Org Type
Environment Name
Environment Type
Tier
IPU Per Unit
Usage
Consumption (IPUs)
POST request
To send the export job request, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/license/metering/ExportMeteringData
startDate String Yes Start of the date range in ISO 8601 format. For example,
2022-08-12T00:00:00Z
endDate String Yes End of the date range in ISO 8601 format.
When you request asset-level data, the range can be a maximum of 30 days.
meterId String - Meter ID to request data for a single meter. If you don't specify a meter ID, data
for all meters is included.
For valid values, see “Meter IDs” on page 190 .
callbackUrl String - A valid, publicly available URL where the service posts the job status.
{
"startDate":"2024-08-12T00:00:00Z",
"endDate":"2024-09-12T00:00:00Z",
"meterId":"a2nB20h1o0lc7k3P9xtWS8",
"jobType":"ASSET",
"callbackUrl":"[Link]
}
POST response
The following table describes the response fields:
callbackUrl String URL that the service uses to post the job status.
After the job starts, you can check the job status. When the job completes successfully, you can send a
request to download the data. For more information, see “Getting the metering data export job status” on
page 186.
POST request
To send the export job request, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/license/metering/ExportServiceJobLevelMeteringData
The following table describes the fields to include in the request:
allMeters Boolean Required when Indicates whether to return usage information for all meters. Include
meterId is blank. one of the following values:
- TRUE. Return usage information for all meters.
- FALSE. Return usage information for meter specified in meterId
field.
Default is FALSE.
meterId String Required when Meter ID. For valid values, see “Meter IDs” on page 190 .
allMeters is
FALSE.
callbackUrl String - A valid, publicly available URL where the service posts the job
status.
{
"startDate":"2022-08-12T00:00:00Z",
"endDate":"2022-10-25T00:00:00Z",
"allMeters":"FALSE",
"meterId":"3TaYTMo6BFYeNIABfVmH0n",
"callbackUrl":"[Link]
}
POST response
The following table describes the response fields:
errorMessage String Error message, if any, that is associated with the job.
callbackUrl String URL that the service uses to post the job status.
{
"jobId": "cYjwJNEF7OckWEmkSC1tSI",
"status": "FAILED",
"errorMessage": "Exception occurred while processing request for org:
4wMFqGlxAKVlIFTixlTSOY.\[Link]: Get
meter usage request failed with exception: I/O error on POST request",
"orgId": "3TaYTMo6BFYeNIABfVmH0n",
"userId": "aMxRLnYzdWtlkJvDbtPZOr",
"selectedOrgId": "3TaYTMo6BFYeNIABfVmH0n",
"allMeters":"FALSE",
"meterId": 3TaYTMo6BFYeNIABfVmH0n,
"startDate": "2020-01-01T10:00:00Z",
"endDate": "2022-12-31T00:00:00Z",
"callbackUrl": "[Link]
"createTime": null,
"updateTime": null
}
GET request
To get the status of the export job, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/license/metering/ExportMeteringData/<jobId>
status String Status of the export job. One of the following values can be returned:
- CREATED
- PROCESSING
- SUCCESS
- FAILED
- PARTIAL_SUCCESS
If the status is PARTIAL_SUCCESS, the job completed but data couldn't be collected for
all of the linked organizations due to errors.
errorMessage String Error message, if any, that is associated with the job.
callbackUrl String The URL that the service uses to post the job status.
{
"jobId": "cYjwJNEF7OckWEmkSC1tSI",
"status": "PARTIAL_SUCCESS",
"errorMessage": "Short error message: [fetchEligibleJobForExecution] Exception in
executing
job. [Link]$ServiceUnavailable: 503
Service
Unavailable: \"<html><body><h1>503 Service Unavailable</h1><EOL>No server is available
to handle
this request.<EOL></body></html><EOL>\",
"orgId": "4wMFqGlxAKVlIFTixlTSOY",
"userId": "aMxRLnYzdWtlkJvDbtPZOr",
"selectedOrgId": "4wMFqGlxAKVlIFTixlTSOY",
"meterId": null,
"startDate": "2020-01-01T10:00:00Z",
"endDate": "2022-12-31T00:00:00Z",
"callbackUrl": "[Link]
"createTime": null,
"updateTime": null
}
GET request
To get the custom IPU alert configurations for your organization, use the following URl:
/public/core/v3/metering/ipuAlert/org('<organization Id>')
To get the custom IPU alert configurations for your tags, use the following URl:
/public/core/v3/metering/ipuAlert/org('<organization Id>')/viewTagsPreference
GET response
The response includes the following fields for organization configurations:
parentOrgId String ID of the parent organization. This field only applies to sub-organizations.
Otherwise, it's NULL.
ipuConsumed BigDecimal Specifies how many IPUs are consumed. This field's value relates to the
ipuThresholdPrefType field and displays either an absolute value or a
percentage.
folderName String Name of the folder. For project based thresholds, the folder name is NULL.
currentConsumption BigDecimal Specifies how many IPUs are consumed. This field's value relates to the
ipuThresholdPrefType field and displays either an absolute value or a
percentage.
The ZIP file is available to download for 3 days after the job completes with a status of SUCCESS or
PARTIAL_SUCCESS.
Note: You can download the ZIP file when the status of the job is PARTIAL_SUCCESS. However, the data in
the ZIP file might be not be complete.
GET request
To download the ZIP file, use the following URI:
public/core/v3/license/metering/ExportMeteringData/<jobId>/download
GET response
If successful, you receive the ZIP stream in the response body and the response type will be application/zip.
To download the file, save the response to a file as shown in the following image using Postman:
Meter IDs
When you create a request to export job-level or asset-level data, you can include a meter ID in the request to
get data for a single meter.
The following table lists the meter IDs that you can use for each type of request:
For example, in Organization A, a mapping task with a Sequence Generator transformation has a NEXTVAL
value of 3270. The same task was migrated to Organization B, however the NEXTVAL value in Organization B
is 0. You want to synchronize the task's state between Organization A and Organization B so that the
NEXTVAL value in both organizations has a value of 3270. You use the fetchState and loadState resources to
synchronize the NEXTVAL value so that you can run the task in Organization B while preserving the sequence
of numbers.
You can make up to 100 fetchState and 100 loadState calls each day.
The process of synchronizing object states is similar to the process of migrating objects. To synchronize
object states, you fetch the states in the primary organization using the fetchState resource, and you load
them into the target organization using the loadState resource.
fetchState
Use this resource with the loadState resource to synchronize object states across organizations.
Use the fetchState resource to create an object states package that you upload into other organizations
using the loadState resource.
1. Send a lookup GET request to receive the object IDs for the object states you want to synchronize.
Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services returns the object IDs.
See “Lookup” on page 171.
2. Send a fetchState POST request to start the job, using the object IDs returned in the lookup response.
Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services returns the job ID for the fetchState job.
See “Starting a fetchState job” on page 193.
3. Send a fetchState GET request to get the status of the job, using the fetchState job ID for the object state
package.
Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services returns the job ID and status. The response can also include a list
of the object IDs and associated object states that are in the package.
See “Getting the fetchState job status” on page 195.
4. Send a fetchState GET request to download the package.
Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services returns the package in a ZIP file.
See “Downloading an object states package” on page 198.
The object states package contains state information in a JSON file for each object. Each file name uses the
following format:
<task name>.<task type>.[Link]
For example, a file with the name of mt_MappingTask106.[Link] might contain the following
data:
{
"taskRun" : {
"lastRuntime" : "2018-12-13T09:05:17.000Z"
},
"taskStateVariables" : [ {
"category" : "TX_VARIABLE",
"name" : "Sequence",
"value" : "26908"
} ]
}
You can change the following attributes in an object state file if required:
POST request
To start the job, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/fetchState
objects Collection Yes Object IDs for the states to include in the object state package.
<complex Note: Informatica recommends that you include no more than
type> 1000 objects in a package.
{
"name" : "fetchStateJob1",
"objects" : [
{
"id": "l7bgB85m5oGiXObDxwnvK9",
"includeDependencies" : true
},
{
"id": "1MW0GDAE1sFgnvWkvom7mK",
"includeDependencies" : false
},
{
"id": "iIVBNZSpUKFg4N6g2PKUox"
}
]
}
POST response
If successful, returns the following information for the fetchState job:
objects Collection Collection of objects and object level status. Returns null if blank.
GET request
To get status of the fetchState job, use one of the following URIs:
• To receive status of the fetchState job, use the following URI, where <id> is the fetchState job ID:
/public/core/v3/fetchState/<job id>
• To receive status for each object's state in the fetchState job, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/fetchState/<job id>?expand=objects
Continue polling the request until the state is SUCCESSFUL.
objects Collection Objects in the fetchState job. Returned when the URI includes ?expand=objects
GET request
To download the object states package, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/fetchState/<id>/package
The <id> is the fetchState job ID.
GET response
If successful, you receive the ZIP stream in the response body and the response type is application/zip.
Loading object states includes a series of requests and responses. To load states into an organization, you
perform the following tasks:
POST request
To upload the object states package, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/loadState/package
For Content-Type, use
multipart/form-data
In the request body, include a part with the name of package. For its content, use the object states ZIP file
that you want to upload.
POST response
If successful, returns the following information for the loadState job:
checksumValid Boolean Indicates whether the object states package has valid checksum.
POST request
To specify the objects and start the loadState job, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/loadState/<id>
The <id> is the loadState job ID received in the POST response for the object states package upload.
{
"name" : "stateImportJob",
"importSpecification" : {
"includeObjects" : ["iIVBNZSpUKFg4N6g2PKUox","ejZY66c19YUccBdbGwKG4P"],
"objectSpecification" : [{
"sourceObjectId" : "iIVBNZSpUKFg4N6g2PKUox"
},
{
"sourceObjectId" : "5FA0DnMzeuDbYZnn3hdto9",
"targetObjectId" : "5KgUiEkW95NkjLRRefWKiG"
}]
}
}
POST response
If successful, returns the following information for the loadState job:
objects Collection Objects included in the loadState job and object level status.
sourceOrgId String Organization ID of the organization that created the object states package.
checksumValid Boolean Indicates whether the import package has valid checksum.
GET request
To get status of the loadState job, use one of the following URIs, where <id> is the loadState job ID:
updateTime String Last time the object states package was updated.
sourceOrgId String ID of the organization that created the object states package.
Objects
Use the objects resource to get a list of an organization's assets. You might use this resource to find assets
to export.
You can also use this resource to find object dependencies for an asset.
Note: This resource uses a dynamic rate limit. When the system experiences a large volume or size of
requests, responses might be slow or fail with the error message, "too many requests."
Finding an asset
Use the objects resource to find assets in an organization using query parameters.
Query parameters include filters for asset type, tag, folder location, last update time, the user who last
updated the asset, and source control metadata. Query parameters also include the maximum number of
assets to return and the number of elements to skip.
The response can include up to 200 assets. If a request uses query parameters that result in more than 200
assets, you can send an additional request using the skip parameter to skip the assets that you received in
the previous response.
The response does not include assets that you do not have privileges to read.
GET request
To request a list of assets, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/objects?<query parameters>
Objects 205
You can use the following query parameters in the URI:
skip Int Number of elements to skip. For example, a value of 4 excludes the first four assets in the list.
type String == Asset type. Type can be project, folder, or one of the
!= following asset types:
For Data Integration, the object can be one of the
following types:
- DTEMPLATE. Mapping.
- MTT. Mapping task.
- DSS. Synchronization task.
- DMASK. Masking task.
- DRS. Replication task.
- DMAPPLET. Mapplet created in Data Integration.
- MAPPLET. PowerCenter mapplet.
- BSERVICE. Business service definition.
- HSCHEMA. Hierarchical schema.
- PCS. PowerCenter task.
- FWCONFIG. Fixed width configuration.
- CUSTOMSOURCE. Saved query.
- MI_TASK. Mass ingestion task.
- WORKFLOW. Linear taskflow.
- TASKFLOW
- UDF. User-defined function.
- PROJECT
- FOLDER
For Application Integration, the object can be one of
the following types:
- PROCESS
- GUIDE
- AI_CONNECTION
- AI_SERVICE_CONNECTOR
- PROCESS_OBJECT
For B2B Gateway, the object can be one of the
following types:
- B2BGW_MONITOR
- B2BGW_CUSTOMER
- B2BGW_SUPPLIER
For MDM SaaS, the object can be one of the
following types:
- MDM_BUSINESS_ENTITY
- MDM_REFERENCE_ENTITY
- MDM_HIERARCHY
- MDM_RELATIONSHIP
- MDM_JOB_DEFINITION
- MDM_AUTHORIZATION
- MDM_BUSINESS_EVENT
- MDM_REPORT_SET
- MDM_REPORT
- MDM_DYNAMIC_POOL
- MDM_APPLICATION
- MDM_SRC_SYSTEM
- MDM_APP_COMPONENT
- MDM_APP_PAGE
For Data Quality, the object can be one of the
following types:
- CLEANSE
- DEDUPLICATE
- DICTIONARY
- EXCEPTION
Objects 207
Field Type Operators Description
- LABELER
- PARSE
- RULE_SPECIFICATION
- VERIFIER
For Data Profiling, the object can be of the PROFILE
type.
Object types are not case sensitive.
location String == The project and folder path where the assets are
located, such as Default/Sales.
updateTime Date < The last time the assets were updated.
<=
==
=>
>
!=
updatedBy String == The user who last updated the assets. Use the
!= userName value for the user.
[Link] String ==, != Source control hash. Supports partial hash using a
wildcard ( * ).
[Link] Date <,<=,==,=>,>, != The last time the asset was checked in.
[Link] Date <,<=,==,=>,>, != The last time the asset was pulled.
• To request a list of Data Integration mapping tasks that were last updated November 21, 2018 or later,
you might use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/objects?q=type=='MTT' and updateTime>=2018-11-21T12:00:00Z
GET response
If successful, returns a list of assets and a count of the assets based on the query results. If errors occur,
returns an error object.
Note: If the result size is large, for example, over 1000 objects, the count returned in the response might not
be precise for up to 90 seconds. The fetch list returns all the results using the top and limit parameters
included in the request, even though the returned count in the API might not have changed. Also, the count
field might not be the first field in the response.
id String Global unique identifier for the asset. Use the value of this field as the
value for taskFederatedId when you submit a job request.
path String Full path of the asset including project, folder, and object name.
updatedBy String User name of the user who last updated the asset. If the asset is a
system-created object such as the Default project and the Add-On
Bundles folder, the value for this field is Informatica.
Objects 209
Field Type Description
GET example
The following example shows a request to receive a list of assets that are in the P1 folder and limit the
response to two assets:
GET /saas/public/core/v3/objects?q=location=='P1'&limit=2
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: 3H05q5PicfolyDXnp3N06c
The response includes information for the first two assets as shown in the following example:
{
"count": 4,
"objects": [
{
"id": "1a3TnUrT2cfiwQGtkWQEUy",
"path": "P1/F1",
"type": "Folder",
"description": "",
"updatedBy": "mma@[Link]",
"updateTime": "2018-12-17T00:29:29Z"
"tags": [
"tag3",
"tag4"
],
"sourceControl": {
"checkedOutBy": "mma@[Link]",
"checkedOutTime": "2020-05-05T17:37:13Z",
"hash": "3e082fb9bcb2349e9f0a4fb516c739610c869391",
"lastCheckinTime": "2020-05-05T04:51:09Z",
"lastCheckinBy": "mma@[Link]",
"lastPullTime": null,
"sourceControlled": true
},
"customAttributes": {
"publishedBy": "mma@[Link]"
}
GET request
To request a list of dependencies for an asset, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/objects/<objectId>/references?<parameters>
Objects 211
You can use the following parameters in the URI:
GET response
If successful, returns a list of dependent objects and a count of the of the dependent objects based on the
query results. If errors occur, returns an error object.
Note: If the result size is large, for example, over 1000 objects, the count returned in the response might not
be precise for up to 90 seconds. The fetch list returns all the results using the top and limit parameters
included in the request, even though the returned count in the API might not have changed. Also, the count
field might not be the first field in the response.
references Collection Includes information for each object that uses or is used by the asset.
<complex type>
GET example
The following example is a request to receive a list of objects that an asset uses with a limit of 25 objects in
the response:
GET /saas/public/core/v3/objects/1a3TnUrT2cfiwQGtkWQEUy/references?
refType=Uses&skip=0&limit=25
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: 3H05q5PicfolyDXnp3N06c
The response includes a list of objects that the asset uses, as shown in the following example:
{
"id": "1a3TnUrT2cfiwQGtkWQEUy",
"count": 2,
"references": [
{
"id": "2iXOKghGpySlgv6ifQImyl",
"appContextId": "N0A1700000000001J",
"path": "Default/Mapping1",
"type": "DTEMPLATE",
"description": "My Mapping 1",
"updateTime": "2018-04-12T21:34:11Z"
}
{
"id": "1fOqrwpFvLkimAkFFvIiwl",
"appContextId": "N0A1700000000001K",
"path": "FF_Conn_1",
"type": "Connection",
"description": null,
"updateTime": "2018-04-12T21:33:11Z"
}
]
}
Object permissions
Use the objects resource to configure user and user group permissions to objects such as assets, folders,
and projects.
To configure permissions for an object, create an access control list (ACL) for each user or user group that
might interact with the object. Each ACL specifies a user or user group and their access rights for the object.
You can use the objects resource to perform the following tasks to manage permissions:
Creating permissions
Create an access control list (ACL) for each user or user group and object pair.
POST request
To create an ACL, send a POST request using the following URI:
/public/core/v3/objects/<object ID/permissions
Include the following information:
principal Object Yes Whether the ACL is defined for a user or user group and the name of the
user or user group.
POST response
If successful, returns the object with the details you included in the POST request plus the ACL ID.
Updating permissions
You can update an access control list (ACL) to change the access rights that a user or user group has for an
object.
PUT request
To update an ACL, send a PUT request using the following URI:
/public/core/v3/objects/<object ID>/permissions/<ACL ID>
Include the following information:
principal Object Yes Whether the permission is defined for a user or user group and the name
of the user or user group.
PUT response
Returns a success code if successful or an error object if errors occur.
PUT example
To update user permissions for an object, you might send a request similar to the following example:
PUT <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/objects/9EcgvBYZ9GGflOYr98GzOH/permissions/
4eMlUawPcahhK4eKBmDLsI
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"principal": {
"type":"USER",
"name":"scotty@[Link]"
},
"permissions" : {
"read" : true,
"update" : true,
"delete" : true,
"execute" : false,
"changePermission" : true
}
}
Deleting permissions
You can delete the permissions that a user or user group has for an object or delete all of the permissions
configured for an object.
To delete the permissions that a user or user group has for an object, send a DELETE request using the
following URI:
/public/core/v3/objects/<object ID>/permissions/<ACL ID>
To delete all of the permissions configured for an object, send a DELETE request using the following URI:
/public/core/v3/objects/<object ID>/permissions
GET request
To get the details for a particular ACL ID, send a GET request using the following URI:
/public/core/v3/objects/<object ID>/permissions/<ACL ID>
To get the details for all permissions on an object, send a GET request using the following URI:
/public/core/v3/objects/<object ID>/permissions
GET response
If successful, returns the following information for an ACL ID:
id String ACL ID
read Boolean Whether the user or group can view the object.
update Boolean Whether the user or group can update the object.
delete Boolean Whether the user or group can delete the object.
execute Boolean Whether the user or group can run the task.
changePermission Boolean Whether the user or group can change the permissions for the object.
Get example
To get the details for all permissions on a object, you might send a request that's similiar to the following
example:
GET <BaseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/objects/2ymkhUZCl7XbUmN7dsq6Wc/permissions
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <SessionId>
You might receive a response similar to the following example:
[
{
"id": "4D6ER3yic8cjjE1GmxEKEi",
"principal": {
"type": "USER",
Checking permissions
You can send a request to check your access rights for a particular object or asset type. The response is
based on the permissions and privileges for the user who started the current session.
You might want to check your access rights before you attempt to create an asset in a project or folder. If
you don't have permissions for the project or folder, the value of "false" will show for each permission type.
GET request
To get your access rights for an object, send a GET request using the following URI:
/public/core/v3/objects/<object ID>/permissions/checkAccess
The response includes your access rights for the given object ID.
To find out if you can create a particular type of asset in a project or folder, send a GET request that includes
the project or folder ID and the asset type. Use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/objects/<object ID>/permissions/checkAccess?type=<asset type>
For a list of asset types, see “Finding an asset” on page 205.
GET examples
To check your access rights for an object, you might send a request similar to the following example:
GET <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/objects/2ymkhUZCl7XbUmN7dsq6Wc/permissions/checkAccess
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <SessionId>
You might receive a response similar to the following example:
{
"permissions": {
"create": true,
"read": true,
"update": true,
"delete": true,
"execute": false,
"changePermission": true
Passwords
You can manage passwords using the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services REST API.
• Change your Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services password if your current password has not expired. If
you have administrator privileges, you can change other users' passwords.
• Reset a password if it has expired or if you forgot your password.
Changing a password
You can change your Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services password if your current password has not
expired. If you have administrator privileges, you can change other users' passwords.
POST request
To change your password, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/Users/ChangePassword
Include the following information in the request:
oldPassword String Required if you are changing your own password. Current password.
userId String Required if an administrator is changing the password Informatica Intelligent Cloud
for another user. Services user ID.
Passwords 219
POST example
To change your password, you might send a request similar to the following example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/Users/ChangePassword
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"newPassword" : "<new password>",
"oldPassword" : "<old password>"
}
A successful request will not return a response. An unsuccessful request will return an error.
Resetting a password
You can reset a password if it has expired or if you forgot your password. To reset a password, you must
include the security answer in the request.
POST request
To reset your password, include the security answer in the request. Use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/Users/ResetPassword
Include the following information in the request:
POST example
To reset your password, you might send a request similar to the following example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/Users/ResetPassword
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"userId" : "5N9JGth6pRYfOGjGKv3Q2D",
"securityAnswer" : "Simba",
"newPassword" : "<password>"
}
A successful request will not return a response. An unsuccessful request will return an error.
Privileges
Use the privileges resource to obtain a list of privileges that you can use for custom roles.
For information on adding and updating privileges in custom roles, see “Roles” on page 227
To request a list of enabled and default privileges, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/privileges
To request a complete list of privileges that includes enabled, disabled, default, and unassigned privileges,
include a query parameter in the URI as shown in this example:
/public/core/v3/privileges?q=status==All
GET response
If successful, returns the following information for each privilege:
service String The Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services service that applies to the privilege.
status String Status of the privilege. Returns one of the following values:
- Enabled. License to use the privilege is valid.
- Disabled. License to use the privilege has expired.
- Unassigned. No license to use this privilege.
- Default. Privilege included by default.
Privileges 221
"service": "DQ",
"status": "Disabled"
},
{
"id": "11Ai6CJ2PU8jaJwiAwyR0I",
"name": "[Link]",
"description": "Change Permission Folder",
"service": "Admin",
"status": "Default"
},
{
"id": "11ertBcF3aUkT7vqmn23a3",
"name": "[Link]",
"description": "view audit log",
"service": "Admin",
"status": "Default"
},
....
]
Note: If a project or folder name contains special characters, space characters, or international characters,
use URL encoding in the URI so that the server can properly decode the name. For example, for a project
named "My Project," include the following text in the URI:
My%20Project
You can't use the following characters:
# ? ' | { } " ^ & [ ] / \
Creating a project
Create projects to organize your assets.
POST request
To create a project, send a POST request using the following URI:
/public/core/v3/projects
Note: You can create a maximum of 500 projects usingInformatica Intelligent Cloud Services REST API.
POST example
To create a project, you might send a request similar to the following example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/projects
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"name":"Orders",
"description": "Orders from all regions"
}
You might receive a response similar to the following example:
{
"id": "kTKQG4Kv3uhgQleaOoUbWu",
"name": "Orders",
"description": "Orders from all regions",
"updatedBy": "scotty@[Link]",
"updateTime": "2022-04-12T23:40:40.395Z"
}
Updating a project
You can change a project's name or description if you have update permission for the project.
PATCH request
To update a project, send a PATCH request using one of the following URIs:
/public/core/v3/projects/<project ID>
/public/core/v3/projects/name/<project name>
Include the following information:
PATCH example
To update a project, you might send a request similar to the following example:
PATCH <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/projects/kTKQG4Kv3uhgQleaOoUbWu
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"name":"Requests",
"description": "Orders from all regions"
}
Deleting a project
You can delete a project from your organization if it doesn't contain any folders or assets and if you have
delete permission for the project.
DELETE request
To delete a project, use one of the following URIs:
/public/core/v3/projects/<project ID>
/public/core/v3/projects/name/<project name>
DELETE example
To delete a project named "All Orders," you might send the following request:
DELETE <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/projects/name/All%20Orders
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <SessionId>
Creating a folder
You can create a folder in the Default project or specify a different project.
Note: You can create a maximum of 5000 folders usingInformatica Intelligent Cloud Services REST API.
POST request
To create a folder in the Default project, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/folders
To create a folder in a project other than the Default project, use one of the following URIs:
/public/core/v3/projects/<project ID>/folders
/public/core/v3/projects/name/<project name>/folders
POST response
If successful, returns the folder object with the following details:
POST example
To create a folder in the Orders project, you might send a request similar to the following example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/projects/name/Orders/folders
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"name":"Northwest Orders",
"description": "Orders from northwest offices"
}
You might receive a response similar to the following example:
{
"id": "kTrYZ8fInr1Uw3ugQbOuWe",
"name": "Northwest Orders",
"description": "Orders from northwest offices",
"updatedBy": "scotty@[Link]",
"updateTime": "2022-04-13T18:20:40.325Z"
}
Updating a folder
You can change a folder's name or description if you have update permission for the folder.
PATCH request
To update a folder that's in the Default project, send a PATCH request using the following URI:
/public/core/v3/folders/<folder ID>
To update a folder that's in a project other than the Default project, use one of the following URIs:
/public/core/v3/projects/<project ID>/folders/<folder ID>
/public/core/v3/projects/name/<project name>/folders/name/<folder name>
PATCH response
Returns a success code if successful or an error object if errors occur.
PATCH example
To change the name and description of the Northeast Orders folder, you might send a request similar to the
following example:
PATCH <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/projects/name/Orders/folders/name/Northeast%20Orders
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"name":"Northeast Requests",
"description": "Requests from the northeast offices"
}
Deleting a folder
You can delete a folder if it is empty and you have delete permission for the folder. If the folder contains
assets, you must delete or move the assets before you can delete it.
DELETE request
To delete a folder that's in the Default project, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/projects/<folder ID>
To delete a folder that's in a project other than the Default project, use one of the following URIs:
/public/core/v3/projects/<project ID>/folders/<folder ID>
/public/core/v3/projects/name/<project name>/folders/name/<folder name>
Note: You can include project and folder IDs or project and folder names in a URI, but you can't include an ID
and a name in a URI. For example, you can't include the project ID and the folder name.
DELETE example
To delete a folder named "Orders:West Coast," you might send the following request:
DELETE <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/projects/name/Orders/folders/name/Orders%3AWest
%20Coast
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <SessionId>
Note: This resource uses a dynamic rate limit. When the system experiences a large volume or size of
requests, responses might be slow or fail with the error message, "too many requests."
GET request
To get role details, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/roles
To get the details for a particular role, you can include the following query parameters in the URI:
q String Query filter. You can filter using one of the following fields:
- roleId. Unique identifier for the role.
- roleName. Name of the role.
expand String Returns the privileges associated with the role specified in the query filter.
Include the following phrase in the query:
expand=privileges
For example, to get details for the Business Manager role including privileges, you might use the following
request:
/public/core/v3/roles?q=roleName=="Business Manager"&expand=privileges
GET response
If successful, returns the following information for each role:
updateTime String Date and time the role was last updated.
Roles 227
Field Type Description
systemRole Boolean Whether the role is a system-defined role. Returns one of the following values:
- True. Role is a system-defined role.
- False. Role is a custom role.
status String Whether the organization's license to use the role is valid or has expired. Returns one
of the following values:
- Enabled
- Disabled
Creating a role
You can create custom roles for your organization.
POST request
To create a custom role, send a POST request using the following URI:
/public/core/v3/roles
Note: The number of users, user groups, and roles combined cannot exceed 1000 for an organization.
privileges Array Yes IDs of the privileges to assign to the role. A role must have at least one privilege
assigned to it.
POST response
If successful, returns the roles object with the details you included in the POST request.
POST example
To create a custom role, you might send a request similar to the following example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/roles
Content-Type: application/json
Roles 229
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"name" : "CAIviewer",
"description": "A role to view Application Integration designer and assets",
"privileges" : ["aQwUdcM8RcQewA1yWphZ4F", "0nTOXl8dzEwlSFoM0cO8gI"]
}
You might receive a response similar to the following example:
{
"id": "8j2MPlr8ubZgteIOwleSCk",
"orgId": "cPYWk02I4aBeuLEvYRtaMS",
"createdBy": "a@[Link]",
"updatedBy": "a@[Link]",
"createTime": "2019-03-20T18:33:33.361Z",
"updateTime": "2019-03-20T18:33:33.428Z",
"roleName": "CAIviewer",
"description": "A role to view Application Integration designer and assets",
"displayName": "CAIviewer",
"displayDescription": "A role to view Application Integration designer and assets",
"systemRole": false,
"status": "Enabled",
"privileges": [
{
"id": "0nTOXl8dzEwlSFoM0cO8gI",
"name": "[Link]",
"description": "View application integration designer"
},
{
"id": "aQwUdcM8RcQewA1yWphZ4F",
"name": "[Link]",
"description": "View application integration assets"
}
]
}
Updating a role
You can add or remove privileges for custom roles.
Add privileges
To add privileges to a custom role, send a PUT request using one of the following URIs:
/public/core/v3/roles/<role ID>/addPrivileges
/public/core/v3/roles/name/<role name>/addPrivileges
Include an array of privilege names for the custom role.
For example, to give a role create and delete privileges for data transfer tasks, you might use the following
request:
PUT <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/roles/cPYWk02I4aBeuLEvYRtaMS/addPrivileges
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"privileges" : ["[Link]", "[Link]"]
}
You can use the privileges resource to get a list of privilege names that you can use. For more information,
see “Privileges” on page 220.
For example, to remove create and delete privileges for API collection from a role, you might use the
following request:
PUT <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/roles/cPYWk053KnrUerLvYRtaMS/removePrivileges
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"privileges" : ["[Link]", "[Link]"]
}
Deleting a role
You can delete custom roles from your organization.
You can map up to 200 SAML groups or roles to an Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services role. To find a list
of Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services roles, you can use the “Roles” on page 227 resource.
Before you map SAML groups and roles, ensure that the Map SAML Groups and Roles option is enabled in
Administrator.
After you map SAML groups and roles to Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services roles, you cannot configure
user roles or groups for SAML SSO users individually in Administrator or through the Informatica Intelligent
Cloud Services REST API.
For more information about using SAML SSO, see User Administration in the Administrator help.
Note: You cannot map a SAML group or role that contains one of the following characters in the name:
• Pipe ( | )
• Semicolon ( ; )
PUT request
To add a mapping between an Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services role and SAML groups, use the following
URI:
/public/core/v3/Orgs/<organization ID>/addSamlGroupMappings
If you map a SAML group that doesn't exist in Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services, Informatica Intelligent
Cloud Services creates the group. If a group with the same name exists in Informatica Intelligent Cloud
Services, you can specify whether to reuse the group or create a new group. By default, Informatica Intelligent
Cloud Services creates a new group with _EXT appended to the name.
groupMappings Array yes Object that defines the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services role and
SAML group mappings.
reuseGroup Boolean -- Whether to use the existing Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services group
if the group name is the same as the SAML group name.
If false, Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services creates a new group.
Default is false.
Returns the 204 response code if successful. Returns an error object if errors occurs.
PUT examples
To map the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services Admin role to the Security and Dev-Managers SAML
groups, and map the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services Designer role to the Developers SAML group, you
might send a request similar to the following example:
PUT <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/Orgs/6MRgiMIfvdRfCCLITrLCcI/addSamlGroupMappings
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: 9KA11tLGqxVcGeul8SQBK3
{
"groupMappings": [
{
"roleName": "Admin",
"samlGroupNames": ["Security","Dev-Managers"]
},
{
"roleName": "Designer",
"samlGroupNames": "Developers"
}
],
"reuseGroup": "true"
Note: You cannot map a SAML group or role that contains one of the following characters in the name:
• Pipe ( | )
• Semicolon ( ; )
• Comma ( , )
PUT request
To add a mapping between Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services roles and SAML roles, use the following
URI:
/public/core/v3/Orgs/<organization ID>/addSamlRoleMappings
Include the following information:
roleMappings Array yes Object that defines the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services role and SAML
role mappings.
Returns the 204 response code if successful. Returns an error object if errors occurs.
PUT example
To map the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services Developer role to the Data Designer and MS Deployer
SAML roles, and map the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services Admin role to the Operator SAML role, you
might send a request similar to the following example:
PUT <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/Orgs/6MRgiMIfvdRfCCLITrLCcI/addSamlRoleMappings
Content-Type: application/json
PUT request
To remove a SAML group mapping, send a PUT request using the following URI:
/public/core/v3/Orgs/<organization ID>/removeGroupMappings
Include the following information:
groupMappings Array yes Object that defines the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services role and
SAML group mappings.
PUT example
If you want to remove the mapping between the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services Admin role and the
Administrators SAML group, you might send a request similar to the following example:
PUT <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/Orgs/6MRgiMIfvdRfCCLITrLCcI/removeSamlGroupMappings
Content-type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: 9KA11tLGqxVcGeul8SQBK3
{
"groupMappings": [
{
"roleName": "Admin",
"samlGroupNames": "Administrators"
}
]
}
PUT request
To remove a SAML role mapping, send a PUT request using the following URI:
/public/core/v3/Orgs/<organization ID>/removeSamlRoleMappings
Include the following information:
roleMappings Array yes Object that defines the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services role and SAML
role mapping.
PUT example
If you want to remove the mapping between the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services Admin role and the
Operator SAML role, you might send a request similar to the following example:
PUT <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/Orgs/6MRgiMIfvdRfCCLITrLCcI/removeSamlRoleMappings
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: 9KA11tLGqxVcGeul8SQBK3
{
"roleMappings": [
{
"roleName": "Admin",
"samlRoleNames": "Operator"
}
]
}
GET request
To get details for group mappings, use the following URI:
public/core/v3/Orgs/<organization ID>/SAMLConfig/groupMappings?<query parameters>
To get all the group mapping details for the organization, omit the query parameters.
q String Query filter string. You can filter using one of the following fields:
- roleId
- roleName
- samlGroupNames
You can use the following fields to define the query filter:
GET response
Returns the group mapping details. Returns an error if errors occur.
If the Map SAML Groups and Roles option is enabled but no mappings exist, the response is empty.
If successful, returns a count of the available group mappings and the following information for each group
mapping:
GET request
To get details for role mappings, use the following URI:
public/core/v3/Orgs/<organization ID>/SAMLConfig/roleMappings?<query parameters>
To get all the role mapping details for the organization, omit the query parameters.
To get details for a particular role or SAML role, you can include the following query parameters in the URI:
q String Query filter string. You can filter using one of the following fields:
- roleId
- roleName
- samlRoleNames
GET response
Returns the role mapping details. Returns an error if errors occur.
If the Map SAML Groups and Roles option is enabled but no mappings exist, the response is empty.
If successful, returns a count of the available role mappings and the following information for each role
mapping:
Note: To leverage full scheduling capabilities, use this resource instead of the REST API version 2 schedule
resource.
GET request
To get the details of all schedules in the organization, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/schedule
To get the details of a schedule using the schedule ID, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/schedule/<id>
You can use a query parameter to get the details for specific schedules. For example, to get the details of all
disabled schedules created by the user jdoe, you might use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/schedule?q=status=='Disabled' and createdBy=='jdoe'
You can use the following query parameters in the URI:
Schedules 239
Parameter Type Description
updateTime Date Last time the schedule was updated, in UTC format.
You can use the following operators:
- <
- <=
- ==
- =>
- >
- !=
interval String Interval or repeat frequency at which the schedule runs. You can use the following
values:
- None
- Minutely
- Hourly
- Daily
- Weekly
- Biweekly
- Monthly
You can use the following operators:
- ==
- !=
GET response
If successful, returns the schedules object for the requested schedule. If you request the details for all
schedules, the schedules object contains details for each schedule in the organization.
status String Status of the schedule. Returns one of the following values:
- enabled
- disabled
startTime Date/time Date and time when the schedule starts running, in UTC format.
endTime Date/time Date and time when the schedule stops running.
interval String Interval or repeat frequency at which the schedule runs tasks. Returns one of the
following codes:
- None. The schedule does not repeat.
- Minutely. Tasks run on an interval based on the specified number of minutes,
days, and time range.
- Hourly. Tasks run on an hourly interval based on the start time of the schedule.
- Daily. Tasks run on a daily interval based on the start time of the schedule.
- Weekly. Tasks run on a weekly interval based on the start time of the schedule.
- Biweekly. Tasks run every two weeks based on the start time of the schedule.
- Monthly. Tasks run on a monthly interval based on the start time of the
schedule.
frequency Int Frequency that the schedule runs for the specified interval. For example, if the
interval is Hourly, a frequency of 2 means the task runs every 2 hours.
Returned for Minutely, Hourly, and Daily intervals only.
rangeStartTime Date/time The start of the time range within a day that tasks run.
Returned for Minutely and Hourly intervals only.
rangeEndTime Date/time The end of the time range within a day that tasks run.
Returned for Minutely and Hourly intervals only.
sun Boolean Tasks run on Sunday. Returns one of the following codes:
- true
- false
Returned for Minutely, Hourly, Weekly, and Biweekly intervals only.
Schedules 241
Field Type Description
weekDay Boolean Tasks run on weekdays only. Returns one of the following codes:
- true
- false
Returned for the Daily interval only.
dayOfMonth Int Date of the month that tasks run. Returns a date between 1-28.
Returned for the Monthly interval only.
weekOfMonth String Week of the month that tasks run. Returns one of the following codes:
- First. The tasks run in the first week of the month.
- Second. The tasks run in the second week of the month.
- Third. The tasks run in the third week of the month.
- Fourth. The tasks run in the fourth week of the month.
- Last. The tasks run in the last week of the month.
Returned for the Monthly interval only.
dayOfWeek String Day of the week that tasks run. Returns one of the following codes:
- Day. Tasks run on the first day or last day of the month, based on the selected
weekOfMonth option.
- Sunday
- Monday
- Tuesday
- Wednesday
- Thursday
- Friday
- Saturday
Returned for the Monthly interval only.
timeZoneId String Time zone used for the day of the week, day of the month, or week of the month
that the tasks run.
GET example
To request information about a schedule using the schedule ID, you might use the following request:
GET <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/schedule/0An1v84VPL3k6kypOlxq06D0000000000003
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
A successful response might look like the following example:
{
"id": "0An1v84VPL3k6kypOlxq06D0000000000003",
"scheduleFederatedId" : "24bDtKg6d9SbaNlqDolHSR",
"name": "MI_FILE_LISTENER_10107",
"status":"enabled",
"createTime": "2018-12-03T17:34:45.000Z",
"updateTime": "2019-05-09T12:13:34.000Z",
"createdBy": "clouddemo",
"updatedBy": "vnath",
"startTime": "2020-06-09T00:15:55.000Z",
"interval": "Minutely",
"frequency": 5,
"rangeStartTime" : "",
"rangeEndTime" : "",
"mon": true,
"tue": true,
"wed": true,
"thu": true,
Creating a schedule
Use the schedule resource to create a schedule for the organization.
POST request
To create a schedule, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/schedule
You can use the following fields in a schedules object:
status String - Status of the schedule. Use one of the following values:
- enabled
- disabled
Default is enabled.
startTime Date/time Yes Date and time when the schedule starts running, in UTC format.
endTime Date/time - Date and time when the schedule stops running. If you do not use this
parameter, the schedule runs indefinitely.
Schedules 243
Field Type Required Description
interval String Yes Interval or repeat frequency at which the schedule runs tasks. Use one of
the following options:
- None. Tasks run at the schedule start time. The schedule does not
repeat.
- Minutely. Tasks run on an interval based on the specified number of
minutes, days, and time range. You can use the following parameters:
- frequency. Frequency in minutes that tasks run.
- sun, mon, tue, wed, thu, fri, sat. The days of the week that tasks run.
- startTimeRange and endTimeRange. The time range within a day
tasks should run. Do not use if you want tasks to run all day.
- endTime. When the schedule should stop running. Do not use if you
want the schedule to run indefinitely.
- Hourly. Tasks run on an hourly interval based on the start time of the
schedule. You can use the following parameters:
- frequency. Frequency in hours that tasks run.
- sun, mon, tue, wed, thu, fri, sat. The days of the week that tasks run.
- startTimeRange and endTimeRange. The time range within a day
tasks should run. Do not use if you want tasks to run all day.
- endTime. When the schedule should stop running. Do not use if you
want the schedule to run indefinitely.
- Daily. Tasks run on a daily interval based on the start time configured
for the schedule. You can use the following parameters:
- frequency. Frequency in days that tasks run.
- weekDay. Runs the tasks every weekday. Do not use if you want the
tasks to run every day.
- endTime. When the schedule should stop running. Do not use if you
want the schedule to run indefinitely.
- Weekly. Tasks run on a weekly interval based on the start time of the
schedule. You can use the following parameters:
- sun, mon, tue, wed, thu, fri, sat. The days of the week that tasks run.
- endTime. When the schedule should stop running. Do not use if you
want the schedule to run indefinitely.
- Biweekly. Tasks run every two weeks based on the start time of the
schedule. You can use the following parameters:
- sun, mon, tue, wed, thu, fri, sat. The days of the week that tasks run.
- endTime. When the schedule should stop running. Do not use if you
want the schedule to run indefinitely.
- Monthly. Tasks run on a monthly interval based on the start time of the
schedule. You can use the following parameters:
- dayOfMonth. Day of the month when you want tasks to run, between
1-28.
- dayOfWeek. Day of the week when you want tasks to run.
- weekOfMonth. Week of the month when you want tasks to run.
- endTime. When the schedule should stop running. Do not use if you
want the schedule to run indefinitely.
To indicate when tasks should run, use dayOfWeek with weekOfMonth,
such as the First Monday. Or use dayOfMonth, such as 1.
Tip: To run tasks on the last day of the month, use the Last weekOfMonth
parameter with the Day dayOfWeek parameter.
Default is no interval.
frequency Int Yes Repeat frequency for tasks. Use one of the following values:
- For Minutely intervals, use one of the following options: 5, 10, 15, 20,
30, 45.
Default is 5.
- For Hourly intervals, use one of the following options: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12.
Default is 1.
- For Daily intervals, use number of days between 1 -30.
Default is 1.
Use with Minutely, Hourly, and Daily intervals only.
rangeStartTime Date/time - The start of the time range within a day that you want tasks to run. Enter
a date and time using standard date/time format. Only the time portion is
used.
Use with Minutely, Hourly, and Daily intervals only.
rangeEndTime Date/time - The end of the time range within a day that you want tasks to run. Enter a
date and time using standard date/time format. Only the time portion is
used.
Use with Minutely, Hourly, and Daily intervals only.
weekDay Boolean - Runs tasks on weekdays. Use one of the following options:
- True. Run tasks on Monday through Friday. Does not run tasks on the
weekend.
- False. Run tasks every day.
Use with the Daily interval only.
Schedules 245
Field Type Required Description
dayOfMonth Int - Date of the month that tasks should run. Use a date between 1-28.
Use with the Monthly interval only.
Tip: To run tasks on the last day of the month, use the Last weekOfMonth
parameter with the Day dayOfWeek parameter.
weekOfMonth String - Week of the month that tasks should run. Use with dayOfWeek to specify
the day and week of the month that tasks should run. For example, the
First Day or the Last Wednesday of the month.
Use one of the following options:
- First
- Second
- Third
- Fourth
- Last
Use with the Monthly interval only.
dayOfWeek String - Day of the week that tasks should run. Use with weekOfMonth to specify
the day and week of the month that tasks should run. For example, the
First Day or the Last Wednesday of the month.
Use one of the following options:
- Day
- Sunday
- Monday
- Tuesday
- Wednesday
- Thursday
- Friday
- Saturday
Use with the Monthly interval only.
timeZoneId String - Time zone that the schedule uses for the dayOfMonth, weekOfMonth, and
dayOfWeek fields.
Default is UTC.
For more information, see Appendix A, “Time zone codes” on page 581
POST response
Returns the schedules response object for the schedule that you created or updated.
Updating a schedule
Use the schedule resource to update, enable, or disable a schedule.
PATCH request
Use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/schedule/<id>
Include the following fields in the request body:
status String - Status of the schedule. Use one of the following values:
- enabled
- disabled
Default is enabled.
Schedules 247
Field Type Required Description
startTime Date/time - Date and time when the schedule starts running the tasks, in UTC
format.
endTime Date/time - Date and time when the schedule stops running the tasks. If you do
not use this parameter, the schedule runs indefinitely.
interval String - Interval or repeat frequency at which the schedule runs tasks. Use
one of the following options:
- None. Tasks run at the schedule start time. The schedule does
not repeat.
- Minutely. Tasks run on an interval based on the specified number
of minutes, days, and time range. You can use the following
parameters:
- frequency. Frequency in minutes that tasks run.
- sun, mon, tue, wed, thu, fri, sat. The days of the week that tasks
run.
- startTimeRange and endTimeRange. The time range within a
day tasks should run. Do not use if you want tasks to run all
day.
- endTime. When the schedule should stop running. Do not use if
you want the schedule to run indefinitely.
- Hourly. Tasks run on an hourly interval based on the start time of
the schedule. You can use the following parameters:
- frequency. Frequency in hours that tasks run.
- sun, mon, tue, wed, thu, fri, sat. The days of the week that tasks
run.
- startTimeRange and endTimeRange. The time range within a
day tasks should run. Do not use if you want tasks to run all
day.
- endTime. When the schedule should stop running. Do not use if
you want the schedule to run indefinitely.
- Daily. Tasks run on a daily interval on the start time configured
for the schedule. You can use the following parameters:
- frequency. Frequency in days that tasks run.
- weekDay. Runs the tasks every weekday. Do not use if you want
the tasks to run every day.
- endTime. When the schedule should stop running. Do not use if
you want the schedule to run indefinitely.
- Weekly. Tasks run on a weekly interval based on the start time of
the schedule. You can use the following parameters:
- sun, mon, tue, wed, thu, fri, sat. The days of the week that tasks
run.
- endTime. When the schedule should stop running. Do not use if
you want the schedule to run indefinitely.
- Biweekly. Tasks run every two weeks based on the start time of
the schedule. You can use the following parameters:
- sun, mon, tue, wed, thu, fri, sat. The days of the week that tasks
run.
- endTime. When the schedule should stop running. Do not use if
you want the schedule to run indefinitely.
- Monthly. Tasks run on a monthly interval based on the start time
of the schedule. You can use the following parameters:
- dayOfMonth. Day of the month when you want tasks to run,
between 1-28.
- dayOfWeek. Day of the week when you want tasks to run.
- weekOfMonth. Week of the month when you want tasks to run.
- endTime. When the schedule should stop running. Do not use if
you want the schedule to run indefinitely.
To indicate when tasks should run, use dayOfWeek with
weekOfMonth, such as the First Monday. Or use dayOfMonth, such
as 1.
Tip: To run tasks on the last day of the month, use the Last
weekOfMonth parameter with the Day dayOfWeek parameter.
Default is no interval.
Schedules 249
Field Type Required Description
frequency Int - Repeat frequency for tasks. Use one of the following values:
- For Minutely intervals, use one of the following options: 5, 10, 15,
20, 30, 45.
Default is 5.
- For Hourly intervals, use one of the following options: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6,
8, 12.
Default is 1.
- For Daily intervals, use number of days between 1 -30.
Default is 1.
Use with Minutely and Hourly intervals only.
rangeStartTime Date/time - The start of the time range within a day that you want tasks to run.
Enter a date and time using standard date/time format. Only the
time portion is used.
Use with Minutely and Hourly intervals only.
rangeEndTime Date/time - The end of the time range within a day that you want tasks to run.
Enter a date and time using standard date/time format. Only the
time portion is used.
Use with Minutely and Hourly intervals only.
weekDay Boolean - Runs tasks on weekdays. Use one of the following options:
- True. Run tasks on Monday through Friday. Does not run tasks on
the weekend.
- False. Run tasks every day.
Use with the Daily interval only.
dayOfMonth Int - Date of the month that tasks should run. Use a date between 1-28.
Use with the Monthly interval only.
Tip: To run tasks on the last day of the month, use the Last
weekOfMonth parameter with the Day dayOfWeek parameter.
weekOfMonth String - Week of the month that tasks should run. Use with dayOfWeek to
specify the day and week of the month that tasks should run. For
example, the First Day or the Last Wednesday of the month.
Use one of the following options:
- First
- Second
- Third
- Fourth
- Last
Use with the Monthly interval only.
dayOfWeek String - Day of the week that tasks should run. Use with weekOfMonth to
specify the day and week of the month that tasks should run. For
example, the First Day or the Last Wednesday of the month.
Use one of the following options:
- Day
- Sunday
- Monday
- Tuesday
- Wednesday
- Thursday
- Friday
- Saturday
Use with the Monthly interval only.
timeZoneId String - Time zone that the schedule uses for the dayOfMonth,
weekOfMonth, and dayOfWeek fields.
Default is UTC.
For more information, see Appendix A, “Time zone codes” on page 581
PATCH example
To update a schedule, your request might look something like the following example:
PATCH <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/schedule/0An1v84VPL3k6kypOlxq06D0000000000003
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"schedules": [
{
"id": "0An1v84VPL3k6kypOlxq06D0000000000003",
"scheduleFederatedId": "1KiAwzRVIOTlAtCjPtzV4H",
"name": "V3_Test_CreateSchedule_1569944878",
"status": "disabled",
"description": "Update version 2",
"sat": true
}
]
}
Schedules 251
A successful response might look like the following example:
{
"id": "0An1v84VPL3k6kypOlxq06D0000000000003",
"createTime": "2022-09-24T15:34:36.000Z",
"updateTime": "2022-10-01T15:47:59.442Z",
"createdBy": "dev_larry",
"updatedBy": "dev_larry",
"name": "V3_Test_CreateSchedule_1569944878",
"rangeStartTime": null,
"rangeEndTime": null,
"status": "disabled",
"frequency": 1,
"description": "Update version 2",
"mon": false,
"tue": false,
"wed": true,
"thu": false,
"fri": false,
"sat": true,
"sun": false,
"weekDay": false,
"dayOfMonth": 0,
"weekOfMonth": null,
"dayOfWeek": null,
"scheduleFederatedId": "1KiAwzRVIOTlAtCjPtzV4H",
"startTime": "2022-12-25T12:00:00.000Z",
"endTime": null,
"interval": "Hourly",
"timeZoneId": "America/Los Angeles"
}
Deleting a schedule
Use the schedule resource to delete a schedule.
SCIM tokens
If your organization pushes user and group information to Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services using SCIM
2.0, you can manage the SCIM tokens using the scimTokens resource. Use the scimTokens resource to list,
create, and delete SCIM tokens.
For more information about using SCIM 2.0 and about Administrator asset privileges, see User Administration
in the Administrator help.
GET request
To get a list of the SCIM tokens you created, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/scimTokens
GET response
If successful, returns each SCIM token that you created and its expiration date.
GET example
To list the SCIM tokens you created, you might use the following request:
GET <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/scimTokens
Content-type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <SessionId>
A successful response might look like the following example:
[
{
"id": "im2hLfwsRCvl6WG64Geqi0",
"value": "8fiXOaFR**************",
"expiry": "2025-04-28T21:05:31.000Z",
"status": "active"
}
]
POST request
To create a SCIM token, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/scimTokens
POST response
Returns the token response object for the token that you created.
To delete a SCIM token, send a DELETE request using the following URI:
/public/core/v3/scimTokens/<token_id>
A successful response returns the 204 response code. If errors occur, an error object is returned.
After you send a POST request to start or stop a Secure Agent service, you can check the status of the
service using the REST API V2 agent resource.
POST request
To stop or start a Secure Agent service, use the following URI:
public/core/v3/agent/service
Include the following fields in the request:
serviceName String Yes Display name of the Secure Agent service to start or stop.
serviceAction String Yes Action to perform on the Secure Agent service. Include one of the following
values:
- start. Start the latest version of the Secure Agent service.
- stop. Stop all versions of the Secure Agent service.
agentId String Yes The ID of the agent on which the Secure Agent service is located.
To find the ID, send a lookup POST request that includes the agent path.
POST response
If the request is successful, the response includes one of the following states for the service:
State Description
UNKNOWN Status is unknown. Check the status using the REST API version 2 agent resource.
To find the status, send a lookup POST request that includes the agent path.
Security logs
Use the securityLog resource to receive security log entries. Security logs include information about events
such as login actions and creating, updating, and deleting users, user groups, and roles. To use this resource,
you must be logged in with an administrator role.
GET request
To request entries for the last 24 hours with a maximum of 200 entries, use the following URI.
/public/core/v3/securityLog
entryTime String Start time or end time of the entry in UTC format.
Use one of the following formats:
- yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ss'Z'
- yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ssZ
- yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:[Link]'Z'
- yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:[Link]
The maximum date range is 14 days.
You can use the following operators:
- <=
- =>
- >
- ==
- !=
Default is to return entries for the last 24 hours with a maximum of 200.
GET response
Returns a securityLogEntry object for each security log entry returned. Returns the error object if errors occur.
actionCategory String Category of security log entry. Returns one of the following codes:
- Authentication
- Organization
- Sub-organization
- User
- Group
- Role
- Privilege
- Agent
- Privilege-Category
- Preference
actionEvent String Type of action performed. Returns one of the following codes:
- CREATE
- UPDATE
- DELETE
- DISABLE
- AGENT_LOGIN
- USER_LOGIN
- LOGOUT
- PASSWORD_RESET
GET example
To view entries for the actions that the user "admin" performed on July 26, 2019 between 8:00AM and
5:00PM, you might use the following URI:
GET <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/securityLog?
q=entryTime>="2019-07-26T08:00:00.000Z";entryTime<="2019-07-26T17:00:00.000Z";actor=='adm
in'
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
The response might look similar to the following example:
{
"entries": [
{
"id": "1AoqT9lYsrUhu7kl49kGsx",
"orgId": "9l10ywsSnqadMx1NtEEbKT",
"actor": "admin",
"entryTime": "2019-07-23T22:28:07.000Z",
"objectId": "9l10ywsSnqadMx1NtEEbKT",
"objectName": "idsv3_org_1563920884151",
"actionCategory": "Organization",
"actionEvent": "CREATE"
Source control
You can use a Git source control repository to manage and track changes made to Informatica Intelligent
Cloud Services objects such as projects, folders, and assets.
You can use the global Git repository for your organization. If the organization administrator enables project-
level repositories, you can use repositories that are configured at the project level or use the global
repository.
Pulling objects
Use the pull resource to retrieve objects such as assets and projects from your repository and load them into
your organization.
When you pull a project, all of the source-controlled assets in the project and the project's folders are
included in the pull. If the assets already exist in the target organization, their contents are overwritten to
match the assets' state at the specified commit hash. If the project and the project's folders already exist in
the target organization, they're reused.
You can pull objects at the global repository or project level. The objects that you pull determine which
repository is used. For example, if Project A is linked to Repo1, the pull is from Repo1. If Project B isn't linked
to a project-level repository, the pull will be done from the global repository.
If an asset's connections, runtime environments, or schedule exist in the target organization, they're reused. If
you want an asset to use a different connection or runtime environment in the target organization, you can
map the connection or runtime environment to a connection or runtime environment in your organization
using the objectSpecification object.
For example, an asset uses the SecureAgent_dev runtime environment in the dev organization and uses the
SecureAgent_test runtime environment in the test organization. You can use the objectSpecification object to
map the SecureAgent_dev runtime environment to the SecureAgent_test runtime environment.
Note: Informatica recommends that you include less than 1000 objects in a pull request.
POST request
To load the latest version of objects from your repository to your organization, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/pull
Note: You might receive a response to the POST request before the pull operation completes.
id String Yes, if path and type are not Include in the target
included object.
ID of the target object.
{
"commitHash": "7c525831c247cf792f595d1663396d1ae2c85033",
"objects": [
{
"path": ["Project2"]
},
{
"path": ["Default"]
}
]
}
To request a pull operation for the projects using project IDs, you might send a request that's similar to the
following example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/pull
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"commitHash": "7c525831c247cf792f595d1663396d1ae2c85033",
"objects": [
{
"id": "4gmWUVziA1qe7zXbyN1l6E"
},
{
"id": "4TjbmrAGrk2eal3DOwdIk8"
}
]
}
{
"commitHash": "1013f61bf318758cccec08f2165f59bbbb41e8f0",
"objects": [
{
"path": ["Default","Test_Mapping"],
"type": "DTEMPLATE"
}
]
}
To request a pull operation using the asset ID, you might send a request that's similar to the following
example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/pull
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"commitHash": "1013f61bf318758cccec08f2165f59bbbb41e8f0",
"objects": [
{
"id": "6wLjSK4tS4rdjKq5uGuC0T"
}
]
}
To request a pull operation using the asset ID and include the connections, you might send a request that's
similar to the following example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/pull
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
"commitHash": "1013f61bf318758cccec08f2165f59bbbb41e8f0",
"objects": [
{
"id": "6wLjSK4tS4rdjKq5uGuC0T"
}
],
"objectSpecification":[
{
"source":
{
"path":["ff"],
"type":"Connection"
},
"target":
{
"path":["target_connection"],
"type":"Connection"
}
}
]
}
"commitHash": "1013f61bf318758cccec08f2165f59bbbb41e8f0",
"objects": [
{
"id": "6wLjSK4tS4rdjKq5uGuC0T"
}
],
"objectSpecification":[
{
"source":
{
"path":["USW1MJ02YNFB"],
"type":"AgentGroup"
},
"target":
{
"id":"7UPtJVbrESTj0VkCBYAcUv"
}
}
]
}
When you use the pullByCommitHash resource, you include a commit hash in the request. The objects that
changed in the commit are included in the pull. If you want to pull objects by path or object ID, use the pull
resource instead.
If you use project-level repositories, include the repoConnectionId field in a pullByCommitHash request. You
can find the repoConnectionId for projects by sending a repositoryConnection request. For more information
about finding the repoConnectionId, see “Getting repository connection details” on page 289.
If you want an asset to use a different connection or runtime environment, you can map the connection or
runtime environment to a connection or runtime environment in your organization using the
objectSpecification object.
Note: Informatica recommends that you include less than 1000 objects in a pull request.
POST response
If successful, a POST request returns the following information:
{
"commitHash": "7c525831c247cf792f595d1663396d1ae2c85033"
}
To request a pull operation for all changed assets in a commit made to a project-level repository, you might
send a request that's similar to the following example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/pullByCommitHash
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"commitHash": "7c525831c247cf792f595d1663396d1ae2c85033",
"searchCustomRepositories": true
}
To request a pull operation for all changed assets in a commit and include connections and runtime
environments, you might send a request that's similar to the following example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/pullByCommitHash
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
"commitHash": "1013f61bf318758cccec08f2165f59bbbb41e8f0",
"objectSpecification":[
{
"source":
{
"path":["ff"],
"type":"Connection"
},
"target":
{
"path":["target_connection"],
"type":"Connection"
}
},
{
"source": {
"path": ["USW1MJ02YNFB"],
You can check out multiple projects, folders, or assets in one request.
If multiple objects are included in the checkout and the checkout fails for any of them, none of the objects
will be checked out. The objects that would have been successful will have a status of CANCELLED.
For more information about the checkout status, see “Getting the status of a source control operation” on
page 290.
POST request
To check objects out of the repository, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/checkout
In the request, you must provide either the object ID or the full path and object type.
objects List<Object> Yes Contains a list of all the objects to be checked out.
POST response
If successful, a POST request returns the following information:
{
"objects": [
{
"id": "ejZY66c19YUccBdbGwKG4P",
"includeContainerAssets": true
}
]
}
To request a checkout operation for a project and include two of the assets in the project, you might send a
request that's similar to the following example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/checkout
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"objects": [
{
"id": "iIVBNZSpUKFg4N6g2PKUox",
"includeContainerAssets": false
},
{
"id": "l7bgB85m5oGiXObDxwnvK9"
},
{
"id": "1MW0GDAE1sFgnvWkvom7mK"
}
]
}
To request a checkout operation for an asset named Test_Mapping that's in the Default project, you might
send a request that's similar to the following example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/checkout
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"objects": [
{
{
"objects": [
{
"id": "3iWWHkLbM2giVppBmJmZgV"
}
]
}
Undoing a checkout
Use the undoCheckout resource to undo a checkout. The object will revert to the last version that was pulled.
You can undo the checkout of an asset, project, or folder. You can also undo a checkout for all objects that
were included in a checkout. If you are logged in as an administrator, you can undo a checkout performed by
another user.
POST request
To undo a checkout, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/undoCheckout
In the request, include the ID or the path and type for each object that you want to perform the undo checkout
operation. Or, include a checkout operation ID to undo the checkout for all objects that were included in a
checkout operation.
Note: Source control logs are retained for seven days. If the checkout occurred more than seven days ago,
the checkout operation ID no longer exists so it can't be used in an undo checkout operation.
If you want an asset to use a different connection or runtime environment, you can map the connection or
runtime environment to a connection or runtime environment in your organization using the
objectSpecification object.
id String Yes, if path and type are Include in the target object.
not included ID of the target object.
POST response
If successful, a POST request returns the following information:
{
"objects": [
{
"id": "4gmWUVziA1qe7zXbyN1l6E"
},
{
"id": "4TjbmrAGrk2eal3DOwdIk8"
}
]
}
To request an undo checkout operation for assets by path, you might send a request that's similar to the
following example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/undoCheckout
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"objects": [
{
"id": "6wLjSK4tS4rdjKq5uGuC0T"
}
],
"objectSpecification":[
{
"source":
{
"path":["ff"],
"type":"Connection"
},
"target":
{
"path":["target_connection"],
"type":"Connection"
}
},
{
"source": {
"path": ["USW1MJ02YNFB"],
"type": "AgentGroup"
},
"target": {
"id": "2ga6h3hRNZCf9Br0ZWB7EF"
}
}
]
}
To request an undoCheckout operation using the checkout operation ID, you might send a request that's
similar to the following example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/undoCheckout
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"checkoutOperationId": "<checkout operation ID>"
}
Checking in objects
Use the checkin resource to check updated objects in to the repository.
POST request
To check objects in to the repository, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/checkin
In the request, you must provide either the object ID or the full path and object type.
objects List<Object> Yes Contains a list of all the objects to be checked in. You
can check in a single asset or check in any number of
projects or folders.
POST response
If successful, a POST request returns the following information:
{
"objects": [
{
"id": "3iWWHkLbM2giVppBmJmZgV",
"includeContainerAssets": true
}
],
"summary": "Revised mappings",
"description": "Revised m_custArch and m_custNew"
}
To request a check-in operation for an asset using the path and object type, you might send a request that's
similar to the following example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/checkin
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"objects": [
{
"path": [
"Default",
"Test_Mapping"
],
"type": "DTEMPLATE"
}
]
}
{
"objects": [
{
"id": "3iWWHkLbM2giVppBmJmZgV"
}
],
"summary": "Revised Revised m_custArch"
}
GET request
To get the details for a commit, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/commit/<commitHash>
If you use project-level repositories, include one or both of the following parameters in the URI:
hash String Unique identifier for the commit. You can use this value in a pullByCommitHash
request.
email String Email address of the user who performed the commit.
date Date The timestamp when the commit was submitted in the following format: yyyy-MM-
dd'T'HH:mm:[Link]
changes List <Object> Contains change details for each object included in the commit.
You can request commit history for all source-controlled objects, specific projects or folders, or specific
assets. You can also use query parameters to request commit history for all objects on a particular Explore
page or a specified number of pages.
GET request
You can request the commit history for all of your organization's projects and assets or request the history
for a particular project or asset.
To get the commit history for a particular project or asset, you can include the following query parameters in
the URI:
q String Query filter string. Include an object ID, project or folder name, or asset type.
perPage String Number of entries to include per page. Maximum of entries is 100.
Default is 100.
You can use the following fields to define the query filter:
type String == Asset type. Required to receive commit history for an asset.
Can be one of the following types:
- DTEMPLATE. Mapping.
- MTT. Mapping task.
- DSS. Synchronization task.
- DMASK. Masking task.
- DRS. Replication task.
- DMAPPLET. Mapplet created in Data Integration.
- MAPPLET. PowerCenter mapplet.
- BSERVICE. Business service definition.
- HSCHEMA. Hierarchical schema.
- PCS. PowerCenter task.
- FWCONFIG. Fixed width configuration.
- CUSTOMSOURCE. Saved query.
- MI_TASK. Mass ingestion task.
- WORKFLOW. Linear taskflow.
- TASKFLOW
- UDF. User-defined function.
- PROCESS. Application Integration process.
- AI_CONNECTION. Application Integration app connection.
- AI_SERVICE_CONNECTOR. Application Integration service connector.
- GUIDE. Application Integration guide.
- PROCESS_OBJECT. Application Integration process object.
- HUMAN_TASK. Application Integration human task.
branch String == Repository branch, if different from the branch that's configured for the organization.
Query examples
The following examples show how you can use query parameters to get commit history for certain objects.
GET response
Returns a list of commits with the latest commit listed first. Returns an error if errors occur.
If successful, returns the following information for each commit in the commits object:
email String Email address of the user who performed the commit.
date Date The timestamp when the commit was submitted in the following format: yyyy-MM-
dd'T'HH:mm:[Link]
hasNext Boolean Whether there is another page after the current page.
Note: If you use GitLab or GitHub, the hasNext flag might erroneously return a value of
“true” when the page size is equal to the total size or the last page contains entries that
are the same as the page size.
POST request
To compare two versions of an object, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/compare/<asset ID>
You can specify whether to receive the response in JSON format or as text using the Git diff format.
source String Yes The base version of the asset to compare. Use one of the following values:
- If the asset version to compare is checked in to the repository, use the
commit hash for the value.
- If the asset version to compare hasn't been checked in, use the following
value: CURRENT-VERSION
destination String Yes The asset version to compare to the base version.
- If the asset version is checked in to the repository, use the commit hash for
the value.
- If the asset version hasn't been checked in, use the following value:
CURRENT-VERSION
outputFormat String Yes Response format. Use one of the following values:
- JSON
- TEXT
POST response
If the response body is TXT and the response is successful, the asset information and changes are recorded
in Git diff response format.
source Object Base version of asset that the updated version is compared with.
updatedOn String The timestamp when the commit was submitted in the following format:
yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:[Link]
commitHash String Commit hash of the file retrieved from the commit. Use one of the
following values:
- The commit hash number. Included if the asset version has been
committed to the repository.
- CURRENT-VERSION. The current version of the asset. Included if the
version hasn't been committed to the repository.
destination Object Version of the asset that's being compared to the source version.
updatedOn String The timestamp when the commit was submitted in the following format:
yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:[Link]
commitHash String Commit hash of the file retrieved from the commit. Can be one of the
following values:
- The commit hash number. Included if the asset version was committed
to the repository.
- CURRENT-VERSION. The current version of the asset. Included if the
version hasn't been committed to the repository.
action String Action performed on the asset. Can be one of the following values:
- CREATE
- DELETE
- UPDATE
- MOVE
- MOVE_UPDATE
- RENAME
- NO_ACTION
lineGroup Array Object that describes the changes made to the source version and
<Object> destination version.
unmodifiedLinesBefore List <String> Lines before affected lines that are unmodified. Maximum of 3.
unmodifiedLinesAfter List <String> Lines after affected lines that are unmodified. Maximum of 3.
oldChanges List <String> Lines removed from asset file. Inline removal of words are represented
between <remove-txt>.
newChanges List <String> New lines added into asset file. Inline addition of words are represented
between <add-txt>.
@@ -84,
1 +85,
1 @@
}
]
},
- "vcsExportTime": "2025-05-07 <remove-text>19:14:35<remove-text> PDT"
+ "vcsExportTime": "2025-05-07 <add-text>19:15:17<add-text> PDT"
}
Use the repository connection ID that's included in the response to send a pullByCommitHash request for
objects in project-level repositories.
GET request
To get details about the repository connection for a given project, use the following URL:
/public/core/v3/repositoryConnection
You can include the following fields in the request:
projectIds List of String - Project ID that you want to find the repository connection details for.
projectNames List of String - Project name that you want to find the repository connection details for.
GET response
If successful, a GET request returns the following information:
projectRepoConnections List <Object> Object that contains repository details for each project ID or project name
included in the request.
globalRepository Boolean Whether project is configured with a global Git repository. If true,
repoConnectionId is null.
GET request
To receive the status of a source control operation, include the action ID in the following URI::
/public/core/v3/sourceControlAction/<action ID>
To receive the status for each object in the source control operation, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/sourceControlAction/<action ID>?expand=objects
GET response
Returns the following information for the source control operation:
commitHash String Unique commit hash. Included when the request is for checkin and pull operations.
Tags
A tag is an asset property that you can use to group assets.
POST request
To assign a tag to an asset, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/TagObjects
You can assign tags to a maximum of 100 assets in a request.
POST example
To assign tags to two assets, you might use a POST request similar to the following example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/TagObjects
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
[{
"id":"5kuZuAC3Os0dycZuqGpqmM",
"tags": ["R12 Tag", "DevQA"]
}, {
"id":"7feHjtC50mLb44CTW4Xmon",
"tags": ["Prod", "DevQA", "R12 Tag"]
}]
Returns the 204 response code if the request is successful. Returns errors if the request is unsuccessful. If
the request is partially successful, returns information for the successful and unsuccessful transactions, as
shown in the following example:
[{
"id": "9WfGCcHsygueFigGhAdWqh",
"status": "FAILED",
"msg": "Object: 9WfGCcHsygueFigGhAdWqh skipped, missing READ/UPDATE permissions."
}, {
"id": "0cLD48xB4TOgm8cNjP2kmJ",
"status": "SUCCESS",
"msg": "Object: 0cLD48xB4TOgm8cNjP2kmJ Operation Message: [Tag assignment succeeded
for artifact 0cLD48xB4TOgm8cNjP2kmJ.]"
}]
Removing tags
Use the UntagObjects to remove tags from an asset.
POST request
To remove a tag from an asset, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/UntagObjects
You can remove tags from a maximum of 100 assets in a request.
Tags 293
Include the following information for each asset:
POST example
To remove tags from two assets, you might use a POST request similar to the following example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/UntagObjects
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
[{
"id":"5kuZuAC3Os0dycZuqGpqmM",
"tags": ["R12 Tag", "DevQA"]
}, {
"id":"7feHjtC50mLb44CTW4Xmon",
"tags": ["DevQA", "R12 Tag"]
}]
Returns the 204 response code if the request is successful. Returns errors if the request is unsuccessful. If
the request is partially successful, returns information for the successful and unsuccessful transactions, as
shown in the following example:
[{
"id": "9WfGCcHsygueFigGhAdWqh",
"status": "FAILED",
"msg": "Object: 9WfGCcHsygueFigGhAdWqh skipped, missing READ/UPDATE permissions."
}, {
"id": "0cLD48xB4TOgm8cNjP2kmJ",
"status": "SUCCESS",
"msg": "Object: 0cLD48xB4TOgm8cNjP2kmJ Operation Message: [Tag assignment succeeded
for artifact 0cLD48xB4TOgm8cNjP2kmJ.]"
}]
Users
Use the users resource to request Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user details, create users, update
role and user group assignments, and delete users.
Note: This resource uses a dynamic rate limit. When the system experiences a large volume or size of
requests, responses might be slow or fail with the error message, "too many requests."
Use the users resource along with the userGroups and roles resources to manage user privileges for
Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services tasks and assets. Users and groups can perform tasks and access
assets based on the roles that you assign to them.
For information about using the userGroups and roles REST API resources, see the following topics:
For general information about users, user groups, and roles, see the Administrator help.
GET request
To get user details, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/users
To get the details for a particular user, you can include the following query parameters in the URI:
q String Query filter. You can filter using one of the following fields:
- userId. Unique identifier for the user.
- userName. Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user name.
For example, to get details for a particular user based on the user's ID, you might use the following request:
/public/core/v3/users?q=userId==5N9JGth6pRYfOGjGKv3Q2D &limit=1 &skip=0
GET response
If successful, returns the following information for each user:
updateTime String Date and time the user was last updated.
Users 295
Field Type Description
state String State of the user account. Returns one of the following values:
- Active. User account exists and user has activated the account.
- Provisioned. User account exists but the user has not activated the account.
- Disabled. User account is disabled because the user exceeded the maximum
number of login attempts.
Note: If the user's password is expired, the value is null.
maxLoginAttempts Int Number of times a user can attempt to log in before the account is locked.
authentication String Whether the user accesses Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services through single
sign-in (SAML).
Returns one of the following values:
- 0. Native.
- 1. SAML.
forcePasswordChange Boolean Whether the user must reset the password after the user logs in for the first time.
lastLoginTime String The date and time that the user last logged in.
lastLoginMode String Whether the user logged in through a REST API call or through the UI.
Users 297
{
"id": "aNJWtppg613c1YbXvRRHcV",
"orgId": "cPYWk02I4aBeuLEvYRtaMS",
"createdBy": "a@[Link]",
"updatedBy": "a@[Link]",
"createTime": "2019-03-13T20:15:58.000Z",
"updateTime": "2019-03-13T20:15:58.000Z",
"userName": "b@[Link]",
"firstName": "b",
"lastName": "smith",
"description": "",
"title": "cs",
"phone": "1112223333",
"email": "b@[Link]",
"state": "Provisioned",
"timeZoneId": "America/Los_Angeles",
"maxLoginAttempts": "10",
"authentication": "Native",
"forcePasswordChange": false,
"lastLoginTime": "2020-07-31T21:50:10Z",
"lastLoginMode": "API",
"roles": [
{
"id": "9c2XrdpAz80hg29yXDBPEN",
"roleName": "Data Preview",
"description": "Role to preview data"
"displayName": "Data Preview",
"displayDescription": "Role to preview data"
}
],
"groups": [
{
"id": "a6x85hoMvH2kWUIlcIRBEh",
"userGroupName": "group_a",
"description": ""
}
]
}
]
Creating a user
If you have administrator privileges, you can use the users resource to create a user.
POST request
To create a user, send a POST request using the following URI:
/public/core/v3/users
Note: The number of users, user groups, and roles combined cannot exceed 1000 for an organization.
name String Yes Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user name. Must
be either a valid email address or contain only
alphanumeric characters, hyphens, underscores,
periods, and apostrophes.
Maximum length is 255 characters.
forcePasswordChange Boolean - Determines whether the user must reset the password
after the user logs in for the first time.
maxLoginAttempts Int - Number of times a user can attempt to log in before the
account is locked.
aliasName String Required when The user identifier or user name in the 3rd party
authentication is not system.
0.
roles Array Required when no IDs of the roles to assign to the user.
group IDs are
included.
groups Array Required when no role IDs of the user groups to assign to the user.
IDs are included.
POST response
If successful, returns the users object with the details you included in the POST request.
POST example
To create a user, you might send a request similar to the following example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/users
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"name" : "c@[Link]",
"firstName" : "c",
"lastName" : "smith",
"email" : "c@[Link]",
"authentication" : 0,
"roles" : ["5IPgtye09EbiWqz5XXuzwC", "9gedBDoYQoQibNMohf5KCh"],
Users 299
"groups" : ["a6x85hoMvH2kWUIlcIRBEh"]
}
You might receive a response similar to the following example:
{
"id": "9EcgvBYZ9GGflOYr98GzOH",
"orgId": "cPYWk02I4aBeuLEvYRtaMS",
"createdBy": "a@[Link]",
"updatedBy": "a@[Link]",
"createTime": "2020-08-20T18:29:19.987Z",
"updateTime": "2020-08-20T18:29:20.653Z",
"userName": "c@[Link]",
"firstName": "c",
"lastName": "smith",
"description": null,
"title": "dev",
"phone": null,
"email": "c@[Link]",
"state": "Provisioned",
"timeZoneId": "America/Los_Angeles",
"maxLoginAttempts": "10",
"authentication": "Native",
"forcePasswordChange": false,
"lastLoginTime": null,
"lastLoginMode": "None",
"roles": [
{
"id": "5IPgtye09EbiWqz5XXuzwC",
"roleName": "test",
"description": ""
},
{
"id": "9gedBDoYQoQibNMohf5KCh",
"roleName": "Admin",
"description": "Role for performing administrative tasks for an
organization. Has full access to all licensed services."
}
],
"groups": [
{
"id": "a6x85hoMvH2kWUIlcIRBEh",
"userGroupName": "group_a",
"description": ""
}
]
}
You cannot update a user's role assigments if your organization enabled the Map SAML Groups and Roles
option for SAML single sign-on. For more information, see User Administration in the Administrator help.
Assign roles
To assign a role to a user, send a PUT request using one of the following URIs:
/public/core/v3/users/<user ID>/addRoles
/public/core/v3/users/name/<user name>/addRoles
Include an array of the roles that you want to assign to the user.
For example, to assign the Admin and Business Manager roles to a user, you might use the following request:
PUT <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/users/cPYWk02I4aBeuLEvYRtaMS/addRoles
Content-Type: application/json
The response includes a success code if successful or an error object if errors occur.
Remove roles
To remove a role assignment from a user, send a PUT request using one of the following URIs:
/public/core/v3/users/<user ID>/removeRoles
/public/core/v3/users/name/<user name>/removeRoles
Include an array of roles to unassign.
For example, to remove the Designer role assignment from a user, you might use the following request:
PUT <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/users/cPYWk02I4aBeuLEvYRtaMS/removeRoles
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"roles" : "Designer"
}
You cannot update a user's user group assignments if your organization enabled the Map SAML Groups and
Roles option for SAML single sign-on. For more information, see User Administration in the Administrator
help.
For example, to assign the Workflow Manager and MDM Admin user groups to a user, you might use the
following request:
PUT <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/users/cPYWk02I4aBeuLEvYRtaMS/addGroups
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"groups" : ["Workflow Manager", "MDM Admin"]
}
You can use the userGroups resource to get a list of user groups that you can assign. For more information,
see “User groups” on page 302.
The response includes a success code if successful or an error object if errors occur.
Users 301
Remove user group assignments
To remove a user group assignment, send a PUT request using one of the following URIs:
/public/core/v3/users/<user ID>/removeGroups
/public/core/v3/users/name/<user name>/removeGroups
Include an array of user group assignments to remove from the user.
For example, to remove the MDM Admin user group assignment, you might use the following request:
PUT <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/users/name/LarryR/removeGroups
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"groups" : ["MDM Admin"]
}
Deleting a user
If you have administrator privileges, you can use the users resource to delete a user.
DELETE request
To delete a user account, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/users/<userId>
For example, you might send a request similar to the following example:
DELETE <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/users/5N9JGth6pRYfOGdGKv3Q2D
Content-type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
User groups
Use this resource to create, update, and delete user groups.
Use the userGroups resource along with the users and roles resources to manage user privileges. Users and
groups can perform tasks and access assets based on the roles that you assign to them.
• To get details about all of the user groups or a particular user group, send a GET request.
• To create a user group, use a POST request.
• To add roles or users to a user group, use a PUT request.
• To delete a user group, use a DELETE request.
Note: This resource uses a dynamic rate limit. When the system experiences a large volume or size of
requests, responses might be slow or fail with the error message, "too many requests."
For information about using the users and roles REST API resources, see the following topics:
For general information about users, user groups, and roles, see the Administrator help.
GET request
You can request the details for all user groups in the organization or request the details for a particular user
group.
q String Query filter. You can filter using one of the following fields:
- userGroupId. Unique identifier for the user group.
- userGroupName. Name of the user group.
For example, to get details for a particular user group using the user group's name, you might use the
following request:
public/core/v3/userGroups?q=userGroupName=="group_a"
GET response
If successful, returns the following information for each user group:
createTime String Date and time the user group was created.
updateTime String Date and time the user group was last updated.
Note: The number of users, user groups, and roles combined cannot exceed 1000 for an organization.
POST request
To create a user group, send a POST request using the following URI:
/public/core/v3/userGroups
Include the following information:
roles Array Yes IDs of the roles to assign to the user group.
POST response
If successful, returns the userGroups object with the details you included in the POST request.
POST example
To create a user group, you might send a request similar to the following example:
POST <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/userGroups
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"name" : "user_group_1",
"roles" : ["5IPgtye09EbiWqz5XXuzwC", "9gedBDoYQoQibNMohf5KCh"],
"users" : ["9EcgvBYZ9GGflOYr98GzOH"]
}
You might receive a response similar to the following example:
{
"id": "0TLmCMwX0jNdJ5SzlQC2CW",
"orgId": "cPYWk02I4aBeuLEvYRtaMS",
"createdBy": "a@[Link]",
"updatedBy": "a@[Link]",
"createTime": "2019-03-20T18:30:32.457Z",
"updateTime": "2019-03-20T18:30:32.472Z",
"userGroupName": "user_group_1",
"description": null,
"roles": [
{
Add roles
To add a role to a user group, send a PUT request using one of the following URIs:
/public/core/v3/userGroups/<user group ID>/addRoles
/public/core/v3/userGroups/name/<user group name>/addRoles
Include an array of roles to add to the user group.
To add roles to a user group, you might send a request similar to the following example:
PUT <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/userGroups/cPYWk02I4aBeuLEvYRtaMS/addRoles
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"roles" : ["Admin", "Business Manager"]
}
Remove roles
To remove a role from a user group, send a PUT request using one of the following URIs:
/public/core/v3/userGroups/<user group ID>/removeRoles
/public/core/v3/userGroups/name/<user group name>/removeRoles
Include an array of roles to remove from the user group.
To remove roles from a user group, you might send a request similar to the following example:
PUT <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/userGroups/cPYWk02I4aBeuLEvYRtaMS/removeRoles
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"roles" : ["Admin", "Business Manager"]
}
To add users to a user group, you might send a request similar to the following example:
PUT <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/userGroups/cPYWk02I4aBeuLEvYRtaMS/addUsers
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"users" : ["LarryR", "ScottY"]
}
Remove users
To remove a user from a user group, send a PUT request using one of the following URIs:
/public/core/v3/userGroups/<user group ID>/removeUsers
/public/core/v3/userGroups/name/<user group name>/removeUsers
Include an array of user names to remove from the user group.
To remove users from a user group, you might send a request similar to the following example:
PUT <baseApiUrl>/public/core/v3/userGroups/cPYWk02I4aBeuLEvYRtaMS/removeUsers
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
{
"users" : ["LarryR", "ScottY"]
}
PUT response
Returns a success code if successful or an error object if errors occur.
For most calls, use Data Integration REST API version 2 resources. When you use Data Integration REST API
version 2 resources, note the following rules:
Note: If you use a tool such as Postman that automatically includes the HTTP version, do not enter the HTTP
version in the URL. If the HTTP version appears twice in the URL, the request fails.
Code tasks
Use the code task API to submit Spark code written in Scala to an advanced cluster. You can use the
CodeTask resource to create, start, and cancel a code task job. You can also access session logs, view job
details and job status of a code task.
Consider the following guidelines when you use the code task resource:
308
• Use the following base URL:
<server URL>/disnext/api/v1/<API name>
• Use the following request header format:
<METHOD> <server URL>/<URI> HTTP/<HTTP version>
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: <IDS_SESSION_ID>
• Ensure that you have the permission to create, execute, and view the code task APIs.
• Use the following persisted variables as needed for the code task APIs:
• IDS_SESSION_ID
• ORG_ID
• CODE_TASK_ID
• CODE_TASK_JOB_ID
Note: If you use a tool such as Postman that automatically includes the HTTP version, do not enter the HTTP
version in the URL. If the HTTP version appears twice in the URL, the request fails.
Complete the following tasks to submit Scala code in a JAR file and manage and monitor code task jobs:
• Send login information to get the session ID using “Login” on page 167.
• Create the code task and get the code task ID using “Create a code task ” on page 309.
• Start the code task and get the job ID using “Start a code task” on page 311.
• View code task details using “View a code task” on page 312.
• Check on the job status for the code task using “Status of a code task” on page 314.
• Cancel the code task job using “Cancel a code task” on page 316.
• Access the session logs for the code task using “Session logs for a code task” on page 316.
• Access the Spark task results for the code task using “Spark task results for a code task” on page 317.
POST request
Use the following URI to create a code task:
POST <server URL>/disnext/api/v1/CodeTask
Use the following fields in the POST request:
runtimeEnvironmentName String Optional Runtime environment used for the code task.
Either the runtimeEnvironmentName or the agentGroupId is
required. If both are provided, then the agentGroupId is used.
agentGroupId String Required Runtime environment that contains the Secure Agent used to
run the code task.
Either the runtimeEnvironmentName or the agentGroupId is
required. If both are provided, then the agentGroupId is used.
overrideTaskTimeout Long Optional Overrides the code task timeout value for this execution. A
value of -1 signifies no timeout.
logLevel String Optional Log level for session logs, agent job log, Spark driver, and
executor logs. Valid values are: none, terse, normal,
verboseInitialization, or verboseData.
The default value is normal.
sparkMainClass String Required Entry point of the Spark application. For example:
[Link]
sparkMainClassArgs List Optional Ordered arguments sent to the Spark application main class.
<String> For example:
--appTypeSPARK_PI_FILES_JARS--
[Link].SparkTest1Class
sparkPrimaryResource String Required Scala JAR file that contains the code task.
sparkJars List Optional The directory and file name of the JAR file that is uploaded
<String> to the cluster and added to the Spark driver and executor
classpaths.
sparkFiles List Optional The directory and file name of the Spark file that is uploaded
<String> to the cluster and available under the current working
directory.
advancedCustomPropertie String Optional Spark properties or other custom properties that Data
s Integration uses. For example:
"{\"[Link]\": \"2G\",
\"[Link]\": \"4\"}"
POST response
The following variable is set from the response attributes:
CODE_TASK_ID codeTaskId Used in the start and view code task resources.
POST request
To start a code task, use the task ID. The code task ID is included in the response when you create a code
task. For more information, see “Create a code task ” on page 309.
codeTaskId String Required The code task ID from the create resource.
CODE_TASK_JOB_ID jobId Used to cancel the code task job, or to get job status, session logs, or
Spark task status.
GET request
To request the parameters of a code task, use the task ID. The code task ID is included in the response when
you create a code task. For more information, see “Create a code task ” on page 309.
GET response
Returns the code task object for the requested task ID.
agentGroupId String Runtime environment that contains the Secure Agent used to
run the code task.
overrideTaskTimeout String Overrides the code task timeout value for this execution. A
value of -1 signifies no timeout.
logLevel String Log level for session logs, agent job log, Spark driver, and
executor logs. Valid values are: none, terse, normal,
verboseInitialization, or verboseData.
The default value is normal.
sparkMainClassArgs List<String> Ordered arguments sent to the Spark application main class.
For example:
--appTypeSPARK_PI_FILES_JARS--
[Link].SparkTest1Class
sparkPrimaryResource String Scala JAR file that contains the code task.
sparkJars List The directory and file name of the JAR file that is uploaded to
<String> the cluster and added to the Spark driver and executor
classpaths.
sparkFiles List The directory and file name of the Spark file that is uploaded
<String> to the cluster and available under the current working
directory.
GET request
To request the status of a code task job, use the code task job ID. The code task job ID is included in the
response when you start a code task. For more information, see “Start a code task” on page 311.
Use the following URI to get the code task job status parameters:
GET <server URL>/disnext/api/v1/CodeTask/JobStatus/<Code task job ID>
GET response
Returns the code task object for the requested job ID.
agentGroupId String Runtime environment that contains the Secure Agent used to run the
code task.
executionState String The state of the job: QUEUED, RUNNING, SUCCEEDED, FAILED,
CANCELLED Job status. A job can have one of the following
statuses:
- Starting. The job is starting.
- Running. The job is either queued or running.
- Success. The job completed successfully.
- Failed. The job did not complete because it encountered errors.
assignedServerlessComputeUnits Double Number of serverless compute units per hour that the task
requested.
You can view the number of requested compute units if the task runs
in a serverless runtime environment.
consumedServerlessComputeUnits Double Total number of serverless compute units that the task consumed.
You can view the number of consumed compute units if the task
runs in a serverless runtime environment.
firstErrorMessage String Error message, if any, that is associated with the job.
PUT request
To cancel a code task job, use the code task job ID. The code task job ID is included in the response when
you start a code task. For more information, see “Start a code task” on page 311.
jobId String Required The code task job ID from the start resource.
PUT response
Returns the code task cancellation state for the requested job ID.
GET request
To access the session logs of a code task, use the code task job ID. The code task job ID is included in the
response when you start a code task. For more information, see “Start a code task” on page 311.
GET response
Returns a link to the code task ZIP file for the requested job ID.
GET request
To access the Spark task results of a code task, use the code task job ID. The code task job ID is included in
the response when you start a code task. For more information, see “Start a code task” on page 311.
Use the following URI to access code task Spark task results:
GET response
Returns the code task Spark task details for the requested job ID.
"jobId": "73LJ52V0tiNjC2HFb2YggK",
Note: Do not use connections with names that begin with "DI Data Preview_".
To request the details of all connections in the organization, use the following URI:
/api/v2/connection
Details of a particular connection
To request the details of a particular connection, include the connection ID or name in the URI. Use one
of the following URIs:
/api/v2/connection/<id>
/api/v2/connection/name/<name>
If you use the connection name in the URI and the connection name includes a space, replace the space
with %20. For example:
/api/v2/connection/name/my%20connection
List of objects that you can use as a source or target
You can request the objects that you can use as a source or target. To request source or target objects,
you can include either the connection ID or connection name in the URI. Use one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/connection/source/<id>
/api/v2/connection/target/<id>
/api/v2/connection/source/name/<name>
/api/v2/connection/target/name/<name>
If you use the connection name in the URI and the connection name includes a space, replace the space
with %20. For example:
/api/v2/connection/target/name/my%20connection
If you expect to receive a large number of objects, you might want to include one of the following
parameters:
• searchPattern. Use the searchPattern parameter to filter the results so that only the objects with the
specified string in the object name are included in the response. To use the searchPattern parameter,
use the following URI:
/api/v2/connection/<source or target>/<id>?searchPattern=<pattern>
List of connections of a specified type associated with a Secure Agent or runtime environment
To request a list of connections by Secure Agent ID and connection type, use the following URI:
/api/v2/connection/search?agentId=<agentId>&uiType=<uiType>
To request a list of connections by runtime environment ID and connection type, use the following URI:
/api/v2/connection/search?runtimeEnvironmentId=<runtimeEnvironmentId>&uiType=<uiType>
If you pass both agentId and runtimeEnvironmentId, the service uses runtimeEnvironmentId and ignores
agentId. If you pass only agentId, the service translates agentId into its corresponding
runtimeEnvironmentId before it saves the resource to the repository.
Metadata details for a specified connection
To request metadata details for a specified connection, use the following URI:
/api/v2/connection/source/<connection ID>/metadata
/api/v2/connection/target/<connection ID>/metadata
The metadata is returned in the runtimeAttribute object which contains the following attributes:
• name
• dataType
• defaultValue
• label
• mandatory
• maxLength
• sessionVarAllowed
• possibleValues
Connections 319
Use the following connection request URI attributes:
uiType String Yes Connection type. Use one of the following options:
- CSVFile. CSV flat file.
- FTP.
- MS_ACCESS.
- MSD. Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
- MySQL.
- ODBC.
- Oracle.
- OCOD. Oracle CRM On Demand.
- Salesforce.
- SFTP. Secure FTP.
- SAP_ALE_IDoc_Reader. SAP IDoc Reader.
- SAP_ALE_IDoc_Writer. SAP IDoc Writer.
- SqlServer. Microsoft SQL Server 2000.
- SqlServer2005. Microsoft SQL Server 2005.
- SqlServer2008. Microsoft SQL Server 2008.
- SqlServer2012. Microsoft SQL Server 2012.
- SqlServer2014. Microsoft SQL Server 2014.
- SqlServer2016. Microsoft SQL Server 2016.
- SqlServer2017. Microsoft SQL Server 2017.
- TOOLKIT. Informatica Cloud Connector. Also use for NetSuite
connections.
- WebServicesConsumer. Web Service.
If you request a list of connections based on the runtime environment ID and connection type, returns a
connection object for each connection that matches the requirements.
If you request a list of source or target objects available for the requested connection ID, returns the
connListItem object for each available object.
agentId String Secure Agent ID for Flat File, FTP/SFTP, Microsoft SQL Server, MS Access,
MySQL, ODBC, Oracle, and Web Service connections.
runtimeEnvironmentId String Runtime environment used by the connection. This is the Runtime
Environment field in the user interface. In the response returned to the user
interface, this attribute is named agentGroupId.
host String Host name for FTP/SFTP, Microsoft SQL Server, MySQL, and Oracle
connections.
domain String Domain name for Microsoft Dynamics CRM connections that use IFD or Active
Directory authentication, and Web Service connections.
dateFormat Date format for Flat File, FTP, and SFTP connections.
codepage Code page for Flat File, FTP, SFTP, Microsoft SQL Server, MySQL, MS Access,
ODBC, Oracle, and SAP.
authenticationType String Authentication type for Microsoft Dynamics CRM, Microsoft SQL Server, and
Web Service connections.
adjustedJdbcHostName String Host name. Or host and instance name for Microsoft SQL Server connections.
schema String Schema name for Microsoft SQL Server, ODBC, Oracle, and Web Service
connections.
Connections 321
Field Type Description
serviceUrl String Service URL for Microsoft Dynamics CRM, Oracle CRM On Demand, and
Salesforce connections.
port Int Port number for FTP/SFTP, Microsoft SQL Server, MySQL, and Oracle
connections.
stsUrl String Security token service URL for Microsoft Dynamics CRM connections that use
Active Directory authentication.
trustCertificatesFile String Trust certificates file name for Web Service connections.
privateKeyFile String Private key file name for Web Service connections.
privateKeyFileType String Private key file type for Web Service connections.
internal Boolean Indicates whether the connection was created internally for data preview
purposes only.
POST Request
You can create or update connections. To update a connection, use the connection ID with the following URI.
To create a connection, omit the optional connection ID.
/api/v2/connection/<id>
You can submit a partial update using partial mode. To submit a request using partial mode, use a JSON
request and include the following line in the header:
Update-Mode=PARTIAL
In a connection POST request, use the additional attributes in the connection object. The attributes used by
Informatica Cloud Connector connections vary by connection type.
To create or update an Informatica Cloud Connector connection, consult the Informatica Cloud application
for the attributes used by the connection. Enclose any attributes that are not listed in the following tables in a
connParam object.
To get a list of connectors that are available to the organization and attribute information for a specific
connector type, see “Connectors” on page 340.
Connections 323
For more information about attributes and data types used for creating connections through the REST API,
see “Connection user interface fields to REST API attributes mapping” on page 486 and “Connector data
types” on page 485.
POST Response
If successful, returns the connection object for the connection that was created or updated.
DELETE Request
To delete a connection, use the connection ID in the following URI.
/api/v2/connection/<id>
DELETE Response
Returns the 200 response code if the request is successful.
POST Example
To update an SAP Table connection, you might use the following request, enclosing SAP attributes in the
connParam object:
POST <serverUrl>/api/v2/connection/0002D420000000J
Content-Type: application/xml
Accept: application/xml
icSessionId: <icSessionId>
<connection>
<id>0002D420000000J</id>
<orgId>00342000</orgId>
<name>test dir</name>
<type>TOOLKIT</type>
<agentId>00001Y08000000000002</agentId>
<username>username</username>
<password>password</password>
<instanceName>SAPTableConnector</instanceName>
<connParams>
<agentId>00001Y08000000000002</agentId>
<username>username</username>
<password>password</password>
<client>800</client>
<language>EN</language>
<Saprfc Ini Path>C:\\Windows\\SysWOW64</Saprfc Ini Path>
<Destination>GE6</Destination>
</connParams>
<runtimeEnvironmentId>00000C25000000000002</runtimeEnvironmentId>
</connection>
A successful request returns the connection object that you updated.
The following table describes attributes that you can use for CSV flat file connections:
Attribute Description
id Connection ID.
database Directory where flat files are stored. In the user interface, this attribute is the Directory field. In the
REST API response that populates the value in the user interface, the name of this attribute is dirName.
Connections 325
Attribute Description
dateFormat Date format for date fields in the flat file. Use one of the following formats:
- MM/dd/yyyy
- MM-dd-yyyy
- [Link]
- dd/MM/yyyy
- dd-MM-yyyy
- [Link]
- MM/dd/yyyy HH:mm
- MM-dd-yyyy HH:mm
- [Link] HH:mm
- dd/MM/yyyy HH:mm
- dd-MM-yyyy HH:mm
- [Link] HH:mm
- MM/dd/yyyy HH:mm:ss
- MM-dd-yyyy HH:mm:ss
- [Link] HH:mm:ss
- dd/MM/yyyy HH:mm:ss
- dd-MM-yyyy HH:mm:ss
- [Link] HH:mm:ss
- yyyy-MM-dd
- yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm
- yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss
- yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:[Link]
- yyyy/MM/dd
- yyyy/MM/dd HH:mm
- yyyy/MM/dd HH:mm:ss
- yyyyMMdd
- MM/dd/yyyy HH24:mm:ss
- MM/dd/yyyy HH24:mm:[Link]
- MM/dd/yyyy HH24:mm:[Link]
- MM/dd/yyyy HH24:mm:[Link]
Default is MM/dd/yyyy HH:mm:ss.
codepage The code page of the system that hosts the flat file. Use one of the following options:
- UTF-8. Unicode Transformation Format, multibyte.
- MS1252. MS Windows Latin 1 (ANSI), superset of Latin 1.
- ISO-8859-15. Latin 9, Western European.
- ISO-8859-2. Eastern European.
- ISO-8859-3. Southeast European.
- ISO-8859-5. Cyrillic.
- ISO-8859-9. Latin 5, Turkish.
- IBM500. IBM EBCDIC International Latin-1.
The following table describes attributes that you can use for FTP or SFTP file connections:
Attribute Description
id Connection ID.
password Password.
host Name of the machine hosting the database server or FTP/SFTP host. For a FTP/SFTP connection,
enter the host name of IP address.
port Network port number used to connect to FTP/SFTP connection. Default port is 21 for FTP and 22
for SFTP.
database Directory on a local machine that stores the local file. In the user interface, this attribute is the
Directory field. In the REST API response that populates the value in the user interface, the name of
this attribute is dirName.
The local machine must also run the Secure Agent used to run the corresponding task. Enter a local
directory or use the Browse button to select a local directory.
remoteDirectory Directory on the FTP/SFTP host that stores the remote flat file.
Depending on the FTP/SFTP server, you may have limited options to enter directions. For more
information, see the FTP/SFTP server documentation.
dateFormat Date format for date fields in the flat file. Use one of the following formats:
- MM/dd/yyyy
- MM-dd-yyyy
- [Link]
- dd/MM/yyyy
- dd-MM-yyyy
- [Link]
- MM/dd/yyyy HH:mm
- MM-dd-yyyy HH:mm
- [Link] HH:mm
- dd/MM/yyyy HH:mm
- dd-MM-yyyy HH:mm
- [Link] HH:mm
- MM/dd/yyyy HH:mm:ss
- MM-dd-yyyy HH:mm:ss
- [Link] HH:mm:ss
- dd/MM/yyyy HH:mm:ss
- dd-MM-yyyy HH:mm:ss
- [Link] HH:mm:ss
- yyyy-MM-dd
- yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm
- yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss
- yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:[Link]
Connections 327
Attribute Description
codepage The code page of the system that hosts the flat file. Use one of the following options:
- UTF-8. Unicode Transformation Format, multibyte.
- MS1252. MS Windows Latin 1 (ANSI), superset of Latin 1.
- ISO-8859-15. Latin 9, Western European.
- ISO-8859-2. Eastern European.
- ISO-8859-3. Southeast European.
- ISO-8859-5. Cyrillic.
- ISO-8859-9. Latin 5, Turkish.
- IBM500. IBM EBCDIC International Latin-1.
The following table describes attributes that you can use for Microsoft Access connections:
Attribute Description
id Connection ID.
database Data source name. In the user interface, this is the Data Source Name field.
codepage The code page compatible with the MS Access database. Use one of the following options:
- UTF-8. Unicode Transformation Format, multibyte.
- MS1252. MS Windows Latin 1 (ANSI), superset of Latin 1.
- ISO-8859-15. Latin 9, Western European.
- ISO-8859-2. Eastern European.
- ISO-8859-3. Southeast European.
- ISO-8859-5. Cyrillic.
- ISO-8859-9. Latin 5, Turkish.
- IBM500. IBM EBCDIC International Latin-1.
The following table describes attributes that you can use for Microsoft Dynamics CRM connections:
Attribute Description
id Connection ID.
authenticationType Authentication type for the connection. Select a valid authentication type. Use one of the
following authentication types:
- LIVE. Microsoft Live. Use for synchronization tasks or PowerCenter tasks.
- IFD. Internet Facing Development (IFD). Use for synchronization tasks or PowerCenter tasks.
- AD. Active Directory. Use for PowerCenter tasks only.
stsURL Microsoft Dynamics CRM security token service URL. For example, https:// [Link].
Required for IFD authentication.
Connections 329
Microsoft SQL Server Connections
When you create or update a Microsoft SQL Server connection, you can configure additional attributes, such
as the connection ID and the connection name.
The following table describes attributes that you can use for Microsoft SQL Server connections:
Attribute Description
id Connection ID.
authenticationType Authentication method for the connection. Use one of the following options:
- Windows. Use Microsoft Windows authentication to access Microsoft SQL Server. Available
when users access Data Integration on Windows.
- SqlServer. Use Microsoft SQL Server authentication to access Microsoft SQL Server.
username User name for the database login. Use when authenticationType is SqlServer.
password Password for the database login. Use when authenticationType is SqlServer.
port Network port number used to connect to the database server. Default port number is 1433.
database Database name for the Microsoft SQL Server target. Database name is case sensitive if the
database is case sensitive. Maximum length is 100 characters.
Database names can include alphanumeric and underscore characters.
codepage The code page of the Microsoft SQL Server database. Use one of the following options:
- UTF-8. Unicode Transformation Format, multibyte.
- MS1252. MS Windows Latin 1 (ANSI), superset of Latin 1.
- ISO-8859-15. Latin 9, Western European.
- ISO-8859-2. Eastern European.
- ISO-8859-3. Southeast European.
- ISO-8859-5. Cyrillic.
- ISO-8859-9. Latin 5, Turkish.
- IBM500. IBM EBCDIC International Latin-1.
The following table describes attributes that you can use for MySQL connections:
Attribute Description
id Connection ID.
port Network port number used to connect to the database server. Default is 3306.
database Database name for the MySQL database target. Database name is case sensitive if the database is case
sensitive.
codepage The code page for the database server. Use one of the following options:
- UTF-8. Unicode Transformation Format, multibyte.
- MS1252. MS Windows Latin 1 (ANSI), superset of Latin 1.
- ISO-8859-15. Latin 9, Western European.
- ISO-8859-2. Eastern European.
- ISO-8859-3. Southeast European.
- ISO-8859-5. Cyrillic.
- ISO-8859-9. Latin 5, Turkish.
- IBM500. IBM EBCDIC International Latin-1.
NetSuite Connections
When you create or update a NetSuite connection, you can configure additional attributes, such as the
connection ID and the connection name.
The following table describes attributes that you can use for NetSuite connections:
Attribute Description
id Connection ID.
Connections 331
Attribute Description
accountNumber NetSuite account ID. To locate your account ID, log in to NetSuite and navigate to Setup >
Integration > Web Services Preferences.
serviceURL WSDL URL. If your NetSuite account does not use the default NetSuite WSDL URL, enter the WSDL
URL used by your NetSuite account.
ODBC Connections
When you create or update an ODBC connection, you can configure additional attributes, such as the
connection ID and the connection name.
The following table describes attributes that you can use for OBDC connections:
Attribute Description
id Connection ID.
codepage The code page of the database server or flat file defined in the connection. Use one of the
following options:
- UTF-8. Unicode Transformation Format, multibyte.
- MS1252. MS Windows Latin 1 (ANSI), superset of Latin 1.
- ISO-8859-15. Latin 9, Western European.
- ISO-8859-2. Eastern European.
- ISO-8859-3. Southeast European.
- ISO-8859-5. Cyrillic.
- ISO-8859-9. Latin 5, Turkish.
- IBM500. IBM EBCDIC International Latin-1.
ODBC_SUBTYPE The ODBC connection subtype to connect to a specific database. Use one of the following
options:
- Azure DW
- DB2
- Google BigQuery
- PostgreSQL
- Redshift
- SAP IQ
- Snowflake
- Teradata
- Other
authenticationType The authentication method to connect to a database. Required for DB2. Use one of the following
options:
- Database
- Kerberos
kerberosProperties Additional connection properties to use Kerberos authentication to connect to DB2. If you
specify more than one property, separate each key-value pair with a semicolon.
Oracle Connections
When you create or update an Oracle connection, you can configure additional attributes, such as the
connection ID and the connection name.
The following table describes attributes that you can use for Oracle connections:
Attribute Description
id Connection ID.
port Network port number used to connect to the database server. Default is 1521.
database Service name that uniquely identifies the Oracle database. This attribute is the Service Name field in the
user interface.
If the connection fails, contact the database administrator.
Connections 333
Attribute Description
codepage The code page of the database server. Use one of the following options:
- UTF-8. Unicode Transformation Format, multibyte.
- MS1252. MS Windows Latin 1 (ANSI), superset of Latin 1.
- ISO-8859-15. Latin 9, Western European.
- ISO-8859-2. Eastern European.
- ISO-8859-3. Southeast European.
- ISO-8859-5. Cyrillic.
- ISO-8859-9. Latin 5, Turkish.
- IBM500. IBM EBCDIC International Latin-1.
agentId Secure Agent that Data Integration uses to access the database in the local area network.
The following tables describes attributes that you can use for Oracle CRM On Demand connections:
Attribute Description
id Connection ID.
username Oracle CRM On Demand user name. Use the following format:
<domain>/<user name>
For example: domain/jsmith@[Link].
The following table describes attributes that you can use for Salesforce connections:
Attribute Description
id Connection ID.
securityToken Security token associated with the user name and password. Optional.
The following table describes attributes that you can use for SAP IDoc Reader connections:
Attribute Description
id Connection ID.
username SAP user name with authorization on S_DATASET, S_TABU_DIS, S_PROGRAM, and B_BTCH_JOB objects.
database Type A DEST entry in the [Link] file. This attribute is the Destination Entry field in the user interface.
Connections 335
Attribute Description
codepage The code page compatible with the SAP source. Use one of the following options:
- UTF-8. Unicode Transformation Format, multibyte.
- MS1252. MS Windows Latin 1 (ANSI), superset of Latin 1.
- ISO-8859-15. Latin 9, Western European.
- ISO-8859-2. Eastern European.
- ISO-8859-3. Southeast European.
- ISO-8859-5. Cyrillic.
- ISO-8859-9. Latin 5, Turkish.
- IBM500. IBM EBCDIC International Latin-1.
The following table describes attributes that you can use for SAP IDoc Writer connections:
Attribute Description
id Connection ID.
username SAP user name with authorization on S_DATASET, S_TABU_DIS, S_PROGRAM, and B_BTCH_JOB
objects.
database Type A DEST entry in the [Link] file. This attribute is the Connection String field in the user
interface.
languageCode Language code that corresponds to the SAP language. A two-letter code, such as en for English.
codepage The code page compatible with the SAP target. Use one of the following options:
- UTF-8. Unicode Transformation Format, multibyte.
- MS1252. MS Windows Latin 1 (ANSI), superset of Latin 1.
- ISO-8859-15. Latin 9, Western European.
- ISO-8859-2. Eastern European.
- ISO-8859-3. Southeast European.
- ISO-8859-5. Cyrillic.
- ISO-8859-9. Latin 5, Turkish.
- IBM500. IBM EBCDIC International Latin-1.
The following table describes attributes that you can use for Web Service connections:
Attribute Description
id Connection ID.
username SAP user name with authorization on S_DATASET, S_TABU_DIS, S_PROGRAM, and
B_BTCH_JOB objects.
password Password for the web service login. If the web service does not require a user name, leave
this field empty. Optional.
serviceUrl Endpoint URL for the web service that you want to access. The WSDL file specifies this URL
in the location element. This attribute is the Endpoint URL field in the user interface.
Optional.
trustCertificatesFile File containing the bundle of trusted certificates that Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services
uses when authenticating the SSL certificate of the web services provider. Default is ca-
[Link]. Optional.
certificateFile Client certificate that a web service provider uses when authenticating a client. You specify
the client certificate file if the web service provider needs to authenticate Informatica
Intelligent Cloud Services. Optional.
certificateFilePassword Password for the client certificate. You specify the certificate file password if the web
service provider needs to authenticate Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services. Optional.
certificateFileType File type of the client certificate. You specify the certificate file type if the web service
provider needs to authenticate the Integration Service. Use one of the following codes:
- PEM
- DER
Optional.
privateKeyFile Private key file for the client certificate. You specify the private key file if the web service
provider needs to authenticate Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services. Optional.
Connections 337
Attribute Description
privateKeyPassword Password for the private key of the client certificate. You specify the key password if the
web service provider needs to authenticate Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services. Optional.
privateKeyFileType File type of the private key of the client certificate. You specify the key file type if the web
service provider needs to authenticate Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services.
If necessary, use PEM. Optional.
authenticationType Authentication type to use when the web service provider does not return an authentication
type to Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services. Use one of the following options:
- Auto. The Integration Service attempts to determine the authentication type of the web
service provider.
- Basic. Based on a non-encrypted user name and password.
- Digest. Based on an encrypted user name and password.
- NTLM. Based on encrypted user name, password, and domain.
Default is Auto. Optional.
agentId ID for the Secure Agent that Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services uses to access the
database in the local area network.
Connection migration
Use this resource to migrate an old version of the connection in referenced assets to the latest connection
version within an organization. The migration creates a copy of the project folder and assets and updates the
referenced connection in the assets with the latest version.
You can migrate old connections used in Source, Target, and Lookup transformations from assets such as
mappings and tasks. If the connection is used across assets in multiple projects, all the referenced assets
are updated to use the current connection version.
POST request
To specify the connections to migrate and start the migrate job, use the following URI:
saas/api/v2/connectionMigration/migrate
Include the following fields in the request:
sourceConn String Yes The name of the source connection that you want to migrate. This is the old
version of the connector.
targetConn String Yes The target connection name to which you want to migrate. This is the current
version of the connector.
projectName String No The project name contains the referenced assets of the source connection that
you want to migrate.
If you do not specify the project name, the source connection in all assets are
migrated.
{
"sourceConn": "Migration_V1",
"targetConn": "Migration_V2",
"projectName": "V1_Assets"
}
POST response
If successful, returns the following information for the export job:
name String Returned in the objects object. Name of the asset that uses the connector.
sourcePath String Returned in the objects object. Complete path of the referenced asset in the old
connection.
targetPath String Returned in the objects object. Complete path of the referenced assets in the current
connection.
The target folder uses the same name as the source folder, with
"_Migration_<migration job ID>" appended to the name for identification.
status String Returned in the objects object. State of the connection updated in the asset, such as IN
PROGRESS, SUCCESS, or FAILED.
Connectors
Use this resource to request a list of connectors that are available to an organization along with connector
details. You can also use this resource to get attribute information for a specific connector type. You can use
the list of attributes that this resource provides when you create a connection for a specific connector type
since you need to provide these attributes when you create a connection of a certain type.
isPublic Boolean Whether the connector is a public or private connector. If you are interested in a
connector that is private, contact Informatica Global Customer Support.
isStandardConnType Boolean Whether the connector is standard or custom. A "True" value indicates the
connector is standard.
attributes Connector attributes for the specified connector type. Includes information in the
attribute object for each connector object.
Connectors 341
Field Type Description
Data preview
Use this resource to preview data during mapping design. By default, the response returns up to ten rows of
data for the specified object.
GET request
To request preview data, specify the connection ID or connection name and the object name in the URI.
Optionally, you can include field format information in the request.
textQualifier String Yes Quote character that defines the boundaries of text strings.
firstDataRow Int Yes The row number where the data begins in the file.
rowDelimiter Int -- Line break character. Enter the decimal code for an ASCII character
between 1 and 32.
Default is 10, which is the line feed character.
consecutiveDelimiter Boolean -- Indicates whether one or more consecutive delimiters are treated as
one.
Default is false.
multiDelimitersAsAnd Boolean -- If the delimiter you specify is more than one character, indicates
whether the characters are treated as a single delimiter or multiple
delimiters.
Default is true.
For Avro, Parquet, Orc, or JSON formats, include the following information in the dataFormat object:
By default, the dataPreview response returns 10 rows. For flat file connections, you can specify the number
of rows using the numRows parameter as shown in the following example:
/api/v2/connection/source/<id>/datapreview/?objectName=<object name>&numRows=<number of
rows to view>
You can also specify the beginning row using the startRowNum parameter as shown in the following
example:
/api/v2/connection/source/<id>/datapreview/?objectName=<object name>&startRowNum=<row
number of row to begin with>
Note: If you use the connection name in the URI and the connection name includes a space, replace the
space with %20. For example:
/api/v2/connection/target/name/my%20connection/datapreview/SF_ACCOUNT.csv
GET response
Returns the dataPreview object for the requested connection ID or connection name and object name.
values String Included in the dataPreviewEntry object. Field values from the source or target object.
"@type": "dataPreview",
"connId": "0000010B000000000003",
"objectName": "SF_ACCOUNT.csv",
"header": [
"ID",
"ISDELETED",
"MASTERRECORDID",
"NAME",
"TYPE",
"PARENTID",
"BILLINGSTREET",
"BILLINGCITY",
"BILLINGSTATE",
"BILLINGPOSTALCODE",
"BILLINGCOUNTRY",
"BILLINGLATITUDE",
"BILLINGLONGITUDE",
"fieldName": [
"ID",
"ISDELETED",
"MASTERRECORDID",
"NAME",
"TYPE",
"PARENTID",
"BILLINGSTREET",
"BILLINGCITY",
"BILLINGSTATE",
"BILLINGPOSTALCODE",
"BILLINGCOUNTRY",
"BILLINGLATITUDE",
"BILLINGLONGITUDE",
"SHIPPINGSTREET",
"SHIPPINGCITY",
"SHIPPINGSTATE",
"SHIPPINGPOSTALCODE",
"SHIPPINGCOUNTRY",
"SHIPPINGLATITUDE",
"SHIPPINGLONGITUDE",
"PHONE",
"FAX",
"ACCOUNTNUMBER",
"WEBSITE"
],
"fieldBusinessName": [
"ID",
"ISDELETED",
"MASTERRECORDID",
"NAME",
"TYPE",
"PARENTID",
"BILLINGSTREET",
"BILLINGCITY",
"BILLINGSTATE",
"BILLINGPOSTALCODE",
"BILLINGCOUNTRY",
"BILLINGLATITUDE",
"BILLINGLONGITUDE",
"SHIPPINGSTREET",
"SHIPPINGCITY",
"SHIPPINGSTATE",
"SHIPPINGPOSTALCODE",
"SHIPPINGCOUNTRY",
"SHIPPINGLATITUDE",
"SHIPPINGLONGITUDE",
"PHONE",
"FAX",
"ACCOUNTNUMBER",
"WEBSITE"
],
"rows": [
{
"@type": "dataPreviewEntry",
"values": [
{
"@type": "dataPreviewEntry",
"values": [
"001i000000KIAQHAA5",
"0",
"",
"123 United, UK",
"Customer - Direct",
"",
"123 Estate,\nGateshead, Tyne and Wear NE26 3HS\nUnited Kingdom",
"",
"UK",
"94063",
"",
"",
"",
"123 Estate,\nGateshead, Tyne and Wear NE26 3HS\nUnited Kingdom",
"",
"",
"94063",
"",
"",
"",
"+44 123 4567899",
"+44 123 4567899",
"CD355119-A",
"[Link]
]
Industry data services refer to a collection of pre-built data services designed to parse, validate, and serialize
industry-specific data standards. These data services are available on the data service repository and you
can use REST APIs to run them.
When you use the services resource, use the following request header format:
<METHOD><base URL>
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: <SessionId>
POST request
To run a data service, use the following URI:
/DSRepo/rest/api/v1/services/run/<service name>
Include the following fields in the request:
agentGroupId String Yes ID of the Secure agent group to process the request.
type string Yes Whether the input is a file or data. Use one of the following
values:
- FILE: Input is a file.
- BUFFER: Input is data.
type String Yes Whether the output is provided as data or saved to a target
file path. Use one of the following values:
- FILE: Output is saved to a target file.
- BUFFER: Output is provided data.
type String Whether the additional input is a file or data. Use one of the
following values:
- FILE: Input is a file.
- BUFFER: Input is data.
additionalOutputs Array Required for Additional output ports for the data service.
some data For HL7, provide the following additional outputs:
services. - Errors
- ErrorsFound
. For HIPPA, provide the following additional outputs:
- Errors
- ErrorsFound
- ValidationReport
type String Yes Whether the additional output is provided data or saved to a
target file path. Use one of the following values:
- FILE: Output is saved to a target file.
- BUFFER: Output is provided as data.
POST <serverUrl>/DSRepo/rest/api/v1/services/run/HL7_2_6_ADT_A01_Parser
Content-Type: application/json
Accept:application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID:2l0oeVx22Rujiej7yTokmT
{
"agentGroupId": "010BM02500000000000K",
"input": {
"type": "FILE",
"value": "/root/TEST/v25_s2.txt"
},
"output": {
"type": "FILE",
"value":"/root/TEST/"
},
"additionalInputs": [],
"serviceParameters": [],
"additionalOutputs": [
{
"name": "Errors",
"type": "FILE",
"value":"/root/TEST/"
},
{
"name": "ErrorsFound",
"type": "FILE",
POST response
When you use a POST request to run a data service, it returns a success response if successful or an error
object if an error occurs. If the request is unsuccessful, the response includes a reason for the failure.
{
"output": "/root/TEST/HL7_2_6_ADT_A01_Parser_output.xml",
"additionalOutputs": [
{
"type": "file",
"value": "/root/TEST/HL7_2_6_ADT_A01_Parser_Errors.xml",
"name": "Errors"
},
{
"type": "file",
"value": "/root/TEST/HL7_2_6_ADT_A01_Parser_ErrorsFound.xml",
"name": "ErrorsFound"
}
],
"message": "Success"
}
• Login. Use to log in to Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services and get the session ID to use in dynamic task
REST API calls.
• dynamictask. Use to create, view, update, or delete a dynamic mapping task.
• job. Use to start, stop, or get details about a dynamic mapping task run instance.
Logging in
Use this resource to log into Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services when you use resources that require the
IDS-SESSION-ID in the call header. The IDS-SESSION-ID is included in a successful login response.
POST request
Use the following URL:
<login URL>/identity-service/api/v1/Login
The login URL includes the region where your organization is located and the Informatica Intelligent Cloud
Services domain, [Link]. You can find your organization's login region by opening the
Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services log in page. The regional login URL is located in the browser's address
bar before you log in to Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services.
POST response
Returns the user object if the request is successful. Returns the error object if errors occur.
sessionId String REST API session ID for the current session. Use in most REST API request headers.
timeZoneId String Time zone of the user. Time zone honors Daylight Saving Time. For more information,
see “Time zone codes” on page 581 .
To request details or to update a dynamic task that already exists, you need the task ID. You can get the task
ID using the V3 lookup resource. To lookup object details with the V3 lookup resource, use the following URI:
/saas/public/core/v3/lookup
Include BATCH_MAPPING as the object type as shown in the following example:
{
"objects": [
{
"path": "Default/DMT_API",
"type": "BATCH_MAPPING"
}
]
}
The response returns details about the objects in the path as shown in the following example:
{
"objects": [
{
"id": "7H67JPHH9Y4g7Hm7JyL5K2",
"path": "Default/DMT_API",
"type": "BATCH_MAPPING",
"description": "",
"updatedBy": "[Link]",
"updateTime": "2021-08-27T23:45:14Z"
}
]
}
For more information about using the V3 lookup resource, see “Lookup” on page 171.
GET request
To request the details of a dynamic mapping task, use the task ID.
Use the following URI to request the details of a dynamic mapping task:
/batch-mapping/api/v1/dynamictask/<id>
GET response
Returns the dynamictask object for the requested task ID.
POST request
To create a dynamic mapping task, use the following URI:
/batch-mapping/api/v1/dynamictask
If you want to specify a location for the task, include the container ID as a query parameter in the request. If
the container ID isn't included in the request, the task is created in the Default folder. You can find the
container ID for a project or folder in the Data Integration user interface. On the Explore page, select the
folder. In the URL, the last string of characters in the container ID.
mappingDocType String Yes Type of mapping used in the task. Include one of the following
types:
- MAPPING. Use for mappings outside of advanced mode.
- AT_SCALE_MAPPING. Use for mappings in advanced mode.
POST response
If successful, returns the dynamictask object that you created or updated. Returns the error object if errors
occur.
PUT request
To update a dynamic mapping task, include the task ID as shown in the following example:
/batch-mapping/api/v1/dynamictask/<Id>
When you update a dynamic mapping task, include the same attributes as a POST request.
PUT response
Returns the task ID, state, and any validation errors as shown in the following example:
{
"frsId": "1JVMWZjVPMhKY4SdxcGd60",
"state": "VALID",
"validationErrors": []
}
DELETE request
To delete a dynamic mapping task, use the task ID in the following URI:
/batch-mapping/api/v1/dynamictask/<id>
DELETE response
Returns the 200 response code if the request is successful.
POST example
To create a new dynamic mapping task with the REST API, you might use the following request:
POST [Link]
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: jpaybAKQMsmdt7vLJ02z0s
{
"orgId": "2ij4X7Pd63ibnquEQyy9wA",
"name": "DMT_API",
"description": "",
"mappingId": "01003Y1700000000005X",
"mappingDocType": "MAPPING",
Do not use the platform REST API version 2 job resource to get the status of a dynamic mapping task.
If your organization uses projects and folders, use the REST API version 3 lookup resource to retrieve the
task ID. This ID is the federated task ID, which you must include in the POST request.
GET request
To get details of a dynamic mapping task run, use the following URI:
/batch-mapping/api/v1/Job/monitor/task/<Id>/run/<runId>
GET response
If successful, returns the job status.
For example, you might get the following response when you request details of a completed dynamic
mapping task:
{
"taskId": "jUJNIX39Z6ZbR8KZCm2ieS",
"taskFrsId": "k2AE77O06oYg6NvrOtKt6t",
"taskName": "Dynamic Mapping Task2",
"instanceId": 1,
"startedBy": "user@[Link]",
"startTime": "2021-08-26T16:28:11.000Z",
"updateTime": "2021-08-26T16:28:35.000Z",
"endTime": "2021-08-26T16:28:35.000Z",
"runtimeEnvironment": "test1",
"runtimeEnvironmentId": "01000025000000000002",
"status": "COMPLETED",
"successRows": 3,
"errorRows": 0,
"saasMappingId": "01000017000000000007",
"mappingName": "dsst__copy_data_new_tgt_With_SortList",
"mappingFrsId": "5A90bRPboO0dpMQ8F2nkgy",
"mappingDocType": "MAPPING",
"runContext": "API",
"scheduleName": null,
"jobs": [
{
"jobName": "Job_1",
"jobUUID": "78OZ7JlUNSCd09kwQWXbUf",
"groupName": "Group_1",
"saasJobRunId": 52,
"saasLogId": "010000C100000000040H",
"startTime": "2021-08-26T16:28:18.000Z",
"updateTime": "2021-08-26T16:28:33.000Z",
"endTime": "2021-08-26T16:28:33.000Z",
"errorMessage": null,
"status": "COMPLETED",
"failedSourceRows": 0,
"successSourceRows": 3,
"failedTargetRows": 0,
"successTargetRows": 3,
For example, if you run a dynamic mapping task for the second time, you get the following response:
{
"runId": 2,
"taskFrsId": "k2AE77O06oYg6NvrOtKt6t"
}
Fields
A field is a subset of a data structure that represents a single data item. For example, a database table
column is a field. You can request and update field details for a source or target object.
GET request
To get field details for a source object, use one of the following URIs:
GET response
The response returns the field object for each field in the source or target object and an error object if an
error occurs.
The following table describes the attributes in the field object that might be returned based on the connection
type:
scale Int Number of digits after the decimal point for numeric values.
Fields 369
Field Type Description
linkedFields String For a masking task, the source field mapped to the input field of the mapplet.
relatedInfos Information about related fields included in a fieldRelatedInfo object for each related
field.
referenceObject String Included in the fieldRelatedInfo object. Object that includes the field.
references Reference information included in a fieldRelatedInfo object for each related field.
GET example
To get field details for a Customer source object available through the source connection with ID
0002D420000000J, you might use the following request:
GET <serverUrl>/api/v2/connection/source/0002D420000000J/field/Customer
Content-Type: application/xml
Accept: application/xml
icSessionId: <icSessionId>
A successful request returns the fields object for each field in the Customer source object.
POST request
Use one of the following URIs:
The following table describes the attributes you can include in the flatFileAttrs object that you specify in the
request:
textQualifier String Yes Quote character that defines the boundaries of text strings.
firstDataRow Int Yes The row number where the data begins in the file.
rowDelimiter Int -- Line break character. Enter the decimal code for an ASCII character
between 1 and 32.
Default is 10, which is the line feed character.
consecutiveDelimiter Boolean -- Indicates whether one or more consecutive delimiters are treated as
one.
Default is false.
multiDelimitersAsAnd Boolean -- If the delimiter you specify is more than one character, indicates
whether the characters are treated as a single delimiter or multiple
delimiters.
Default is true.
Fields 371
Updating fields in objects with non-flat file formats
Use the fields resource to update fields in a source or target object in a non-flat file format such as Avro,
Parquet, ORC, or JSON.
POST request
For Avro, Parquet, ORC, and JSON formats, you can update fields in the source or target object by including
the format type and optionally, the schema. If you don't include the schema, the schema format is inferred
from the data file.
Fields 373
"parentObject": "customer_tgt.parquet",
"pcType": "NSTRING",
"precision": 1024,
"scale": 0,
"columnIndex": -1,
"isKey": false,
"isExternalId": false,
"isSfIdLookup": false,
"isNullable": false,
"isUnique": false,
"isCreateable": false,
"isUpdateable": true,
"isFilterable": true,
"isCalculated": false,
"javaType": "[Link]",
"showLabel": true,
"naturalOrder": 8,
"linkedFields": [],
"relatedInfos": [],
"references": []
}
]
File listeners
Use the filelisteners resource to create, update, delete, run a file listener, and change the owner of a file
listener association from one user to another. Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services can use file listeners to
monitor specific folders. Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services are notified by using a call-back API when
new files arrive at a monitored folder and when files in the folder are updated or deleted.
• Send a GET request to view details of a file listener. See “Getting file listener details” on page 375.
• Send a POST request to create a file listener. See “Creating a file listener” on page 379.
• Send a PUT request to update an existing file listener. See “Updating a file listener” on page 385.
• Send a start POST request to start a file listener job. See “Starting a file listener” on page 390.
• Send a stop POST request to stop the file listener job manually. See “Stopping a file listener” on page 391.
• Send a POST request to change the owner a file listener association. See “Changing the owner of a file
listener association” on page 393.
GET request
To view the details of a particular file listener, include the file listener ID in the following URI:
To view the details for all of the file listeners in the organization, omit the file listener ID.
GET response
A request for file listener details returns the following information:
type String Type of the connection to which the file listener listens.
folderPath String Path to the folder on the connection to which the file
listener listens.
filePattern String File name pattern to which the file listener listens.
Post Action String Determines the action the file listener must perform
after the file listener listens to the events.
You can select the post action as Delete only if the file
pattern is an indicator file. Default is None.
The following connection types support the Post Action
option:
- Local folder
- Advanced FTP V2
- Advanced FTPS V2
- Advanced SFTP V2
- Azure Data Lake Store Gen2
type String Frequency at which the file listener runs, daily, weekly, or
monthly.
timezone String Time zone that refers to the start and end time.
runIndefinitely String Whether the file listener runs without an end date.
startsAt Date/Time Time of day when the file listener starts running.
endsAt Date/Time Time of day when the file listener stops running.
frequency Numeric Frequency at which the file listener checks for files in
the folder.
frequencyUnit String Unit of frequency to which file listener checks for files in
the folder, by seconds, minutes, or hours.
stopWhenRulesMet String Whether the file listener stops listening to the folder
when the listener rules are met. Set to one of the
following values:
- false. The file listener notifies the registered
application on events and continues to listen for
subsequent events.
- true. The file listener stops listening to the folder
when the first event of file deletion occurs in the
folder.
stabilityCheckInterval Time Time in seconds that a file listener waits to check for file
stability.
You can specify a value in the stabilityCheckInterval field
only if the checkFileStability option is set to true.
notifyExistingFiles String The first time the file listener runs, it sends a
notification if files exist in the folder to which it listens,
of the parameter is set to true.
excludeFileEventsWhenNotRun String Determines if you want to exclude file events that occur
ning when a file listener is not running.
location String Location of the project folder that contains the file
listener component.
POST request
Use the following URI to create a file listener and an event listener:
POST <serverUrl>/mftsaas/api/v1/filelisteners
agentGroup Numeric Yes Runtime environment that contains the Secure Agent
used to run the file listener.
connectionType String Yes Type of the connection to which the file listener
listens.
folderPath String Yes Path to the folder on the connection to which the file
listener listens.
filePattern String Yes File name pattern to which the file listener listens.
Post Action String - Determines the action the file listener must perform
after the file listener listens to the events.
You can select the post action as Delete only if the
file pattern is an indicator file. Default is None.
The following connection types support the Post
Action option:
- Local folder
- Advanced FTP V2
- Advanced FTPS V2
- Advanced SFTP V2
- Azure Data Lake Store Gen2
scheduleDefinition String Yes Defines the frequency in which the file listener must
run.
type String Yes Frequency at which the file listener runs, daily, weekly,
or monthly.
timezone String Yes Time zone that refers to the start and end time.
startDate Date/ Yes Date on which the file listener starts running.
Time
endDate Date/ Yes Date until which the file listener runs.
Time
startsAt Date/ Yes Time of day when the file listener starts running.
Time
endsAt Date/ Yes Time of day when the file listener stops running.
Time
frequency Numeric Yes Frequency at which the file listener checks for files in
the folder.
frequencyUnit String Yes Unit of frequency to which file listener checks for files
in the folder, by seconds, minutes, or hours.
listenerEvents String Yes Determines when the file listener sends notifications
to the services that are registered to it. Response to
each event, when the event is set to true is as follows:
- arrive. Send notifications when files arrive at the
folder to which the file listener listens.
- update. Send notifications when files in the folder
to which the file listener listens are updated.
- delete. Send notifications when files in the folder to
which the file listener listens are deleted.
stopWhenRulesMet String - The file listener stops listening to the folder when the
listener rules are met.
- false. The file listener notifies the registered
application on events and continues to listen for
subsequent events.
- true. The listener stops listening to the folder
when the first event of file deletion occurs in the
folder.
checkFileStability String - The file listener verifies that the entire file is copied to
the folder before notifying the registered services.
stabilityCheckInterval Time - Time in seconds that a file listener waits to check for
file stability.
You can specify a value in the stabilityCheckInterval
field only if the checkFileStability option is set to
true.
notifyExistingFiles String - The first time the file listener runs, it sends a
notification if files exist in the folder to which it
listens.
location String - Location of the project folder that contains the file
listener component.
PUT Request
Use the following URI to update an existing file listener.
PUT <server URL>/mftsaas/api/v1/filelisteners/<filelistener ID>
Use the following fields in the PUT request:
agentGroup Numeric Yes Runtime environment that contains the Secure Agent
used to run the file listener.
connectionType String Yes Type of the connection to which the file listener
listens.
folderPath String Yes Path to the folder on the connection to which the file
listener listens.
filePattern String Yes File name pattern to which the file listener listens.
Post Action String - Determines the action the file listener must perform
after the file listener listens to the events.
You can select the post action as Delete only if the
file pattern is an indicator file. Default is None.
The following connection types support the Post
Action option:
- Local folder
- Advanced FTP V2
- Advanced FTPS V2
- Advanced SFTP V2
- Azure Data Lake Store Gen2
scheduleDefinition String Yes Defines the frequency in which the file listener must
run.
type String Yes Frequency at which the file listener runs, daily, weekly,
or monthly.
timezone String Yes Time zone that refers to the start and end time.
startDate Date/ Yes Date on which the file listener starts running.
Time
endDate Date/ Yes Date until which the file listener runs.
Time
startsAt Date/ Yes Time of day when the file listener starts running.
Time
endsAt Date/ Yes Time of day when the file listener stops running.
Time
frequency Numeric Yes Frequency at which the file listener checks for files in
the folder.
frequencyUnit String Yes Unit of frequency to which file listener checks for files
in the folder, by seconds, minutes, or hours.
listenerEvents String Yes Determines when the file listener sends notifications
to the services that are registered to it. Response to
each event, when the event is set to true is as follows:
- arrive. Send notifications when files arrive at the
folder to which the file listener listens.
- update. Send notifications when files in the folder
to which the file listener listens, are updated.
- delete. Send notifications when files in the folder to
which the file listener listens are deleted.
stopWhenRulesMet String - The file listener stops listening to the folder when the
listener rules are met.
- false. The file listener notifies the registered
application on events and continues to listen for
subsequent events.
- true. The listener stops listening to the folder
when the first event of file deletion occurs in the
folder.
checkFileStability String - The file listener verifies that the entire file is copied to
the folder before notifying the registered services.
stabilityCheckInterval Time - Time in seconds that a file listener waits to check for
file stability.
You can specify a value in the stabilityCheckInterval
field only if the checkFileStability option is set to
true.
notifyExistingFiles String - The first time the file listener runs, it sends a
notification if files exist in the folder to which it
listens.
excludeFileEventsWhenNotRunning String - Determines if you want to exclude the file events that
occur when a file listener is not running.
PUT response
If the request to update the file listener is successful, you receive the response similar to the following
example:
{
"id": "eX5qlosUfEHbwvNwGpRwQd",
"name": "FL512087",
"description": "Demo",
"status": "ENABLE",
"agentGroup": "01000025000000000002",
"connection": {
"type": "local",
"name": "",
"connId": ""
},
"rules": [
{
"id": 10070,
"folderPath": "C:\\temp1",
"filePattern": "*.txt",
DELETE request
Use the following URI to delete a file listener:
DELETE <server URL>/mftsaas/api/v1/filelisteners/<file listener ID>
Use the following fields in the delete request:
POST request
To start a file listener, use the following URI:
POST <server URL>/mftsaas/api/v1/filelisteners/<file listener ID>/start
Include the following field in the request:
POST request
To stop a file listener, use the following URI:
POST <server URL>/mftsaas/api/v1/filelisteners/<file listener ID>/stop
Include the following field in the request:
GET request
To view the status of a file listener, use the following URI:
GET <server URL>/mftsaas/api/v1/filelisteners/job/<Job ID>/status
To view the status of a file listener job, you might use the following request:
GET <server URL>/mftsaas/api/v1/filelisteners/job/<Job ID>/status
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: <SessionId>
GET request
To view the details of a file listener job, use the following URI:
GET <server URL>/mftsaas/api/v1/filelisteners/<Run ID>/activityLog
Include the following field in the request:
To view the details of a file listener job, you might use the following request:
GET <server URL>/mftsaas/api/v1/filelisteners/<Run ID>/activityLog
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: <SessionId>
You might want to change or transfer the owner of a file listener association when a user who owns the file
listener association leaves the organization. For example, if the user Alex creates a file ingestion task, the
user Beth creates a file listener, and the user Clara selects the file listener as a source or schedule in a file
ingestion task, Clara is the owner of the file listener association. If Clara leaves the organization, you must
reassign her assigned file listener associations to another user before you can delete her user account.
POST request
Use a POST request to change the owner of a file listener association from one user to an another.
Use the following URI to change the owner of a file listener association:
POST <serverUrl>/mftsaas/api/v1/ChangeCallbackOwnership
Use the following fields in the POST request:
File transfer
You can send files to a remote server or receive files from a remote server, and get the job status through the
REST API.
The following connection types use the sendfiles resource to transfer files to the remote server:
• AS2
• Advanced FTP V2
• Advanced FTPS V2
• Advanced SFTP V2
Before you construct a sendfiles request to transfer files, obtain the identifier of the connection that provides
access to the server. To get the connection ID, you can send a GET request using the connection resource.
The connection resource can return information for each of your organization's connections.
POST Request
To transfer files, include the connection ID in the following URI.
mftsaas/api/v1/sendfiles/<connection ID>
srcDirectoryPath String Yes Directory path from where files are transferred.
srcFilePattern String Yes Source file name pattern. Specify a file name pattern to identify which
files to send. You can use the regular expression type.
deleteSourceFiles String - Whether to delete source files after a successful POST request. Use
one of the following values:
- true. Delete source files.
- false. Save source files.
Default is true.
For example, to transfer the files that begin with "file_" that are located in the workspace directory, you might
use the following request:
POST <serverUrl>/mftsaas/api/v1/sendfiles/<connection ID>
Accept:application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: <icSessionId or INFA-SESSION-ID>
{
"targetConnectionType": "as2",
"srcDirectoryPath": "C:\\server\\userdata\\workspace",
"srcFilePattern": "file_*“
}
For example, to transfer the files with ".txt" pattern, you might use the following request:
POST <serverUrl>/mftsaas/api/v1/sendfiles/<connection ID>
Accept:application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: <icSessionId or INFA-SESSION-ID>
{
"targetConnectionType": "Advanced SFTP V2",
"srcDirectoryPath": "C:\\docstoreLocal2",
"tgtDirectoryPath": "C:\\server\\userdata\\workspace",
"srcFilePattern": ".*txt“
POST Response
If successful, Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services returns the run ID for the job. Use the run ID to monitor
the job status.
The following connection types use the receivefiles resource to transfer files to the remote server:
• Advanced FTP V2
• Advanced FTPS V2
• Advanced SFTP V2
Before you construct a receivefiles request to receive files, obtain the identifier of the connection that
provides access to the server. To get the connection ID, you can send a GET request using the connection
resource. The connection resource can return information for each of your organization's connections.
POST Request
To receive files, include the connection ID in the following URI.
mftsaas/api/v1/receivefiles/<connection ID>
Include the following information in the request:
srcFilePattern String Yes Source file name pattern. Specify a file name pattern to identify
which files to send. You can use the regular expression type.
processFilesRecursively String - Whether to process files from all sub-folders within the base
directory. Default is false.
afterFilePickupAction String - Determines what to do with source files after the files transfer. The
following options are available:
- Keep the files in the source directory.
- Delete the files from the source directory.
- Rename the files in the source directory. You must specify a file
name suffix that adds to the file name when renaming the files.
- Archive the files to a different location. You must specify an
archive directory.
Default is KEEP.
skipDuplicateFiles String - Do not transfer duplicate files. If files with the same name and
creation date were transferred, the task does not transfer them
again, and the files are marked as duplicate in the job log. If this
option is not selected the task transfers all files.
Default is false.
whenFileExists String - Determines what to do with a file if a flat file with the same name
exists in the target directory. The following options are available:
- rename
- overwrite
- skip
- stop
- error
Default is rename.
For example, to transfer the files with ".txt" pattern, and rename the file if a flat file with same name exists in
the target directory, you might use the following request:
POST <serverUrl>/mftsaas/api/v1/sendfiles/<connection ID>
Accept:application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: <icSessionId or INFA-SESSION-ID>
{
"sourceConnectionType": "Advanced SFTP V2",
"tgtDirectoryPath": "C:\\docstoreLocal2",
"srcDirectoryPath": "C:\\server\\userdata\\workspace",
"srcFilePattern": ".*txt“,
"processFilesRecursively": false,
"afterFilePickupAction": "KEEP",
"skipDuplicateFiles": false,
"whenFileExists": "rename",
}
POST Response
If successful, Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services returns the run ID for the job. Use the run ID to monitor
the job status.
Do not use the platform REST API version 2 job resource to get the status of an file transfer job.
GET Request
When you send the request for status of an file transfer job, include the run ID returned in the sendfiles POST
response. Use the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v1/job/<runID>/status
GET Response
If successful, Data Integration returns the job status.
• Compress and transfer files to or within a folder in the home directory of the file server user.
• Decompress uploaded files and transfer them from the home directory of file server user to the target
location.
• Encrypt and transfer files from source location to the home directory of the file server user.
Compress and transfer inbound files to or within a folder specified in the home directory of the file server
user.
POST Request
To compress and transfer files, include the connection ID in the following URI.
mftsaas/api/v1/filetransferTask/execute/1003
Include the following information in the request:
relativeTargetLocation String - The relative target location within the file server user’s home directory.
pattern String Yes The file pattern to identify the files to collect for compression. The
regular expression pattern is supported.
sourceLocation String Yes The source directory that contains the files that you want to compress.
COMPRESSION_TYPE String Yes The format of the files that you want to compress.
Select one of the following compression methods:
- Zip
- Tar
- Gzip
The values are not case sensitive.
For example, to compress and transfer a file, you might use the following request:
POST <serverUrl>/mftsaas/api/v1/filetransferTask/execute/1003
Accept:application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: <icSessionId or INFA-SESSION-ID>
{
"agentGroupId": "01000125000000000002",
"fileServerUsername": "arun",
"portalUser":true,
"relativeTargetLocation":"",
"pattern":"[Link]",
"sourceLocation":"C:\\Informatica_Source",
"taskVariables": {
"COMPRESSION_TYPE": "zip"
}
}
POST Response
If successful, Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services returns the run ID for the job. Use the run ID to monitor
the job status.
Decompress and transfer the uploaded files from the home directory of file server user to the target location.
POST Request
To decompress and transfer files, include the connection ID in the following URI.
mftsaas/api/v1/filetransferTask/execute/1004
Include the following information in the request:
pattern String Yes The file pattern of the file to release to the specified target
location after decompressing the file. The regular expression
pattern is supported.
targetLocation String Yes The target directory to which the file is moved after
decompressing.
DECOMPRESSION_TYPE String Yes The format of the files that you want to decompress.
Select one of the following decompression methods:
- Zip
- Tar
- Gzip
The values are not case sensitive.
PATTERN_CASE_SENSITIVE String - Whether the file pattern is case sensitive. The values are not case
sensitive. Default is false.
PATTERN _TO_COLLECT String Yes The pattern of the file that you want to collect to decompress
from the file server user’s home directory. Use a regular
expression to match the file name pattern.
For example, to decompress and transfer a file, you might use the following request
POST <serverUrl>/mftsaas/api/v1/filetransferTask/execute/1004
Accept:application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: <icSessionId or INFA-SESSION-ID>
{
"agentGroupId": "01000125000000000002",
"fileServerUsername": "arun",
POST Response
If successful, Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services returns the run ID for the job. Use the run ID to monitor
the job status.
Encrypt and transfer files from the source location to the home directory of the file server user or the
directory specified in the REST API param within the file server user’s home directory. You can encrypt single
or multiple files.
POST Request
To encrypt and transfer files, include the connection ID in the following URI.
mftsaas/api/v1/filetransferTask/execute/1001
Include the following information in the request:
relativeTargetLocation String - The relative target location within the file server user’s home
directory.
pattern String Yes The file pattern to identify the files to collect for encryption. The
regular expression pattern is supported.
sourceLocation String Yes The source directory that contains the files you want to encrypt.
SIGN String - Whether the file is signed by PGP. The values are not case
sensitive.
Default is false.
PUBLIC_KEY_ID String Yes The ID of the key that is used to encrypt the file.
SECRET_KEY_ID String Yes The ID of the secret key that is used to sign the file, if the value of
the SIGN variable is true.
SECRET_KEY_PASSPHRASE String Yes The passphrase used to access the secret key if the value of the
SIGN variable is true.
For example, to encrypt and transfer a file, you might use the following request:
POST <serverUrl>/mftsaas/api/v1/filetransferTask/execute/1001
Accept:application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: <icSessionId or INFA-SESSION-ID>
{
"agentGroupId": "01000125000000000002",
"fileServerUsername": "arun",
"portalUser":true,
"pattern":"[Link]",
"relativeTargetLocation":"",
"sourceLocation":"C:\\Informatica_Source",
"taskVariables": {
"SIGN":"false",
"PUBLIC_KEY_ID":"0x51986F687ADACBE1",
"SECRET_KEY_ID":"0x51986F687ADACBE1",
"SECRET_KEY_PASSPHRASE":"TESTER"
}
}
POST Response
If successful, Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services returns the run ID for the job. Use the run ID to monitor
the job status.
Decrypt and transfer files from the file server user’s home directory to the target location.
POST Request
To decrypt and transfer files, include the connection ID in the following URI.
mftsaas/api/v1/filetransferTask/execute/1002
Include the following information in the request:
pattern String Yes The file pattern of the file to release to the specified target
location after decrypting the file. The regular expression pattern
is supported.
targetLocation String Yes The target directory to which the file is moved after decryption.
PATTERN_CASE_SENSITIVE String Yes Whether the file pattern is case sensitive. The values are not case
sensitive.
Default is false.
PATTERN _TO_COLLECT String Yes The file name pattern of the files that PGP has to collect and
decrypt. Use a regular expression to match the file name pattern.
For example, to decrypt and transfer a file, you might use the following request:
POST <serverUrl>/mftsaas/api/v1/filetransferTask/execute/1002
Accept:application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: <icSessionId or INFA-SESSION-ID>
{
"agentGroupId": "01000125000000000002",
"fileServerUsername": "arun",
"pattern":".*csv",
"targetLocation":"C:\\Informatica_Target",
"taskVariables": {
"PATTERN_CASE_SENSITIVE": "false",
"PGP_PASSPHRASE": "TESTER",
"PATTERN_TO_COLLECT": ".*pgp"
}
}
POST Response
If successful, Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services returns the run ID for the job. Use the run ID to monitor
the job status.
• Compress and transfer files to or within a folder in the home directory of the file server user.
• Decompress uploaded files and transfer them from the home directory of file server user to the target
location.
• Encrypt and transfer files from source location to the home directory of the file server user.
• Decrypt and transfer files from the file server user's home directory to the target location.
Compress and transfer files
Compress and transfer inbound files to or within a folder specified in the home directory of the remote
server.
POST Request
To compress and transfer files, include the connection ID in the following URI.
mftsaas/api/v1/filetransferTask/execute/1003
Include the following information in the request:
connectionId String Yes The connection ID of the Advanced FTP, Advanced FTPS, or Advanced
SFTP V2 connector.
relativeTargetLocation String - The relative target location within the remote server home directory.
pattern String Yes The file pattern to identify the files to collect for compression. The
regular expression pattern is supported.
sourceLocation String Yes The source directory that contains the files that you want to compress.
COMPRESSION_TYPE String Yes The format of the files that you want to compress.
Select one of the following compression methods:
- Zip
- Tar
- Gzip
The values are not case sensitive.
For example, to compress and transfer a file, you might use the following request:
POST <serverUrl>/mftsaas/api/v1/filetransferTask/execute/1003
Accept:application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: <icSessionId or INFA-SESSION-ID>
{
"agentGroupId": "01000125000000000002",
"portalUser": "false",
"connectionId": "0100010B000000000002",
"pattern":"arun_zip.txt",
"relativeTargetLocation":"/",
"sourceLocation":"C:\\FIS_Home\\DOCSTORE",
"taskVariables": {
"COMPRESSION_TYPE": "gzip"
}
}
POST Response
If successful, Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services returns the run ID for the job. Use the run ID to monitor
the job status.
Decompress and transfer the uploaded files from the home directory of the remote server to the target
location.
POST Request
To decompress and transfer files, include the connection ID in the following URI.
mftsaas/api/v1/filetransferTask/execute/1004
relativeSourceLocation String - The relative source location within the remote server home directory.
pattern String Yes The file pattern of the file to release to the specified target location
after decompressing the file. The regular expression pattern is
supported.
targetLocation String Yes The target directory to which the file is moved after decompressing.
relativeTargetLocation String - The relative target location within the remote server home directory.
connectionId String Yes The connection ID of the Advanced FTP, Advanced FTPS, or
Advanced SFTP V2 connector.
afterFilePickupAction String - Determines what to do with the source files after the files are
transferred.
Select one of the following filter options:
- KEEP. Keep the files in the source directory.
- DELETE. Delete the files from the source directory.
- RENAME. Rename the files in the source directory.
- ARCHIVE. Archive the files to a different location. You must
specify an archive directory
Default is KEEP.
renameSuffix String Yes If afterFilePickupAction is selected as RENAME, the file name suffix
to append to the files in the source directory.
You can use the following suffix types:
- $date
- $time
- $runId
- $timestamp
skipDuplicateFiles String - Indicates whether to skip the source files which are already present
in the docstore location. Default is false.
processFilesRecursively String - Indicates whether to process files from all sub-folders within the
base directory. Default is false.
DECOMPRESSION_TYPE String Yes The format of the files that you want to decompress.
Select one of the following decompression methods:
- Zip
- Tar
- Gzip
The values are not case sensitive.
PATTERN _TO_COLLECT String Yes The pattern of the file that you want to collect to decompress from
the file server user’s home directory. Use a regular expression to
match the file name pattern.
For example, to decompress and transfer a file, you might use the following request:
POST <serverUrl>/mftsaas/api/v1/filetransferTask/execute/1004
Accept:application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: <icSessionId or INFA-SESSION-ID>
{
"agentGroupId": "01000125000000000002",
"portalUser": "false",
"pattern": "arun_zip.txt",
"relativeSourceLocation": "/",
"targetLocation": "C:\\Informatica_Target",
"relativeTargetLocation": "",
"connectionId": "0100010B000000000002",
"afterFilePickupAction": "RENAME",
"renameSuffix":"_RENAME_",
"archiveDirectoryPath" :"",
"skipDuplicateFiles": true,
"processFilesRecursively": false,
"taskVariables": {
"DECOMPRESSION_TYPE": "gunzip",
"PATTERN_TO_COLLECT": ".*gz"
}
}
POST Response
If successful, Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services returns the run ID for the job. Use the run ID to monitor
the job status.
Encrypt and transfer files from the source location to a remote server using connectors or to the directory
specified in the REST API param within the remote server's home directory. You can encrypt single or multiple
files.
POST Request
To encrypt and transfer files, include the connection ID in the following URI.
mftsaas/api/v1/filetransferTask/execute/1001
Include the following information in the request:
connectionId String Yes The connection ID of the Advanced FTP, Advanced FTPS, or
Advanced SFTP V2 connector.
relativeTargetLocation String - The relative target location within the remote server home
directory.
pattern String Yes The file pattern to identify the files to collect for encryption. The
regular expression pattern is supported.
sourceLocation String Yes The source directory that contains the files you want to encrypt.
SIGN String - Whether the file is signed by PGP. The values are not case
sensitive.
Default is false.
PUBLIC_KEY_ID String Yes The ID of the key that is used to encrypt the file.
SECRET_KEY_ID String Yes The ID of the secret key that is used to sign the file, if the value of
the SIGN variable is true.
SECRET_KEY_PASSPHRASE String Yes The passphrase used to access the secret key if the value of the
SIGN variable is true.
For example, to encrypt and transfer a file, you might use the following request:
POST <serverUrl>/mftsaas/api/v1/filetransferTask/execute/1001
Accept:application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: <icSessionId or INFA-SESSION-ID>
{
"agentGroupId": "01000125000000000002",
"portalUser": "false",
"connectionId": "0100010B000000000002",
"pattern":"[Link]",
"relativeTargetLocation":"/",
"sourceLocation":"C:\\FIS_Home\\DOCSTORE",
"taskVariables": {
"SIGN":"true",
"PUBLIC_KEY_ID":"0x51986F687ADACBE1",
"SECRET_KEY_ID":"0x51986F687ADACBE1",
"SECRET_KEY_PASSPHRASE":"TESTER"
}
}
Decrypt and transfer files from the remote server home directory to the target location.
POST Request
To decrypt and transfer files, include the connection ID in the following URI.
mftsaas/api/v1/filetransferTask/execute/1002
Include the following information in the request:
relativeSourceLocation String - The relative source location within the remote server home
directory.
pattern String Yes The file pattern of the file to release to the specified target
location after decrypting the file. The regular expression pattern
is supported.
targetLocation String Yes The target directory to which the file is moved after decrypting.
relativeTargetLocation String - The relative target location within the remote server home
directory.
connectionId String Yes The connection ID of the Advanced FTP, Advanced FTPS, or
Advanced SFTP V2 connector.
afterFilePickupAction String - Determines what to do with the source files after the files are
transferred.
Select one of the following filter options:
- KEEP. Keep the files in the source directory.
- DELETE. Delete the files from the source directory.
- RENAME. Rename the files in the source directory.
- ARCHIVE. Archive the files to a different location. You must
specify an archive directory
Default is KEEP.
skipDuplicateFiles String - Indicates whether to skip the source files which are already
present in the docstore location. Default is false.
processFilesRecursively String - Indicates whether to process files from all sub-folders within the
base directory. Default is false.
PATTERN_CASE_SENSITIVE String Yes Whether the file pattern is case sensitive. The values are not case
sensitive.
Default is false.
PATTERN _TO_COLLECT String Yes The pattern of the file that you want to collect to decompress
from the file server user’s home directory. Use a regular
expression to match the file name pattern.
For example, to decrypt and transfer a file, you might use the following request:
POST <serverUrl>/mftsaas/api/v1/filetransferTask/execute/1002
Accept:application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: <icSessionId or INFA-SESSION-ID>
{
"agentGroupId": "01000125000000000002",
"portalUser": "false",
"pattern": "[Link]",
"relativeSourceLocation": "/",
"targetLocation": "C:\\Informatica_Target",
"relativeTargetLocation": "",
"connectionId": "0100010B000000000002",
"afterFilePickupAction": "ARCHIVE",
"renameSuffix":"_RENAME_",
"archiveDirectoryPath" :"/ARCH",
"skipDuplicateFiles": false,
"processFilesRecursively": false,
"taskVariables": {
"PATTERN_CASE_SENSITIVE": "false",
"PGP_PASSPHRASE": "TESTER",
POST Response
If successful, Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services returns the run ID for the job. Use the run ID to monitor
the job status.
Consider the following when you use the resources for HTTPS file transfer:
• You must have the HTTPS license to exchange files through HTTPS servers.
• You should log in to the HTTPS server to perform the API operations.
You can use the following resources for HTTPS file transfer:
Authentication
Use the following resources to log in to the HTTP server and log out.
login
You should log in to the HTTPS server to perform any HTTPS API operations. Use this command to lg in
to the HTTPS server. To log in to the Informatica Managed File Transfer HTTPS Server send a POST
request using the login resource. You must send a login request to start a user session if you don't use
client certificate authentication.
logout
Use the logout resource to log out and end the user session on the Informatica Managed File Transfer
HTTPS Server. You can make a GET or POST request.
Standard operations
You can use the following standard operational commands:
PWD
Use the PWD (Print Working Directory) command to retrieve the current working directory on the server.
The response includes the absolute path to the current working directory as part of the X-GDX-Reply
header message. The path is enclosed in double quotes.
delete
Use this command to remove files from the server. Include the relative or absolute file path to delete in
the file parameter.
rename
Use this command to rename files on the server. If the current working directory contains the files that
you want to rename, then the from and to parameters might contain only the file names. You can also
use the rename command to move files on the server. To move files, include the full paths in the from
and to parameters.
For example, the following command changes the name of the [Link] file to [Link]:
[Link]
For example, the following command moves the [Link] file from the current working directory to
the parent directory:
[Link]
GET or POST - from: The relative or absolute path of the file or directory to rename.
- to: The relative or absolute path of the new name.
list
Use this command to list the contents of a directory on the server. Include the target directory as a
parameter to this command. If you do not include the directory, the command lists the contents of the
current working directory.
The response includes the following information delimited by a tab (\t) character:
• The last modified date of the file or directory. The timestamp is in ISO format yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.
The hour(hh) is displayed as a 24-hour clock.
• Whether the content type is a file, a directory, or unknown.
• The size of the file in bytes.
• The name of the file or directory.
checksum
Use this command to calculate the hash of a remote file. The reply is returned on the first line of the
response body. You can compare the response with the hash value of the downloaded local file to verify
data integrity.
The supported hash algorithms are SHA1, MD5, and CRC32. Include the following parameters in the
request:
Request Parameters
Type
GET or POST - file: Required. The path relative to the current working directory, or an absolute path to the
file.
- algorithm: The hash algorithm to use when calculating a checksum. Valid values are SHA1,
MD5, or CRC32. Default is SHA1.
- length: The starting position within the file. This value is used for calculating partial file
checksums. The default value is 0, which performs the checksum on the entire file.
CD (Change Directory)
Use this command to change the current working directory. The absolute path to the new working
directory returns as part of the X-GDX-Reply header message. The path is enclosed in double quotes.
Use this command to change the current working directory to the parent directory. The absolute path to
the new working directory returns as part of the X-GDX-Reply header message. The path is enclosed in
double quotes.
Use this command to create a new directory on the server. The absolute path to the newly created
directory returns as part of the X-GDX-Reply header message. The path is enclosed in double quotes.
file information
Use this command to retrieve information about a specific file or directory. The response includes the
information in the response body with content type text/plain. The format of the file information is
File transfer
Use the following commands to transfer an HTTPS file to or from a server:
upload
Use this command to transfer a file to the server. The request must be a multipart POST request and
only one file is uploaded per request. A file is a required part of the multipart request, but any parameter
name given to the file part is ignored.
Request Parameters
Type
If you include the optional request parameters, the response includes the following return parameters,
respectively:
upload2
Use this command to transfer a file to the server. The request must be a multipart POST request and
only one file is uploaded per request. A file is a required part of the multipart request, but any parameter
name given to the file part is ignored.
Request Parameters
Type
upload3
Use this command to transfer a file to the server. The request must be a multipart POST request and
only one file is uploaded per request. A file is a required part of the multipart request, but any parameter
name given to the file part is ignored.
Request Parameters
Type
uploadRawData
Use this command to upload data directly to the server where the data is the content of the request
body. The request must be a POST request. The name of the file is automatically derived and returned as
part of the X-GDX-Reply header message. This is a special command where the request body must
contain the file data being uploaded.
uploadRawData2
Use this command to upload data directly to the server where the data is the content of the request
body. The request must be a POST request. The name of the file is automatically derived and returned as
part of the X-GDX-Reply header message. This is a special command where the request body must
contain the file data being uploaded.
You must provide the fileserver username and password for basic authorization.
download
Use this command to download a file from the server. The file is returned as the response body. The
content type is always an application or force download, along with the content disposition field
containing the name of the file. The content-length header is also included in the response indicating the
size of the file.
GET or POST - file: Required. The file to download. This can be a path relative to the current working
directory, or an absolute path to the file.
- offset: For downloading partial files. Enter the starting position from where the file must
begin to download.
- transferMode: Use B for binary transfers or A for ascii transfers. Default is B.
Server responses
For every request, the server responds with success or error codes and messages specific to the HTTPS
service in the X-CDX-Reply header. The format of the header message is a status code followed by a single
white space, followed by the message details.
You can use header codes and messages to determine the success or failure of an operation.
Status codes
A response might include any of the following HTTPS file transfer status codes:
200-299
Informational or success status codes: Successful operation performed against the server .
500-509
Internal server error: The server experienced a critical error. Contact the server’s administrator
immediately.
510-519
Bad or Invalid request: The server could not process the request due to invalid or incomplete
information. See the X-GDX-Reply header message for more details.
530-539
Login or account related errors: Indicates that an error occurred with the account or login, such as invalid
login or account disabled. See the X-GDX-Reply header message for more details.
550-559
Permission errors: The user does not have permission or authority to perform the requested action. See
the X-GDX-Reply header message for more details.
560-569
Errors related to files or directories on the system: An error occurred while accessing a file or directory
on the server, such as a file or directory does not exist.
580-589
File I/O Errors: An internal server error occurred while trying to access a file or directory.
590
Unknown error: An unexpected error occurred while trying to process the command. See the X-GDX-Reply
header message for more details.
Fixed-width configuration
Use the fwConfig resource to configure column widths for flat file source, lookup, and target objects.
GET request
To request all of the fixed-width formats, use the following URI:
/api/v2/fwConfig
GET response
The fwConfig object returns the following attributes:
updateTime Date/time Last time that the fixed-width format was updated.
padBytes Int Number of bytes between the last column of one row and the first column of the
next.
skipRows Int Number of rows to skip. You can skip blank or header rows.
dateFormat String Default date format to use when a date format is not specified in the flat file
connection.
location String The project and folder that the fixedd-width file resides in.
GET example
The following example shows a request to get details for a fixed-width format using the fixed-width format
ID:
GET <serverUrl>/api/v2/fwConfig/00001R29000000000002
Content-type: application/json
Accept: application/json
icSessionId: <icSessionId>
The following text is a sample response:
{
"@type": "fwConfig",
"id": "00001R29000000000002",
"orgId": "00001R",
"name": "item",
"description": "",
"createTime": "2016-10-06T17:08:09.000Z",
"updateTime": "2016-10-06T17:08:09.000Z",
"createdBy": "org1@[Link]",
"updatedBy": "org1@[Link]",
"lineSequential": true,
"padBytes": 0,
"skipRows": 0,
"nullChar": "*",
"nullCharType": "ASCII",
"repeatNullChar": false,
"stripTrailingBlank": false,
"location": Default\\MyProject
"dateFormat": "",
"columns": [
{
"@type": "fwColumn",
"name": "COLUMN_0",
"nativeType": "string",
"precision": 1,
"physicalLength": 0,
"scale": 0
},
{
"@type": "fwColumn",
"name": "COLUMN_1",
"nativeType": "string",
"precision": 9,
"physicalLength": 0,
"scale": 0
},
{
"@type": "fwColumn",
"name": "COLUMN_2",
"nativeType": "string",
"precision": 10,
"physicalLength": 0,
"scale": 0
}
POST request
To create a fixed-width format, use the following URI:
/api/v2/fwConfig
If you want to specify a location for the fixed-width format, include the container ID in the request. If the
container ID isn't included in the request, the fixed-width format is created in the Default folder. You can find
the container ID for a project or folder in the Data Integration user interface. On the Explore page, select the
folder. In the URL, the last string of characters is the container ID.
lineSequential Boolean Yes Whether each row ends with a newline character.
- True. Line sequential is enabled.
- False. Line sequential is not enabled.
padBytes Int Yes Number of bytes between the last column of one row and the first column
of the next.
skipRows Int Yes Number of rows to skip. You can skip blank or header rows.
dateFormat String Yes Default date format to use when a date format is not specified in the flat
file connection.
repeatNullChar Boolean Yes Determines how to treat null characters in a single field.
- True. Read repeat null characters as a single null value.
- False. does not read repeat null characters as a single null value.
stripTrailingBlank Boolean Yes Determines how to treat trailing blanks in string values.
- True. Removes trailing blanks from string values.
- False. Does not remove trailing blanks in string values.
columns String Yes Includes the following attributes for each column:
- name. Name of the column.
- nativeType. Native data type.
- precision. Length of the field in bytes.
- scale. Number of digits after the decimal point for numeric values.
POST response
If successful, returns the fwConfig object that you created or updated. Returns the error object if errors
occur.
POST example
POST <serverURL>/api/v2/fwConfig/00000103000000000004
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
{
"@type": "fwConfig",
"name": "FW_FILE_CONFIG_1",
"description": "Test description",
"lineSequential": false,
"padBytes": 1,
"skipRows": 2,
"nullChar": "*",
"nullCharType": "ASCII",
"repeatNullChar": false,
"stripTrailingBlank": false,
"columns": [
{
"@type": "fwColumn",
"name": "ASCII",
"nativeType": "string",
"precision": 10
}
]
}
DELETE request
To delete a fixed-width format, use the fixed-width format ID in the following URI:
/api/v2/fwConfig/<id>
DELETE response
Returns the 200 response code if the request is successful.
The h2h resource uses a hierarchical mapper ID in the URI. To find the hierarchical mapper ID, open the
hierarchical mapper in the Data Integration user interface. In the URL, the last string of characters is the
hierarchical mapper ID.
POST request
Use the following URI to create the hierarchical mapper:
/h2h/api/v1/create/<hierarchical mapper ID>
The following table describes the fields in the POST request:
projectName String Project where you want to save the hierarchical mapper.
projectFolderPath String Folder within the project where you want to save the hierarchical mapper.
variables Details about variables. The variables object includes the name, type, list
indicator, and initial value.
encodedService String Base64-encoded ZIP file that contains the source and target XSD files for the
source and target schemas, as well as the dependencies of those XSD files.
POST response
If successful, the API creates the hierarchical mapper.
{
"name": "MigAsset2",
"description": "Migrated service",
"projectName": "Interfor_Mapping",
"projectFolderPath": "C:_Informatica_XMap_Interfor",
"sourceXsd": "EDI_810_0_2_0_2_0_0.xsd",
"sourceXsdDependencies": [],
"targetXsd": "X12_4010_810_schema_restricted_0_0_0_1_0_0_0_0_0_1.xsd",
"targetXsdDependencies": [
"X12_4010_810_schema_segments_restricted_0_1_0_2_0_1_0_1_0_2.xsd"
],
"sourceRoot": "DTedi810",
"targetRoot": "x12:interchanges",
"variables": [
{
"name": "IT_CTR",
"type": "xs:integer",
"list": false,
"initalValue": "0"
},
{
"name": "CTT_1",
"type": "xs:integer",
"list": false,
"initalValue": "0"
}
],
"statements": "[{\"output\":\"interchange/x12:TS_810\",\"mode\":\"Add\",\"input
\":\".\",\"onFail\":\"propagate\",\"statementType\":\"Group\",\"name\":\"INPUT_LOOP
\",\"skip\":true,\"statements\":[{\"output\":\"ST\",\"mode\":\"Add\",\"input
\":\"InvoiceHeader\",\"onFail\":\"Skip\",\"statementType\":\"Group\",\"name\":\"ST
\",\"skip\":true,\"statements\":[{\"output\":\"R01\",\"mode\":\"Add\",\"input
\":\"'810'\",\"onFail\":\"propagate\",\"statementType\":\"Map\",\"name\":\"1\",\"skip
\":false,\"statements\":[],\"statementNumber\":3},{\"output\":\"R02\",\"mode\":\"Add
\",\"input\":\"invNum\",\"onFail\":\"propagate\",\"statementType\":\"Map\",\"name\":\"2-
for now it's default value\",\"skip\":false,\"statements\":[],\"statementNumber
\":4}],\"statementNumber\":2},{\"output\":\"BIG\",\"mode\":\"Add\",\"input
\":\"InvoiceHeader\",\"onFail\":\"Skip\",\"statementType\":\"Group\",\"name\":\"BIG
\",\"skip\":true,\"statements\":[{\"output\":\"R01\",\"mode\":\"Add\",\"input
\":\"replace(invDate,'-','')\",\"onFail\":\"propagate\",\"statementType\":\"Map\",\"name
\":\"1\",\"skip\":false,\"statements\":[],\"statementNumber\":6},{\"output
\":\"R02\",\"mode\":\"Add\",\"input\":\"invNum\",\"onFail\":\"propagate\",\"statementType
\":\"Map\",\"name\":\"2\",\"skip\":false,\"statementNumber\":7},[...]",
"encodedService": "UEsDBBQACAgIALiUSlkAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAdAAAAb[...]"
}
The statement and encoded service values are truncated for brevity.
POST request
Use the following URI to run the hierarchical mapper:
/h2h/api/v1/service/run/<hierarchical mapper ID>
The following table describes the fields in the POST request:
type String Type of input to send in the request body. Use buffer or file.
value String Input value to pass to the hierarchical mapper. If the input is a buffer, enter the XML or JSON
data. If the input is a file, enter the path to the file.
type String Type of output to receive in the response. Use buffer or file.
value String Output to receive in the response. If the output is a buffer, use an empty string. If the output
is a file, enter the path to the file.
POST response
If successful, the hierarchical mapper returns the data in the target hierarchical structure.
output String Output value. The output is either a buffer or the path to a file.
{
"agentGroupId": "016GOR25000000000005",
{
"agentGroupId": "016GOR25000000000005",
"input": {
"type": "file",
"value":"/root/idsm/2.6_parser_response.xml"
},
"output": {
"type": "buffer",
"value": " "
}
}
If successful, you receive the following response:
{
"output": "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"UTF-8\"?>\r\n<Departments>\r
\n<Department name=\"\">\r\n<Employee>\r\n<Profile>\r\n<Id>0</Id>\r\n<FullName>1</
FullName>\r\n<Skills>\r\n<FHIR4></FHIR4>\r\n<XYZ></XYZ>\r\n<hl7></hl7>\r\n<HIPAA></HIPAA>
\r\n</Skills>\r\n</Profile>\r\n</Employee>\r\n</Department>\r\n</Departments>\r\n",
"message": "Success"
}
GET request
Use the following URI to get metadata about a hierarchical mapper:
/h2h/api/v1/idsm/metadata/<hierarchical mapper ID>
GET response
If successful, the response returns the metadata.
The following table lists the source and target schema types that the response returns based on the asset
used to create the hierarchical mapper:
Data service in the data services repository Native or XML based on whether Input in Native format is selected
GET example
The following request gets metadata about a hierarchial mapper:
GET <server URL>/h2h/api/v1/idsm/metadata/<hierarchical mapper ID>
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: jpaybAKQMsmdt7vLJ02z0
If successful, you might receive the following response:
{
"srcSchemaType": "XML",
"tgtSchemaType": "JSON",
"srcSchemaContent": "eJzNV+tP2zAQ/
85fEWXqJ5RHk1CgoqCKthNSAY3HhvYFuYlLLSV2SNzXtD9+Zz...",
"tgtSchemaContent": "eJzNkL0OgjAUhXeegnRm0ZiYuBFlwBA0/q2kylVrUPByHYjh3aVVI2nAusnS3n..."
}
The source and target schema values are truncated for brevity.
To get log entries from Operational Insights, use the following resources:
• Login. Use to log in to Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services and get the session ID to use in job log REST
API calls.
• jobLogEntries. Use to request log information for completed Data Integration jobs.
Logging in
Use this resource to log into Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services when you use resources that require the
IDS-SESSION-ID in the call header. The IDS-SESSION-ID is included in a successful login response.
POST request
Use the following URL:
<login URL>/identity-service/api/v1/Login
The login URL includes the region where your organization is located and the Informatica Intelligent Cloud
Services domain, [Link]. You can find your organization's login region by opening the
Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services log in page. The regional login URL is located in the browser's address
bar before you log in to Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services.
POST response
Returns the user object if the request is successful. Returns the error object if errors occur.
sessionId String REST API session ID for the current session. Use in most REST API request headers.
timeZoneId String Time zone of the user. Time zone honors Daylight Saving Time. For more information,
see “Time zone codes” on page 581 .
GET Request
You can request all the log information or filter the log response. You can request data for the last 33 days.
The response returns a maximum of 500 records for any applied filter.
startswith String Runtime environment, Secure Agent, or asset that started the task.
Include in the filter parameter.
status in String Status of the task. You can filter by any of the following statuses:
- COMPLETED
- WARNING
- FAILED
- END
- SUCCESS
- STOPPED
count Int If true, returns total records available for applied filter.
top Int Number of elements to return. For example, a value of 25 returns the first 25 records
available for the applied filters.
Max is 500.
skip Int Number of records to skip. For example, a value of 4 excludes the first four assets in the list.
• To request a list of mapping tasks that successfully completed between October 8, 2023 at 6am and
October 9, 2023 at 6am, you might use the following request:
GET <serverUrl>/cdiinsights-service/api/v1/analytical/Orgs(<orgID>)/JobLogEntries?
$filter=(endTime%20ge%202023-10-08T06:00:00Z)%20and%20(endTime%20le
%202023-10-09T06:00:00Z)&listFilter=status%20in%20(SUCCESS)%20and%20assetType%20in
%20(MTT)&$count=true&$top=500&$skip=0
Content-type: application/json
Accept: application/json
icSessionId: <SessionId>
GET Response
Returns a jobLogEntry object for each row in the log. Returns the error object if errors occur.
When you request information for each row in the log, the jobLogEntry object includes the following
attributes:
assetType String Type of task. For Data Integration jobs, returns one of the following codes:
- MTT. Mapping task.
- TASKFLOW. Advanced taskflow.
- MI_TASK. Mass ingestion task.
- DSS. Synchronization task.
- WORKFLOW. Linear taskflow.
- DRS. Replication task.
- PCS. PowerCenter task.
- DTT. Data transfer task.
- DLT. Data loader task.
- MAPPING.
- BATCH_MAPPING. Dynamic mapping task.
- DMASK. Data masking task.
startTime Date/time Start time for the task or linear taskflow. Uses Eastern Time Zone (ET).
endTime Date/time End time for the task or linear taskflow. Uses Eastern Time Zone (ET).
successRows String Number of rows that were successfully processed by the task.
errorRows String Number of rows that were not processed by the task.
runtimeEnvName String Name of the runtime environment where the task runs.
runContext String Method through which the task was initiated. Includes the following values:
-UI. Task was initiated through the user interface.
-SCHEDULER. Task was initiated through the task scheduler.
-REST-API. Task was initiated through the REST API.
-OUTBOUND MESSAGE. Task was initiated through an outbound message.
stopOnError Boolean Whether or not the runtime environment stops the task when a nonfatal error occurs.
isAtScale Boolean Whether or not the mapping associated with the task is in advanced mode.
Linear taskflows
Use this resource to request the details of a linear taskflow or the details of all linear taskflows in the
organization. You can also create, update, or delete a linear taskflow.
GET request
To request the details of a particular linear taskflow, include the linear taskflow ID or linear taskflow name in
the URI. Use one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/workflow/<id>
/api/v2/workflow/name/<name>
If you use the linear taskflow name in the URI and the linear taskflow name includes a space, replace the
space with %20. For example:
/api/v2/workflow/name/my%20linear%20taskflow
To request the details of all linear taskflows in the organization, use the following URI:
/api/v2/workflow
Optionally, you can receive the response in simple mode which significantly improves performance. When
you enable simple mode, the response does not include the ScheduleId attribute and the email attributes. To
receive the response in simple mode, include simpleMode=true in the request. Use the following URI to
receive details of all linear taskflows using simple mode:
/api/v2/workflow/?simpleMode=true
GET response
If successful, returns the workflow object for the requested linear taskflow. Or, if you request the details for
all linear taskflows in the organization, returns a workflow object for each linear taskflow in the organization.
errorTaskEmail Object that includes the taskEmail object for error notifications.
successTaskEmail Object that includes the taskEmail object for success notifications.
warningTaskEmail Object that includes the taskEmail object for warning notifications.
tasks Defines each task associated with the linear taskflow. Includes a workflowTask
object for each task.
POST request
To create a linear taskflow, use the following URI:
/api/v2/workflow
If you want to specify a location for the linear taskflow, include the container ID in the request. If the
container ID isn't included in the request, the linear taskflow is created in the Default folder. You can find the
container ID for a project or folder in the Data Integration user interface. On the Explore page, select the
folder. In the URL, the last string of characters is the container ID.
You can submit a partial update using partial mode. If you want to update a field in the workflowTask object
using partial mode, you must include the taskId field. To submit a request using partial mode, use a JSON
request and include the following line in the header:
Update-Mode=PARTIAL
With this URI, you can use the following attributes in the workflow object:
errorTaskEmail Object that includes the taskEmail object for error notifications.
successTaskEmail Object that includes the taskEmail object for success notifications.
warningTaskEmail Object that includes the taskEmail object for warning notifications.
tasks Use a workflowTask object to define the following attributes for each
task you want to include in the linear taskflow.
POST response
If successful, returns the workflow response object for the linear taskflow that you created or updated.
DELETE request
To delete a linear taskflow, use the linear taskflow ID in the following URI:
/api/v2/workflow/<id>
DELETE response
Returns the 200 response code if the request is successful.
POST example
To update an existing linear taskflow with an ID of 0000342J0000K, you might use the following request:
POST <serverUrl>/api/v2/workflow/0000342J0000K
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
icSessionId: <icSessionId>
{
"@type": "workflow",
"name": "linear taskflow",
"tasks":[{
"@type":"workflowTask",
"taskId":"0000100I00000000001G",
"type":"DSS",
"name":"DSS_DQ5",
"stopOnError":"false"
},{
"@type":"workflowTask",
"taskId":"0000100Z0000000000B8",
"type":"MTT",
"name":"CIT_SimpleTemplate2",
"stopOnError":"false"
},{
"@type":"workflowTask",
"taskId":"0000100G000000000002",
"type":"DRS",
"name":"SF2File",
"stopOnError":"false"
}]
}
Mappings
Use this resource to request the details for a mapping or the details of all mappings in the organization.
GET Request
You can request the following information using a mapping GET request:
To request the details of all mappings in the organization, use the following URI:
/api/v2/mapping
Details for a particular mapping
To request the details of a particular mapping, include the mapping ID or mapping name in the URI. Use
one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/mapping/<id>
/api/v2/mapping/name/<name>
If you use the mapping name in the URI and the mapping name value includes a space, replace the space
with %20. For example:
/api/v2/mapping/name/my%20mapping
You can also request a specific mapping by name with the following URI:
/api/v2/mapping/search?name=<name>
Image of a mapping
To request an image of a mapping, specify the mapping ID and whether the mapping is deployed or not.
Use the following URI:
/api/v2/mapping/<id>/image?deployed=<true|false>
For example:
/api/v2/mapping/N0A1700000000001J/image?deployed=true
GET Response
If successful, returns the mapping object for the requested mapping.
If you request the details for all mappings, returns the mapping object for every mapping in the organization
without parameter details.
Mappings 437
The mapping object includes the following attributes:
bundleVersion String Version of the bundle that includes the mapping, if applicable.
fixedConnection Boolean Indicates if the mapping has fixed connections. Returns true or
false.
hasParametersDeployed Boolean Indicates if the mapping has parameters deployed. Returns true
or false.
Mappings 439
Field Type Description
mappingPreviewFileRecordId String ID of the image file that is used when previewing a mapping.
deployedMappingPreviewFileRecordId String ID of the image file that is used when previewing a deployed
mapping.
GET Example
To request mapping details for all mappings in the organization, you might use the following request:
GET <serverUrl>/api/v2/mapping
Content-type: application/xml
Accept: application/xml
icSessionId: <icSessionId>
Note: You cannot use the REST API to create a mapping task based on a mapping that includes a mapplet.
GET request
To request the details of a mapping task, you can use the task ID, federated task ID, or task name. To find the
federated task ID, use the lookup resource. The federated task ID is the value of the id field in the lookup
response.
GET response
Returns the mtTask object for the requested task ID or task name.
maxLogs Long Number of session log files and import log files Data Integration retains.
schemaMode String Mode in which Data Integration refreshes the data object schema.
errorTaskEmail Object that includes the taskEmail object for error notifications
successTaskEmail Object that includes the taskEmail object for success notifications.
warningTaskEmail Object that includes the taskEmail object for warning notifications.
flatFileAttrs Object that includes attributes for the source, target, and lookup files.
mappingId String Mapping ID. Returned when a mapping is the basis for the task.
outboundMessageUrlTo String Outbound message URL token for the task, if it exists.
ken
outboundMessageUrlQ Long Outbound message URL queue time for the task, if it exists.
ueueTime
parameterFileName String The name of the parameter file used in the task.
verbose Boolean Whether Data Integration generates additional data in the logs to use for
troubleshooting purposes. Returns True or False.
POST request
To create a mapping task, use the following URI:
/api/v2/mttask/
If you want to specify a location for the task, include the container ID in the request. If the container ID isn't
included in the request, the task is created in the Default folder. You can find the container ID for a project or
folder in the Data Integration user interface. On the Explore page, select the folder. In the URL, the last string
of characters is the container ID.
mtTaskInOutParameter name
sequenceDefinition txName
mtTaskOverriddenField name
mtTaskParameter name
type
objects name
To submit a request using partial mode, use a JSON request and include the following line in the header:
Update-Mode=PARTIAL
The following table describes the attributes you can include in an mtTask object:
mappingId String Required when a mapping ID of the mapping used in the task.
is the basis for task.
POST response
If successful, returns the mtTask object that you created or updated. Returns the error object if errors occur.
DELETE request
To delete a mapping task, use the task ID in the following URI:
/api/v2/mttask/<id>
Note: You cannot use the federated task ID to delete a mapping task.
POST example
To create a new mapping task with XML, you might use the following request:
POST <serverUrl>/api/v2/mttask
Content-Type: application/xml
Accept: application/xml
icSessionId: <icSessionId>
<mtTask>
<errorTaskEmail>
<taskEmail>
<emails>email_dev@[Link], email2_dev@[Link]</emails>
</taskEmail>
</errorTaskEmail>
<successTaskEmail>
<taskEmail>
<emails>reviewer@[Link]</emails>
</taskEmail>
</successTaskEmail>
<warningTaskEmail>
<taskEmail>
<emails>email_dev@[Link], email2_dev@[Link]</emails>
</taskEmail>
</warningTaskEmail>
<parameters>
<mtTaskParameter>
<name>sort convert plugin</name>
<type>MAPPLET</type>
</mtTaskParameter>
</parameters>
<parameters>
<mtTaskParameter>
<name>DB lookup</name>
<type>LOOKUP</type>
</mtTaskParameter>
</parameters>
<sessionProperties>
<entry>
<key>Java Classpath</key>
<value>C:/test/classpathnew</value>
</entry>
<entry>
<key>Pushdown Optimization</key>
<value>To Source</value>
</entry>
<entry>
<key>Write Backward Compatible Session Log File</key>
<value>no</value>
</entry>
</sessionProperties>
<runtimeEnvironmentId>00000398D00000004</runtimeEnvironmentId>
<sequences>
<sequenceDefinition>
<txName>SeqGen1</txName>
<initialValue>1</initialValue>
<currentValue>62</currentValue>
</sequenceDefinition>
</sequences>
<preProcessingCmd>echo CurrentDate is 'date'</preProcessingCmd>
<postProcessingCmd>echo PR-PostProcess</postProcessingCmd>
<masterTemplateId>00034234M00000R</masterTemplateId>
</mtTask>
A successful request returns the mtTask object.
For example, to mask a billing city field with the Substitution City masking technique, define the following
attributes:
[
{
"referenceField": "BillingCity",
"pcType": "string",
"precision": 40,
"paramMap": {
"isSeeded": "TRUE",
"seedValue": "190",
"dicName": "informatica_mask_us_towns.dic",
"outputPort": "TOWNNAMES",
},
"maskingType": "Substitution City"
}
]
The following table lists the attributes that you define for each masking technique:
IP address - isSeeded
- seedValue
Phone - isSeeded
- seedValue
SIN - isSeeded
- seedValue
- startDigit
- startDigitValue
SSN - isSeeded
- seedValue
URL - isSeeded
- seedValue
The following table describes the attributes and values that you define for the mask rule parameter:
Attribute Description
blurHigh Required. The higher bound for blurring. You can specify the value in digits.
Default is 0.
blurLow Required. The lower bound for blurring. You can specify the value in digits.
Default is 0.
blurringOption Required. The unit of blurring for a numeric port. You can specify the
following values:
- Percent. Blurs the data based on a percent value.
- Fixed. Blurs the data based on a fixed value.
blurringUnit Required. The unit of blurring for a date port. You can specify the following
values:
- Year. Blurs the year value.
- Month. Blurs the month value.
- Day. Blurs the day value.
- Hour. Blurs the hour value.
- Minute. Blurs the minute value.
- Second. Blurs the second value.
Default is Year.
delimiter Delimiter to separate the first name and last name in a masked email
address. You can specify the value as:
- .
- -
- _
DicConn The connection that contains the dictionary files. Create a flat file connection
that points to the directory with the dictionary files. Specify the flat file
connection name.
dicName The name of the flat file dictionary file. The dictionary file must be present in
the rdtmDir directory of the Secure Agent.
firstNameColumn The first name column to use in masked email addresses. Specify the name
of the port.
firstNameLength The length of the first name in a masked email address. You can specify the
value in digits.
Default is 5.
isSeeded An attribute to configure repeatable output. You can specify the following
values:
- TRUE. Masks the data with repeatable output. When true, specify a seed
value.
- FALSE. Masks the data with random output.
Default is TRUE.
keepCardIssuer Masks a credit card field with a credit card number from the same issuer.
You can specify the following values:
- TRUE. Retains the same card issuer in the masked data.
- FALSE. Uses a specified card issuer in the masked data.
When false, define the targetIssuer attribute.
Default is TRUE.
lastNameColumn The last name column to use in masked email addresses. Specify the name
of the port.
lastNameLength The maximum length of the last name in masked email addresses. You can
enter the value in digits.
Default is 5.
maskFormat Defines the type of character to substitute for each character in the input
data. You can limit each character to an alphabetic, numeric, or alphanumeric
character type.
Use the following characters to define a mask format:
- A. Alphabetic
- D. Digits 0-9
- N. Alphanumeric
- X. Any character
- R. Rest of the characters.
Specify the value as ADNX+R. R must appear as the last character. For
example, to ensure the masked output begins with an alphabet, enter the
value as A+R.
Default is R.
maxWidth Required. The minimum value for the range. Enter the value in digits.
Default is 0.
maxWidth Required. The maximum value for the range. Enter the datetime value.
Default is 01/19/2038 03:13:59.
minWidth Required. The minimum value for the range. Enter the datetime value.
Default is 01/01/1970 00:00:00.
minWdth Required. The minimum value for the range. Enter the value in digits.
Default is 0.
srcFilterOption Required. The type of filter to apply to source filter characters. You can
specify the following values:
- Mask Only. Masks only the specified characters in the source.
- Mask all except. Masks all characters in the source except the characters
specified.
srcFilterStr Required. Defines the characters in the source string that you want to mask.
startDigit Required. Defines the first digit of the masked SIN. You can specify the
following values:
- TRUE. Uses the digit that you specify as the first digit of the masked SIN.
- FALSE. Uses a random digit as the first digit of the masked SIN.
Default is FALSE. When true, define the startDigitValue attribute.
startDigitValue Required. Defines the first digit of the masked SIN. Specify a value between 0
and 9.
Default is 0.
targetFilterOption Required. The type of filter to apply on target filter characters. You can
specify the following values:
- Use Only. Uses only the target characters that you specify.
- Use All Except. Uses all characters in the target except what you specify.
targetFilterStr Required. Substitutes the characters in a target string with the characters
that you define in target filter characters. For example, enter the following
characters to configure the masked output to contain all uppercase
alphabetic characters: ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ.
targetIssuer Required. Masked values contain credit card numbers from the issuer that
you select. You can specify the following values:
- ANY
- JCB
- VISA
- AMEX
- DISCOVER
- MASTERCARD
useBlurring Required. Masks dates based on a variance that you apply to a unit of the
date. The masked date is within the variance. You can specify the following
values:
- TRUE. Applies a variance that you specify on a unit of the date.
- FALSE. Does not apply a variance.
Default is FALSE.
useMaskFormat Specifies a mask format. You can specify the following values:
- TRUE. Masks the data based on a format that you specify.
- FALSE. Masks the data in a random format.
Default is TRUE. If true, define the maskFormat attribute.
useRange Required. Specifies a return value between the minimum and maximum
values of the range based on field precision. You can specify the following
values:
- TRUE. Masks the data within a range that you specify.
- FALSE. Does not use a specified range to mask the data.
To define the range, configure the minimum and maximum ranges or
configure a blurring range based on a variance from the original source
value.
Default is FALSE.
useSrcFilter Specifies the characters in the source string that you want to mask. You can
specify the following values:
- TRUE. Masks the characters in the source string that you specify.
- FALSE. Masks random characters in the source string.
Default is FALSE.
useTargetFilter Specifies the characters to use in the masked string. You can specify the
following values:
- TRUE. Uses characters that you specify in the masked string.
- FALSE. Uses random characters in the masked string.
Default is FALSE.
Note: To request a list of all mapplets in the organization, use the objects resource. For more information,
see “Finding an asset” on page 205.
GET request
To request a list of all PowerCenter mapplets in the organization, use the following URI:
/api/v2/customFunc
To request the details of a single mapplet, you can use the mapplet ID or mapplet name in the request. Use
one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/customFunc/<id>
/api/v2/customFunc/name/<name>
If you use the mapplet name and the mapplet name includes a space, replace the space with %20. For
example:
/api/v2/customFunc/name/my%20mapplet
GET response
If the request for a list of mapplets is successful, returns the customFunc object for every PowerCenter
mapplet in the organization without the input, output, and connection details.
If the request for the details of a single mapplet is successful, returns the customFunc object.
inputs String Input fields for the mapplet. Includes the following information for each field in the
field object:
- id
- name
- type
- label
- parentObject
- precision
- pcType
- scale
- columnIndex
- isKey
- isExternalId
- isNullable
- isUnique
- isCreateable
- isCalculated
- isUpdateable
- isFilterable
- linkedFields
- relatedInfos. Includes the following information in the fieldRelatedInfo object:
- id
- referenceObject
- relationshipName
- javaType
- showLabel
- naturalOrder
- customProperties
outputs String Output fields for the mapplet. Includes the following information for each field in the
field object:
- id
- name
- type
- label
- parentObject
- precision
- pcType
- scale
- columnIndex
- isKey
- isExternalId
- isNullable
- isUnique
- isCreateable
- isCalculated
- isUpdateable
- isFilterable
- linkedFields
- relatedInfos. Includes the following information in the fieldRelatedInfo object:
- id
- referenceObject
- relationshipName
- javaType
- showLabel
- naturalOrder
- customProperties
connections Connection information for the mapplet. Includes a pcsConnection object for each
connection.
POST request
To upload a new PowerCenter mapplet, use the following URI:
/api/v2/customFunc
If you want to specify a location for the mapplet, include the container ID in the request. If the container ID
isn't included in the request, the mapplet is created in the Default folder. You can find the container ID for a
project or folder in the Data Integration user interface. On the Explore page, select the folder. In the URL, the
last string of characters is the container ID.
With this URI, you can use the following attributes in the request body:
file String Yes The mapplet XML file exported from Informatica PowerCenter. File content should
be in binary format, UTF-8 encoding.
In addition to the POST attributes, pass the following information in the request body:
Content-Type:multipart/form-data;boundary=<boundary value>
--<boundary value>
Content-Disposition:form-data; name="file";filename="<[Link]>";Content-Type:text/
<xml|json>
--<boundary value>
Content-Disposition: form-data; name="name"
<mapplet name>
--<boundary value>
Content-Disposition: form-data; name="desc"
POST response
If successful, returns the customFunc response object for the PowerCenter mapplet that was created or
updated.
DELETE request
To delete a PowerCenter mapplet, use the mapplet ID in the following URI:
/api/v2/customFunc/<id>
DELETE response
Returns the 200 response code if the request is successful.
Content-Type:multipart/form-data;boundary=243553118520053
--243553118520053
Content-Disposition:form-data; name="file";filename="<lookup_mapplet.xml>";Content-
Type:text/xml
--243553118520053
Content-Disposition: form-data; name="name"
Lookup Mapplet
--243553118520053
Content-Disposition: form-data; name="icSessionId"
IV4wOrJmd6YUtmKa8t
--243553118520053--
A successful request returns the customFunc response object for the mapplet that you updated.
You can use the convert resource to send the following requests:
• Send a GET request to test whether the synchronization task is compatible with data transfer task
features.
• Send a POST request to convert the synchronization task to a data transfer task.
When you use the convert resource, use the following request header format:
<METHOD><server URL><URI>
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: <SessionId>
The server URL includes the name and region of the POD that your organization uses and the domain,
[Link]. If you don't know the name and region of your organization's POD, you can find it by
logging in through the user interface. The POD information is located in the browser's address bar.
Testing compatibility
Use the convert resource to test whether a synchronization task can be converted to a data transfer task. If
the synchronization task isn't compatible with data transfer task features, the response includes the reasons
for the incompatibility.
GET request
To find out if a synchronization task can be converted to a data transfer task, use the following URI:
/dtt/dss/convert/test/<assetId
To find the asset ID, you can send a lookup request. For information about the lookup resource, see
“Lookup” on page 171.
GET response
The response includes the following information:
dttparity Boolean Whether the synchronization task is compatible with data transfer task features. A Yes value
means the synchronization task is compatible with data transfer task features so the task
can be converted.
errors String If the value for dttparity is No, includes reasons why the synchronization task can't be
converted to a data transfer task.
POST request
To convert a synchronization task, include the asset ID of the synchronization task in the following URI:
/dtt/dss/convert/<assetId>
Include the following fields in the request:
projectId String Yes Project or folder where you want the data transfer task to
reside.
newAssetName String Name of the data transfer task, which is the same as the synchronization task used in
the conversion.
POST example
The following request converts a synchronization task to a data transfer task:
{
"projectId": "8Fhm0Ovp4Dhfl3yNr1234G",
"skipSchedulerJob" : false
}
If successful, you receive the following response:
{
"originalAssetId": "0100000I00000000000H",
"originalAssetName": "Sync Task 1",
"status": "SUCCESS",
"newAssetId": "8Fhm0Ovp4Dhfl3yNr2345G",
"newAssetName": "Sync Task 1",
"newAssetType": "Data Transfer Task"
}
If the request isn't successful, you receive the following response:
{
"originalAssetId": "0100000I00000000000H",
"originalAssetName": "Sync Task 1",
"status": "FAIL",
"errors": [
"Multiple sorting conditions are not supported"
]
}
For more information about how to run a taskflow as an API, see Running a taskflow as an API.
GET request
To get the status of a taskflow using the run ID as a path parameter, use the following URI:
<Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services URL>/active-bpel/services/tf/status/<run ID>
For example:
[Link]
20262247166322413568
You can add the optional subtaskDetails parameter in the Taskflow Status API URL to return only the
taskflow status without any task or step statuses within the taskflow.
Use the following URL to return only the taskflow status:
GET/active-bpel/services/tf/status/<runId>?subtaskDetails =<value>
Provide the Yes or No value in the optional parameter return only the taskflow status. Set the value to No to
return only the taskflow status.
For example:
[Link]
20262247166322413568?subtaskDetails=No
When the subtaskDetails is set to No, you get the following sample API response:
{
"assetName": "Taskflow1",
"assetType": "TASKFLOW",
"duration": 1,
"endTime": "2025-06-30T07:53:53Z",
"errorMessage": "",
"location": "Default",
"runId": 1.1242464044289925e+18,
"runtimeEnv": "application-integration:8443",
"runtimeEnvName": "",
"startedBy": "kkunal@[Link]",
"startTime": "2025-06-30T07:53:52Z",
"status": "SUCCESS",
"subtasks": 1,
"updateTime": "2025-06-30T07:53:53Z",
"subtaskDetails": {
"details": {
"tasks": []
}
}
}
You can also get the status of multiple taskflows using query parameters. The query parameters are case
sensitive.
Field Description
runStatus Execution status of the taskflow. You can specify the status as Success, Failed, Suspended, or Running.
For example, to get the status of all the taskflows that were successfully executed in the last 24 hours,
use the following URl:
[Link]
runStatus=Success
startTime Start time for the taskflow runs at the beginning of the date and time range. Use Coordinated Universal
Time (UTC).
For example, to get the status of all the taskflows that started on or after 2021-06-10T05:48:28Z, use the
following URl:
[Link]
startTime=2021-06-10T05:48:28Z
endTime Start time for the taskflow runs at the end of the date and time range. Use Coordinated Universal Time
(UTC).
For example, to get the status of all the taskflows that started between 2021-06-10T05:48:28Z and
2021-06-11T05:48:28Z, use the following URl:
[Link]
startTime=2021-06-10T05:48:28Z&endTime=2021-06-11T05:48:28Z
offset Number of rows to skip. For example, you might want to skip the first three rows.
rowLimit Maximum number of rows to return. The maximum number you can specify is 50. If you omit this
parameter, the query returns all available rows, up to a maximum of 10 rows.
You can use any combination of these query parameters to get the status of multiple taskflows. For example,
you can use the following URI:
<Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services URL>/active-bpel/services/tf/status?
startTime=<startTime>&runStatus=<runStatus>&endTime=<endTime>&rowLimit=<rowLimit>
Note: If the startTime or endTime parameters are not used in the query, the response contains status
information about the taskflows that ran in the last 24 hours.
• Use basic authorization and specify the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user name and password.
For example:
GET <Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services URL>/active-bpel/services/tf/status/<run
ID>
Accept: application/json
Authorization: Basic Auth
username: <Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user name>
password: <Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services password>
• Use the INFA-SESSION-ID in the HTTP header.
Taskflows 475
For example:
GET <Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services URL>/active-bpel/services/tf/status/<run
ID>
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <sessionId>
To get the INFA-SESSION-ID, use the Platform REST API version 3 login resource. For more information
about the login resource, see REST API Reference.
Send the request using JSON format. Include the following line in the header: Accept: application/json
GET response
Returns the taskflow status information if successful or an error object if errors occur.
duration String Time in seconds that the taskflow ran before it completed, was suspended, was
failed, or was stopped.
endTime Date/time End time for the taskflow run. Uses Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
location String Project and folder path where the taskflow is located.
runtimeEnvName String Name of the runtime environment where the taskflow runs.
startTime Date/time Start time for the taskflow run. Uses Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
updateTime Date/time Last time the taskflow run status was updated. Uses Coordinated Universal Time
(UTC).
subtaskDetails String Object that contains status details for all subtasks in the taskflow.
details String Status details. Includes status information for each subtask in the tasks object.
tasks Collection Status information for all subtasks that the taskflow contains.
The tasks object includes the following status information for each subtask that the taskflow contains:
assetType String Type of the subtask. Returns one of the following values:
- MTT. Mapping task.
- DSS. Synchronization task.
duration String Time in seconds that the subtask ran before it completed, was failed, or was
stopped.
endTime Date/time End time for the subtask run. Uses Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
location String Project and folder path where the subtask is located.
runtimeEnvName String Name of the runtime environment where the subtask runs.
startTime Date/time Start time for the subtask run. Uses Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
startedBy String User who started the task. This field is the same as the user who started the
taskflow.
subtasks String Reserved for future use. When this field is returned for a subtask, the value is always
0.
Taskflows 477
Field Type Description
successRows String Total number of rows that were processed successfully in a subtask.
updateTime Date/time Last time the subtask run status was updated. Uses Coordinated Universal Time
(UTC).
Response Description
Purged logs If logs are purged for the instance, the response is as follows:
{ "status": "No status available." }
The HTTP status code is 200 OK.
Invalid filter If the parameter value is not valid, the response is as follows:
clause
{
"error": "JLS_007-Invalid Filter clause in OData request. RawURI =
[Link]
}
The HTTP status code is 400 Bad Request(From JLS).
If the request is successful and the taskflow does not contain subtasks, the response includes taskflow
status information as shown in the following example:
{
"assetName": "Taskflow1",
"assetType": "TASKFLOW",
"duration": "2",
"endTime": "2018-12-25T15:56:39Z",
If the request is successful and the taskflow contains multiple subtasks, the response includes status
information for each subtask that the taskflow contains as shown in the following example:
{
"assetName": "Taskflow2",
"assetType": "TASKFLOW",
"duration": "89",
"endTime": "2018-12-23T17:25:16Z",
"location": "Default",
"runId": 20262247166322413568,
"runtimeEnv": "tf_runtime",
"runtimeEnvName": "",
"startTime": "2018-12-23T17:23:47Z",
"startedBy": "sb",
"status": "SUCCESS",
"subtasks": "2",
"updateTime": "2018-12-23T17:25:17Z",
"errorMessage": {},
"subtaskDetails": {
"details": {
"tasks": [
{
"assetName": "MTR",
"assetType": "MTT",
"duration": "3",
"endTime": "2018-12-23T17:24:45Z",
"errorMessage": "",
"errorRows": "0",
"location": "Default",
"rowsProcessed": "7",
"runId": "4",
"runtimeEnv": "01001Q25000000000002",
"runtimeEnvName": "tf_runtime_devagent",
"startTime": "2018-12-23T17:24:42Z",
"startedBy": "sb",
"status": "COMPLETED",
"subtasks": "0",
"successRows": "7",
"updateTime": "2018-12-23T17:24:46Z"
},
{
"assetName": "MTR",
"assetType": "MTT",
"duration": "10",
"endTime": "2018-12-23T17:23:59Z",
"errorMessage": "",
"errorRows": "0",
"location": "Default",
"rowsProcessed": "7",
"runId": "3",
Taskflows 479
"runtimeEnv": "01001Q25000000000002",
"runtimeEnvName": "tf_runtime_devagent",
"startTime": "2018-12-23T17:23:49Z",
"startedBy": "sb",
"status": "COMPLETED",
"subtasks": "0",
"successRows": "7",
"updateTime": "2018-12-23T17:24:00Z"
}
]
}
}
}
The HTTP status code is 200 OK.
If the request is successful and the taskflow does not contain subtasks, the response includes taskflow
status information as shown in the following example:
[
{
"assetName": "Taskflow1",
"assetType": "TASKFLOW",
"duration": "2",
"endTime": "2018-12-25T15:56:39Z",
"location": "Default",
"runId": 262247166322413568,
"runtimeEnv": "tf_runtime",
"runtimeEnvName": "",
"startTime": "2018-12-25T15:56:37Z",
"startedBy": "sb",
"status": "SUCCESS",
"subtasks": "0",
"updateTime": "2018-12-25T15:56:39Z",
"errorMessage": {},
"subtaskDetails": {
"details": {
"tasks": []
}
}
}
]
The HTTP status code is 200 OK.
The taskflows are published in the same order as given in the request payload. You can publish a maximum
of 199 taskflows at a time.
Key Value
Accept application/[Link]+json
Content-Type application/[Link]+json
INFA-SESSION-ID Use the login resource to get the session ID. For more information about the login resource,
see REST API Reference.
3. In the body, use the assetPaths attribute to specify one or more locations and names of the taskflows
that you want to publish.
Use the following format:
{
"data": {
"type": "publish",
"attributes": {
Taskflows 481
"assetPaths": [
"Explore/<location-of-taskflow1>/<name-of-
taskflow1>.[Link]",
"Explore/<location of taskflow2>/<name-of-
taskflow2>.[Link]",
"Explore/<location-of-taskflown>/<name-of-
taskflown>.[Link]"
]
}
}
}
4. Send the POST request.
You see a publish ID and a success or failure response. If the request fails, the response also gives the
error details.
The following snippet shows a sample response:
{
"data": {
"type": "publish",
"id": "690487059198201856",
"attributes": {
"jobState": "NOT_STARTED",
"jobStatusDetail": {},
"startedBy": "autouser_pod1",
"startDate": "2022-03-21T09:09:04.000+0000",
"totalCount": 1,
"processedCount": 0,
"assetPaths": [
"Explore/Pavan/BulkPublishApi/[Link]"
]
}
},
"links": {
"self": [Link]
publish/690487059198201856,
"status": [Link]
publish/690487059198201856/Status
}
}
The publish ID in this example is 690487059198201856.
5. To view information about the publish status and publish job, use a GET request with the following URLs:
URL Description
<Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services URL>/active- Displays the publish job information.
bpel/asset/v1/publish/<publishId>
The taskflows are unpublished in the same order as given in the request payload. You can unpublish a
maximum of 199 taskflows at a time.
Key Value
Accept application/[Link]+json
Content-Type application/[Link]+json
INFA-SESSION-ID Use the login resource to get the session ID. For more information about the login resource,
see REST API Reference.
3. In the body, use the assetPaths attribute to specify one or more locations and names of the taskflows
that you want to unpublish.
Use the following format:
{
"data": {
"type": "unpublish",
"attributes": {
"assetPaths": [
"Explore/<location-of-taskflow1>/<name-of-
taskflow1>.[Link]",
"Explore/<location of taskflow2>/<name-of-
taskflow2>.[Link]",
"Explore/<location-of-taskflown>/<name-of-
taskflown>.[Link]"
]
}
}
}
4. Send the POST request.
You see an unpublish job ID and a success or failure response. If the request fails, the response also
gives the error details.
The following snippet shows a sample response:
{
"data": {
"type": "unpublish",
"id": "7645874567965431",
"attributes": {
"jobState": "NOT_STARTED",
"jobStatusDetail": {},
"startedBy": "autouser_pod1",
"startDate": "2022-03-21T09:09:04.000+0000",
"totalCount": 1,
"processedCount": 0,
"assetPaths": [
"Explore/Pavan/BulkUnpublishApi/[Link]"
Taskflows 483
]
}
},
"links": {
"self": [Link]
unpublish/7645874567965431,
"status": [Link]
unpublish/7645874567965431/Status
}
}
The unpublish job ID in this example is 7645874567965431.
5. To view information about the unpublish status and unpublish job, use a GET request with the following
URLs:
URL Description
<Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services URL>/active- Displays the unpublish job information.
bpel/asset/v1/unpublish/<unpublishId>
Validating expressions
Use this resource to validate expressions.
POST Request
To validate an expression, use the following URI:
/saas/api/v2/expression/validate
Use the following attributes in the request body:
isSourceType Boolean Yes Whether the expression is for a source object. Values are True or False.
If the expression is valid, the response returns a message that says the expression is valid. If the expression
is not valid, the response returns an error.
POST Example
To validate an expression, you might use the following request:
POST <serverURL>/api/v2/expression/validate
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
INFA-SESSION-ID: <SessionId>
{
The following table lists the numeric values that might be included in the response and the corresponding
data type:
6 ALPHABET_TYPE/ Attribute value can only contain alphabetic characters and symbols.
SYMBOLS_TYPE
7 NUMERIC_TYPE/ Attribute value can only contain alphabetic characters, numbers, and symbols.
ALPHABET_TYPE/
SYMBOLS_TYPE
8 LIST_TYPE Attribute value can only contain values from a predefined list.
9 NUMERIC_TYPE/ Attribute value can only contain values from a predefined list and the value
LIST_TYPE contains only numbers.
10 ALPHABET_TYPE/ Attribute value can only contain values from a predefined list and the value
LIST_TYPE contains only numbers.
11 NUMERIC_TYPE/ Attribute value can only contain values from a predefined list and the value
ALPHABET_TYPE/ contains only alphabetic characters and numbers.
LIST_TYPE
12 SYMBOLS_TYPE/ Attribute value can only contain values from a predefined list and the value
LIST_TYPE contains only symbols.
13 NUMERIC_TYPE/ Attribute value can only contain values from a predefined list and the value
SYMBOLS_TYPE/ contains only numbers and symbols.
LIST_TYPE
14 ALPHABET_TYPE/ Attribute value can only contain values from a predefined list and the value
SYMBOLS_TYPE/ contains only alphabetic characters and symbols.
LIST_TYPE
15 NUMERIC_TYPE/ Attribute value can only contain values from a predefined list and the value
ALPHABET_TYPE/ contains only alphabetic characters, numbers, and symbols.
SYMBOLS_TYPE/
LIST_TYPE
For more information about requesting connector metadata, see “Connectors” on page 340.
The following tables map user interface fields with attributes used for REST API GET and POST calls and the
REST API response to the user interface, where the correlation between these fields might be confusing.
SAP IDoc Writer and SAP RFC/ Connection String database database
BAPI
When you use file ingestion and replication resources, note the following rules:
Jobs
Use the job resource to start a file ingestion and replication job. You can also use the job resource to retrieve
job status or job logs for a file ingestion and replication task. Use the file ingestion and replication REST API
version 1 task resource to retrieve the ID and name of the task.
Run Request
To start a file ingestion and replication task job, use the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v1/job
Include the following information in the request:
488
Use the following source directory and target directory keys for the specified connectors when you start a file
ingestion and replication job:
s3 s3SourceLocation s3TargetLocation
You can overwrite the following parameters using the job resource REST API:
Category Parameter ID
Note: You must pass the connection ID to overwrite the source and target connection parameters.
Use the following sample as a reference to start a file ingestion and replication task job:
{
"taskId": "k1YHA1blhcBjbJvCIRQX2s",
"taskName": "localtolocal_param2"
}
Jobs 489
Use the following sample to overwrite the source option values that were passed in the user interface:
"variables": [{
"variable": "<string>",
"value": "<string>"
}]
In the following example, the parameter value that were passed in the user interface is overwritten to
corresponding values provided in JSON POST while using the job resource REST API:
POST <serverUrl>/mftsaas/api/v1/job HTTP/<HTTP version>
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: <SessionId>
{
"taskId": "0efdVUEZeV2cB0quomeksd",
"taskName": "localtolocal_param2",
"parameters": {
"category": [{
"id": "General",
"parameter": [
"id":"sourceConnection",
"value":"AdvancedSFTPV2"
},
"id":"targetConnection",
"value":"AdvancedSFTPV2"
},
"id":"parallelBatch",
"value":"10"
},
"id":"logLevel",
"value":"DEBUG"
},{
"id": "Source",
"parameter": [{
"id": "sourceDirectory",
"value": "/root/test1"
},
"id":"filePatternType",
"value":"reg"
},
"id": "filePattern",
"value": "*.txt"
},
"id": "batchSize",
"value": "5"
},
"id":"includeSubfolder",
"value":"true"
},
"id":"checkDuplicate",
"value":"true"
},
"id":"fileStability",
"value":"true"
},
"id":"stabilityCheckInterval",
"value":"30"
},
"id": "Target",
"parameter": [{
"id": "targetDirectory",
"value": "/root/test2"
Jobs 491
}]
}
The following example shows to override a file ingestion and replication task with filename as a variable:
POST <serverUrl>/mftsaas/api/v1/job HTTP/<HTTP version>
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: <SessionId>
{
"taskId": "4m24k3UFWMkkqd55YDefIB",
"taskName": "R41_Local_Local",
"parameters": {
"category": [
{
"id": "Source",
"parameter": [
{
"id": "sourceDirectory",
"value": "/${Parentfolder}"
},
{
"id": "filePickupFilePath",
"value": "${filename}"
},
{
"id": "batchSize",
"value": "5"
}
]
},
{
"id": "Target",
"parameter": [
{
"id": "targetDirectory",
"value": "/${Parentfolder}/Target"
}
]
}
]
},
"variables": [
{
"variable": "Parentfolder",
"value": "root/Arun"
},
{
"variable": "filename",
"value": "[Link]"
}
]
}
The following exampleshows to override a file ingestion and replication task with filelist as a variable:
POST <serverUrl>/mftsaas/api/v1/job HTTP/<HTTP version>
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: <SessionId>
{
"taskId": "4m24k3UFWMkkqd55YDefIB",
"taskName": "R41_Local_Local",
Run Response
If successful, file ingestion and replication returns the run ID for the job. Use the run ID to monitor the job
status and request log files for the job.
Jobs 493
If unsuccessful, the response includes a reason for the failure.
Activity logs
Use the activityLog resource to retrieve details for a completed job using the task ID, run ID, or both.
GET Request
To request the details for a completed job using the task ID, use the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v1/mitasks/activityLog?taskId=<taskId>
To request the details for active or a completed job using the run ID, use the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v1/mitasks/activityLog?runId=<runId>
To specify the number of rows to skip, use the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v1/mitasks/activityLog?taskId={{taskID}}&<offset>
To specify a row limit, use the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v1/mitasks/activityLog?taskId={{taskID}}&<rowLimit>
You can use a combination of these options. For example, you can use the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v1/mitasks/activityLog?
runId=<runId>&taskId=<taskId>&rowLimit=<rowLimit>&offset=<offset>
You can use the following attributes in the activityLog GET URI:
Field Description
offset The number of rows to skip. For example, you might want to skip the first three rows.
rowLimit The maximum number of rows to return. The maximum number you can specify is 100. Default is 25.
Note: You must specify either the taskId or the runId attribute in the GET URI.
GET Response
The activityLog object returns the following attributes:
Field Description
startedBy Name of the user who created the file ingestion and replication task.
startTime Start time for the job. Uses Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
endTime End time for the job. Uses Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
successFiles The number of files that are successfully transferred from source to target.
failedFiles The number of files that were not transferred from source to target.
GET Example
The following example shows a response to get details for a file ingestion and replication job using task ID:
{
"totalJobCount": 7,
"jobActivityLog": [
{
"id": 1000000200272,
"taskId": 89882,
"runId": 137205,
"startedBy": "b2b_pod1",
"startTime": "2021-09-13T09:55:13Z",
"endTime": "2021-09-13T09:55:15Z",
"status": "FAILED"
},
{
"id": 1000000200270,
"taskId": 89882,
"runId": 137204,
"startedBy": "b2b_pod1",
"startTime": "2021-09-13T09:52:44Z",
"endTime": "2021-09-13T09:53:02Z",
"status": "SUCCESS"
},
{
"id": 1000000200268,
"taskId": 89882,
"runId": 137202,
"startedBy": "b2b_pod1",
"startTime": "2021-09-13T09:49:55Z",
"endTime": "2021-09-13T09:50:12Z",
"status": "SUCCESS"
},
{
"id": 1000000200264,
"taskId": 89882,
"runId": 137199,
"startedBy": "b2b_pod1",
"startTime": "2021-09-13T09:43:27Z",
"endTime": "2021-09-13T09:43:42Z",
"status": "SUCCESS"
},
{
{
"jobActivityLog": [
{
"jobStatusResponse": {
"jobStatus": "FAILED",
"errorMessage": "[8008 - Create File List] Directory '/root/testnot' not
found ",
"jobDetails": {
"jobNumber": 1000000200262,
"status": "Failed",
"startTime": "2021-09-13T09:13:58Z",
"endTime": "2021-09-13T09:14:04Z",
"messageText": "[8008 - Create File List] Directory '/root/testnot'
not found ",
"successFiles": 0,
"failedFiles": 0,
GET Request
To request details for all jobs in a file ingestion and replication task, use the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v2/mitasks/activityLog
To request the details for all jobs using the task ID, use the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v2/mitasks/activityLog?taskId=<taskId>
To request the details for all jobs using the run ID, use the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v2/mitasks/activityLog?runId=<runId>
To specify the number of rows to skip, use the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v2/mitasks/activityLog?taskId=<taskId>&offset=<offset>
To specify a row limit, use the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v2/mitasks/activityLog?taskId=<taskId>&rowLimit<rowLimit>
To specify a job type, use the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v2/mitasks/activityLog?jobType=<jobType>
To specify the number of file events to display and include the file event limit, use the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v2/mitasks/activityLog?
runId={{runID}}&fetchFileEvents=true&fileEventsLimit=10
You can use a combination of these options. For example, you can use the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v2/mitasks/activityLog?
runId=<runId>&taskId=<taskId>&rowLimit=<rowLimit>&offset=<offset>
You can use the following attributes in the activityLog GET URI:
Field Description
GET Response
The activityLog object returns the following attributes:
Field Description
startedBy Name of the user who created the file ingestion and replication task.
startTime Start time of the job. Uses Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
endTime End time of the job. Uses Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
successFiles The number of files that are successfully transferred from source to target.
failedFiles The number of files that were not transferred from source to target.
GET Example
The following example shows a response to a request to get details for a file ingestion and replication job
using task ID:
{
"totalJobCount": 1,
"jobActivityLog": [
}
}
]
}
The following example shows a response to a request to get details for a file ingestion and replication job
with fetchFileEvents set to true:
{
"totalJobCount": 1,
"jobActivityLog": [
{
"taskId": "34owubT0kvFe18LdELjXop",
"jobs": [
{
"runId": 496420,
"startedBy": "atl",
"startTime": "2023-05-08T07:25:25Z",
"endTime": "2023-05-08T07:25:54Z",
"status": "SUCCESS",
"logLocation": "data/taskLogs/2023-05-08/[Link]",
"messageText": "Job completed normally",
"successFiles": 1003,
"failedFiles": 0,
"fileDetails": [
{
"path": "/root/Arun/May/Target/File_5.txt",
"size": 12,
"lastModified": "2023-05-04T09:00:30Z",
"startTime": "2023-05-08T07:25:12Z",
"status": "SUCCESS",
"duration": 1,
"transferDirection": "UPLOAD"
},
{
"path": "/root/Arun/May/Target/File_12.txt",
"size": 12,
"lastModified": "2023-05-04T09:00:30Z",
"startTime": "2023-05-08T07:25:12Z",
"status": "SUCCESS",
"duration": 0,
"transferDirection": "UPLOAD"
},
{
"path": "/root/Arun/May/Target/File_2.txt",
"size": 12,
"lastModified": "2023-05-04T09:00:30Z",
"startTime": "2023-05-08T07:25:12Z",
"status": "SUCCESS",
"duration": 0,
"transferDirection": "UPLOAD"
},
{
"path": "/root/Arun/May/Target/File_8.txt",
"size": 12,
"lastModified": "2023-05-04T09:00:30Z",
"startTime": "2023-05-08T07:25:12Z",
Running and monitoring file ingestion and replication tasks involves a series of requests and responses. Use
the followings methods to perform file ingestion and replication tasks:
• Send a tasks GET request to view a list of all file ingestion and replication tasks. See “View file ingestion
and replication tasks” on page 501.
• Send a tasks POST request to create a file ingestion and replication task. See “Create a file ingestion and
replication task” on page 505.
• Send a tasks PUT request to update a file ingestion and replication task. See “Update a file ingestion and
replication task” on page 511.
• Send a tasks GET request to view the location of a file ingestion and replication task. See “View the
location of a file ingestion and replication task” on page 513.
• Send a tasks DELETE request to delete a file ingestion and replication task. See “Delete a file ingestion
and replication task” on page 514.
GET request
To view the details of a particular file ingestion and replication task, include the file ingestion and replication
in the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v1/mitasks/{{TASK-ID}}
To view the details for all file ingestion and replication tasks in the organization, omit the file ingestion and
replication ID.
mftsaas/api/v1/mitasks
For example, use the following request:
GET [Link] HTTP/<HTTP version>
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: <SessionId>
GET response
Returns the task object if successful or an error object if errors occur.
The task object includes the following information about each of the file ingestion and replication tasks in the
organization:
location String Project and folder path where the task exists.
Tasks 501
Field Type Description
Note: The create and update time in the response are in UTC time.
GET response example to view all file ingestion and replication tasks
The following sample response shows that there are three file ingestion and replication tasks in the
organization:
{
"mitasks": [
{
"id": "1ONE5Vewzztl0tuKR0EDum",
"name": "A01_UMAR_MITASK2318",
"description": "",
"sourceType": "CONNECTION",
"sourceConnection": {
"id": "",
"name": "",
"type": "local"
},
"targetConnection": {
"id": "0100000B000000000002",
"name": "ftps",
"type": "Advanced FTPS"
},
"agentGroupId": "01000025000000000002",
"updatedTime": "2019-01-30T11:17:49Z"
},
{
"id": "9D1tGkAxopJeFmUWoG4s48",
"name": "A01_UMAR_MITASK3354",
"description": "",
"sourceType": "CONNECTION",
"sourceConnection": {
"id": "0100000B00000000000M",
"name": "AzureBlob",
"type": "Azure Blob"
},
"targetConnection": {
"id": "0100000B00000000000L",
"name": "SFTP_Conn",
"type": "Advanced SFTP"
},
"agentGroupId": "01000025000000000002",
"updatedTime": "2019-01-30T06:42:19Z"
},
{
"id": "4hcTFqKVOQrl1z4d6pGUMP",
"name": "A01_UMAR_MITASK5124",
"description": "",
"sourceType": "CONNECTION",
"sourceConnection": {
"id": "0100000B0000000004IO",
"name": "S3",
"type": "AmazonS3"
},
"targetConnection": {
"id": "",
"name": "",
"type": "local"
},
Get response example showing a file ingestion and replication task with file pattern as the
file pickup option
The following sample response shows details of a file ingestion and replication task.
IDS-SESSION-ID:{{IDS-SESSION-ID}}
Accept:application/json
{
"id": "j9OLB12nqYObykdFSUMpO2",
"name": "FTPSrcTarget",
"location": {
"projectId": "dNC6zbp2lI8ghrKPo6hpwn",
"projectName": "Hardening"
},
"description": "",
"sourceType": "CONNECTION",
"sourceConnection": {
"id": "0100000B00000000028M",
"name": "CCI_FTPS",
"type": "Advanced FTPS V2"
},
"targetConnection": {
"id": "0100000B0000000001JR",
"name": "CCI_FTP_Lin",
"type": "Advanced FTP V2"
},
"sourceParameters": {
"filePattern": "*.txt",
"sourceTransferMode": "AUTO",
"filePatternType": "WILDCARD",
"includeSubfolder": "false",
"sourceDirectory": "/root/suraj/qa/test/automation/RSFiles",
"checkDuplicate": "false",
"fileStability": "true",
"stabilityCheckInterval": "60",
"postPickupAction": "KEEP"
},
"targetParameters": {
"fileExistsAction": "APPEND_TIMESTAMP",
"targetDirectory": "/",
"targetTransferMode": "AUTO"
},
"agentGroupId": "01000025000000000003",
"createdTime": "2019-02-04T10:34:08Z",
"updatedTime": "2019-02-04T11:04:02Z",
"filePickupOption": "PATTERN"
}
GET response example showing a file ingestion and replication task with file list (file path)
as the file pickup option
The following sample response shows a file ingestion and replication task with filePickupOption type as
FILELIST and a filePickupFilePath in its sourceParameters, indicating that this task reads the designated
pickup file to identify which files need to be processed.
{
"id": "aFHWKrr1RwycuBRBLTtt2t",
"name": "FilePath_CheckStability",
"location": {
"projectId": "0ggRhrI8ZziguyBxHBzuG0",
"projectName": "Default"
},
"description": "",
"sourceType": "CONNECTION",
Tasks 503
"sourceConnection": {
"id": "",
"name": "",
"type": "local"
},
"targetConnection": {
"id": "",
"name": "",
"type": "local"
},
"sourceParameters": {
"filePickupFilePath": "[Link]",
"sourceDirectory": "/root/test",
"checkDuplicate": "false",
"stabilityCheckInterval": "60",
"postPickupAction": "KEEP",
"filepickupByName": "FILEPATH",
"batchSize": "5",
"fileStability": "true",
"stabilityCheckInterval": "60"
},
"targetParameters": {
"fileExistsAction": "OVERWRITE",
"targetDirectory": "/root/testCheckStability"
},
"agentGroupId": "01001D25000000000002",
"createdTime": "2021-08-13T09:38:03Z",
"updatedTime": "2021-08-13T09:39:02Z",
"logLevel": "NORMAL",
"filePickupOption": "FILELIST"
}
GET response example showing a file ingestion and replication tasks with file list as the file
pickup option
The following sample response shows a file ingestion and replication task with filePickupOption type as
FILELIST, filepickupByName as LISTOFFILES, and a filePickupFileList in its sourceParameters, indicating that
this task reads and identifies the designated pickup files to be processed.
{
"id": "2bTlAolXbAGlE7I5qauSAW",
"name": "DedupFilelist_pushdown",
"location": {
"projectId": "0ggRhrI8ZziguyBxHBzuG0",
"projectName": "Default"
},
"description": "",
"sourceType": "CONNECTION",
"sourceConnection": {
"id": "01001D0B0000000005PP",
"name": "ADLSGen2",
"type": "Azure Data Lake Gen2"
},
"targetConnection": {
"id": "01001D0B0000000005PU",
"name": "AzureDW_Gen2",
"type": "Azure DW"
},
"sourceParameters": {
"sourceDirectory": "/B2B/MI",
"checkDuplicate": "true",
"postPickupAction": "KEEP",
"filepickupByName": "LISTOFFILES",
"blockSize": "8388608",
"filePickupFileList": "[Link],[Link]",
"batchSize": "5",
"timeoutInterval": "60",
"fileStability": "true",
"stabilityCheckInterval": "60"
POST request
To create a file ingestion and replication task through the API, use the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v1/mitasks
Include the following fields in the request:
sourceType String Yes Determines the type where files are transferred. Enter one of the
following options:
- CONNECTION. Use connection as a source.
- FILELISTENER. Use file listener as a source.
checkDuplicate String - Determines whether to check for duplicate files. Values are true
or false. Set the value to true to check duplicate files and deny
file transfer. If the value is set to false all files are transferred.
Tasks 505
Field Type Required Description
filePickupOption String Yes Determines the file pickup method. Enter one of the following
options:
- FILELIST. The file ingestion and replication task picks up
files based on a file list.
- PATTERN. The file ingestion and replication task picks up files
by pattern.
allowConcurrency String - Determines whether to run multiple jobs concurrently. Set the
value to true to run multiple jobs concurrently, else set the value
to false.
Warning: Running concurrent jobs might cause unexpected
results if the targets include duplicate files.
filePatternType String Yes This applies when filePickupOption is PATTERN. File pattern type
used to select files to transfer. Enter one of the following
options:
- wildcard
- regex
filePattern String Yes Enter file pattern types, depending on the file pattern that you
have selected.
- wildcard. You can use the following wildcard character filters:
- An asterisk (*) matches any number of characters.
- A question mark (?) matches a single character.
- regex. Use regular expression to match the file pattern.
Consider the following examples:
- Use the following syntax to listen to all files except for files
with a name that contains out, foo, and baz:
^(?!.*(?:out|baz|foo)).*$ all except
- Use the following syntax to listen to all files with doc, docx,
and pdf extensions: ([a-zA-Z0-9\s_\\.\-\(\):])+
(.doc|.docx|.pdf)$
filepickupByName String Yes This applies when filePickupOption is FILELIST. Enter one of the
following options:
- filepath. Provide the path that contains the list of files to
pick up and enter the file path.
- listoffiles. Provide the list of files to pick up and enter a
comma-separated list of file names. Ensure there is no space
before or after specifying the file name.
fileStability Boolean - Determines if the task verifies whether the file is stable before
picking it up. Enter one of the following values.
- true. The file ingestion and replication task verifies whether
the file is stable before picking it up.
- false. The file ingestion and replication task does not verify
whether the file is stable before picking it up.
Default is false.
stabilityCheckInter Int - Time in seconds that a file ingestion and replication task waits to
val check the file stability.
You can specify a value in the stabilityCheckInterval field only if
the fileStability option is set to true.
The stability check interval ranges between 10 seconds to 300
seconds.
postPickupAction String - Determines what to do with source files after the transfer of files.
The following options are available:
- KEEP. Keep the files in the source directory.
- DELETE. Delete the files from the source directory.
- RENAME. Rename the files in the source directory. You must
specify a file name suffix that File ingestion and replication
adds to the file name when renaming the files.
- ARCHIVE. Archive the files to a different location. You must
specify an archive directory.
taskActions String - Actions to process files in the file ingestion and replication task.
If you add multiple actions, file ingestion and replication
processes files in a sequence.
action type Enter the action type depending on the action that you add.
To compress files use one of the following methods.
- Zip
- Tar
- Gzip
- Bzip2
To decompress files use one of the following methods.
- Unzip
- Untar
- Gunzip
- Bunzip2
To encrypt files add PGP. Enter the key ID in the properties.
Note: The file ingestion and replication task uses the PGP method
to encrypt files. Generate a key ring using the CLI. Enter the key
ring in the Key ID. For more information about the keyring CLIs,
refer to key ring command reference in Tasks.
To decrypt files, add PGP. Enter the key passphrase in the
properties.
Note: The file ingestion and replication task uses the PGP method
to encrypt files. Generate the key passphrase using the CLI. Enter
the key passphrase in the Key Passphrase. For more information
about the keyring CLIs, refer to key ring command reference in
Tasks.
Tasks 507
POST request example
Use this sample as a reference to create a file ingestion and replication task with file pattern as the file
pickup option
POST <serverURL>/public/core/v1/mitasks
Content-Type: application/json
Accept:application/json
Content-Type:application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID:{{IDS-SESSION-ID}}
{
"name": "Green Green v2",
"location": {
"projectId": "9JDNOBX9M31e2AD1dIUv6M",
"projectName": "Default"
},
"description": "",
"sourceType": "CONNECTION",
"sourceConnection": {
"id": "",
"name": "",
"type": "local"
},
"sourceParameters": {
"filePattern": "*.txt",
"filePatternType": "WILDCARD",
"includeSubfolder": "false",
"sourceDirectory": "C:\\Monitor",
"checkDuplicate": "false",
"fileStability": "true",
"stabilityCheckInterval": "60",
"postPickupAction": "KEEP"
},
"targetConnection": {
"id": "0100000B000000000002",
"name": "ADLS",
"type": "Azure Data Lake"
},
"targetParameters": {
"adlsTargetLocation": "/satyen/green"
},
"agentGroupId": "01000025000000000002",
"filePickupOption": "PATTERN",
"logLevel": "NORMAL",
"allowConcurrency": "true",
taskActions":[
{
"action": "Compression",
"actionType": "Zip",
"properties": {}
}
]
}
Use this sample as a reference to create a file ingestion and replication task with file path as the file pickup
option.
POST <serverURL>/public/core/v1/mitasks
Content-Type: application/json
Accept:application/json
Content-Type:application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID:{{IDS-SESSION-ID}}
{
"name": "FilePath_RestAPI1",
"location": {
"projectId": "0ggRhrI8ZziguyBxHBzuG0",
"projectName": "Default"
},
"targetParameters": {
"fileExistsAction": "OVERWRITE",
"targetDirectory": "/root/testCheckStability"
},
"agentGroupId": "01001D25000000000002",
"logLevel": "NORMAL",
"filePickupOption": "FILELIST",
"allowConcurrency": "true"
}
Use this sample as a reference to create a file ingestion and replication task with file list as the file pickup
option.
POST <serverURL>/public/core/v1/mitasks
Content-Type: application/json
Accept:application/json
Content-Type:application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID:{{IDS-SESSION-ID}}
{
"name": "DedupFilelist_RestAPI",
"location": {
"projectId": "0ggRhrI8ZziguyBxHBzuG0",
"projectName": "Default"
},
"description": "",
"sourceType": "CONNECTION",
"sourceConnection": {
"id": "01001D0B0000000005PP",
"name": "ADLSGen2",
"type": "Azure Data Lake Gen2"
},
"targetConnection": {
"id": "01001D0B0000000005PU",
"name": "AzureDW_Gen2",
"type": "Azure DW"
},
"sourceParameters": {
"sourceDirectory": "/B2B/MI",
"checkDuplicate": "true",
"postPickupAction": "KEEP",
"filepickupByName": "LISTOFFILES",
"blockSize": "8388608",
"filePickupFileList": "[Link],[Link]",
"batchSize": "5",
"timeoutInterval": "60",
Tasks 509
"fileStability": "true",
"stabilityCheckInterval": "60"
},
"targetParameters": {
"commandType": "auto",
"targetTableName": "test1234",
"isPushdown": "true",
"ingestionMethod": "polybase",
"targetSchemaName": "testing",
"isTruncateTarget": "true"
},
"agentGroupId": "01001D25000000000002",
"logLevel": "NORMAL",
"filePickupOption": "FILELIST",
"allowConcurrency": "true"
}
{
"id": "cEMWKpibm44bNf5aMjbJ4U",
"name": "Green Green v2",
"location": {
"projectId": "9JDNOBX9M31e2AD1dIUv6M",
"projectName": "Default"
},
"description": "",
"sourceType": "CONNECTION",
"sourceConnection": {
"id": "",
"name": "",
"type": "local"
},
"sourceParameters": {
"filePattern": "*.txt",
"filePatternType": "WILDCARD",
"includeSubfolder": "false",
"sourceDirectory": "C:\\Monitor",
"checkDuplicate": "false",
"fileStability": "true",
"stabilityCheckInterval": "60",
"postPickupAction": "KEEP"
},
"targetConnection": {
"id": "0100000B000000000002",
"name": "ADLS",
"type": "Azure Data Lake"
},
"targetParameters": {
"adlsTargetLocation": "/satyen/green"
},
"agentGroupId": "01000025000000000002",
"createdTime": "2018-08-27T07:03:32Z",
"updatedTime": "2018-08-29T12:14:58Z""
taskActions":[
{
"action": "Compression",
"actionType": "Zip",
"properties": {}
}
]
}
}
Note: The created and updated time in the response is displayed in the UTC time.
PUT request
To update a file ingestion and replication task, use the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v1/mitasks/<taskID>
Include the following fields in the PUT request:
sourceType String Yes Determines the type where files are transferred. Enter one of the
following options:
- CONNECTION. Use connection as a source.
- FILELISTENER. Use file listener as a source.
includeSubfolder String - Values are true or false. Set the value to true to transfer files
from all sub-folders under the defined source directory.
checkDuplicate String - Values are true or false. Set the value to true to check
duplicate files and deny file transfer. If the value is set to false
all files are transferred.
filePatternType String Yes File name pattern used to select the files to transfer. Enter one
of the following options:
- Wildcard
- Regex
filePattern String Yes Enter pattern types, depending on the file pattern that you have
selected.
- wildcard. You can use the following wildcard character filters:
- An asterisk (*) matches any number of characters.
- A question mark (?) matches a single character.
- Regex. Use regular expression to match the file pattern.
Consider the following examples:
- Use the following syntax to listen to all files except for files
with a name that contains out, foo, and baz:
^(?!.*(?:out|baz|foo)).*$ à all except
- Use the following syntax to listen to all files with doc and
docx, pdf extensions: ([a-zA-Z0-9\s_\\.\-\(\):])+
(.doc|.docx|.pdf)$ à
Tasks 511
Field Type Required Description
fileStability Boolean - Determines if the task verifies whether the file is stable before
picking it up. Enter one of the following values.
- true. The file ingestion and replication task verifies whether
the file is stable before picking it up.
- false. The file ingestion and replication task does not verify
whether the file is stable before picking it up.
Default is false.
stabilityCheckInter Int - Time in seconds that a file ingestion and replication task waits
val to check the file stability.
You can specify a value in the stabilityCheckInterval field only if
the fileStability option is set to true.
The stability check interval ranges between 10 seconds to 300
seconds.
postPickupAction String - Determines what to do with source files after the files transfer.
The following options are available:
- KEEP. Keep the files in the source directory.
- DELETE. Delete the files from the source directory.
- RENAME. Rename the files in the source directory. You must
specify a file name suffix that file ingestion and replication
adds to the file name when renaming the files.
- ARCHIVE. Archive the files to a different location. You must
specify an archive directory.
},
"targetConnection": {
"id": "0100000B000000000002",
"name": "ADLS",
"type": "Azure Data Lake"
},
"targetConnection": {
"id": "0100000B000000000002",
"name": "ADLS",
"type": "Azure Data Lake"
},
"targetParameters": {
"adlsTargetLocation": "/satyen/green"
},
"agentGroupId": "01000025000000000002",
"createdTime": "2018-08-27T07:03:32Z",
"updatedTime": "2018-08-29T12:14:58Z"
}
Note: The created and updated time in the response is displayed in the UTC time.
GET request
Use the following URI to get the location of a file ingestion and replication task.
/api/v1/mitasks?resolveLocation=true
Tasks 513
"folderId": "digFZU6HMo4gCKYghtQvgD",
"folderName": "A_01_UMAR",
"projectId": "503RTpKDSSLlwmkwTXL0Qx",
"projectName": "Default"
},
"description": "",
"sourceType": "CONNECTION",
"sourceConnection": {
"id": "",
"name": "",
"type": "local"
},
"targetConnection": {
"id": "0100000B000000000002",
"name": "ftps",
"type": "Advanced FTPS"
},
"agentGroupId": "01000025000000000002",
"createdTime": "2019-01-28T09:54:53Z",
"updatedTime": "2019-01-30T11:17:49Z"
},
{
"id": "9D1tGkAxopJeFmUWoG4s48",
"name": "A01_UMAR_MITASK3354",
"location": {
"folderId": "digFZU6HMo4gCKYghtQvgD",
"folderName": "A_01_UMAR",
"projectId": "503RTpKDSSLlwmkwTXL0Qx",
"projectName": "Default"
},
"description": "",
"sourceType": "CONNECTION",
"sourceConnection": {
"id": "0100000B00000000000M",
"name": "AzureBlob",
"type": "Azure Blob"
},
"targetConnection": {
"id": "0100000B00000000000L",
"name": "SFTP_Conn",
"type": "Advanced SFTP"
},
"agentGroupId": "01000025000000000002",
"createdTime": "2019-01-30T06:36:28Z",
"updatedTime": "2019-01-30T06:42:20Z"
}
]
}
DELETE request
To delete a file ingestion and replication include the task ID of the task through the API, in the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v1/mitasks/<taskID>
When you use the streaming ingestion and replication resource, use the following request header format:
<METHOD><base URL>
Content-Type: application/json
Accept: application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID: <SessionId>
POST request
To deploy a streaming ingestion and replication task, use the following URL:
<server URI>/sisvc/api/v1/Dataflows('<dataflow ID>')/[Link]
A request body is not required because the URL passes the dataflow ID.
515
POST request example
To deploy a streaming ingestion and replication task, you might send a request similar to the following
example:
POST <serverUrl>/sisvc/api/v1/Dataflows('50077311-d4a4-437c-9218-c3596d1f182f')/
[Link]
Content-Type: application/json
Accept:application/json
IDS-SESSION-ID:2l0oeVx22Rujiej7yTokmT
POST request
To undeploy a streaming ingestion and replication task, use the following URL:
<server URI>/sisvc/api/v1/Dataflows('<dataflow ID>')/[Link]
A request body is not required because the URL passes the dataflow ID.
POST request
To start a streaming ingestion and replication task, use the following URL:
<server URI>/sisvc/api/v1/Dataflows('<dataflow ID>')/[Link]
A request body is not required because the URL passes the dataflow ID.
POST request
To stop a streaming ingestion and replication task, use the following URL:
<server URI>/sisvc/api/v1/Dataflows('<dataflowID>')/[Link]
A request body is not required because the URL passes the dataflow ID.
Deploying, undeploying, starting, and stopping streaming ingestion and replication tasks 517
Copying a streaming ingestion and replication task
Use the CopyEntities resource to copy streaming ingestion and replication tasks.
POST request
To copy streaming ingestion and replication tasks, use the following URL:
<server URI>/sisvc/restapi/v1/CopyEntities
You can include the following fields in the request:
targetLocationID String Yes ID of the target location to copy the objects to.
POST response
When you use a POST request to copy streaming ingestion and replication tasks, it returns a success
response if successful or an error object if an error occurs.
POST request
Use a POST request to update a streaming ingestion and replication task.
To update a streaming ingestion and replication task, use the following URL:
<server URI>/sisvc/restapi/v1/UpdateEntity/Documents('<document ID>')
You can include the following fields in the request:
nodes Array Yes Details of the task source and target connections.
ClientID String - Unique identifier of the connection between the MQTT source and the MQTT
broker. The client ID is the file-based persistence store that the MQTT source
uses to store messages while they are processed.
You can enter a string of up to 255 characters.
MaxQueueSize Integer - The maximum number of messages that the processor can store in memory.
You can enter a value between 1 and 2147483647.
{
"name": "mqtt to flatfile",
"description": "mqtt to flatfile",
"runtimeId": "01000025000000000003",
"locationId": "5sJ0JDyJyWLlrosS5qJjsQ",
"currentVersion": "2",
"messageFormat": "binary",
"nodes": [
{
"name": "mqtt to flatfile_source",
"type": "source",
"connectionId": "012MGS0B00000000001O",
"transformationType": "",
"config": [
{
"key": "ClientID",
"value": "test"
},
{
"key": "MaxQueueSize",
"value": 1024
},
{
"key": "Topic",
"value": "test"
}
]
},
{
"name": "mqtt to flatfile_target",
"type": "target",
"connectionId": "012MGS0B00000000002N",
"transformationType": "",
"config": [
{
"key": "interimDirectory",
"value": "/home/agent/test"
},
destinationType String Yes Type of destination that the source service sends JMS messages to.
Enter one of the following values:
- QUEUE. The JMS provider delivers messages to a single consumer who
is registered for the queue.
- TOPIC. The JMS provider delivers messages to all active consumers
that subscribe to the topic.
clientId String Yes Unique ID of the JMS connection. You can enter a string of up to 255
characters.
sharedSubscription String Yes Enables multiple consumers to access a single subscription. Applies to
the TOPIC destination type. Enter one of the following values:
- True
- False
durableSubscription String Yes When set to True, the JMS source service enables inactive subscribers to
retain messages and then deliver them when the subscriber reconnects.
Applies to the TOPIC destination type. Enter one of the following values:
- True
- False
subscriptionName String Yes Name of the subscription. Applies to the TOPIC destination type, when
the topic subscription type is shared, durable, or both.
JMS Destination String Yes Name of the queue or topic that the JMS provider delivers messages to.
{
"name": "crud",
"description": "JMS to FileToFile",
"runtimeId": "01000025000000000003",
"locationId": "5sJ0JDyJyWLlrosS5qJjsQ",
"currentVersion": "2",
"messageFormat": "binary",
"nodes": [
{
"name": "crud_source",
"type": "source",
"connectionId": "012MGS0B000000000003",
"transformationType": "",
"config": [
{
"key": "destinationType",
"value": "QUEUE"
},
{
"key": "clientId",
"value": ""
},
{
"key": "JMS Destination",
"value": "test"
}
]
},
{
"name": "crud_target",
"type": "target",
"connectionId": "012MGS0B00000000000H",
"transformationType": "",
"config": [
{
"key": "interimDirectory",
"value": "/home/agent/test"
},
{
"key": "rolloverSize",
"value": 1024
},
{
"key": "rolloverEvents",
"value": 100
},
{
"key": "rolloverTime",
"value": 300000
},
{
"key": "File Name",
"value": "test"
}
]
}
],
"edges": [
{
"from": "crud_source",
"to": "crud_target"
Connection configuration for tasks with Microsoft Azure Data Lake Storage
Gen2 (ADLS Gen2) as a target
When the target connection of the task target is ADLS Gen2, you can include the following fields and key-
value pairs in the config array of the target connection:
writeStrategy String Yes The action to take when a file by the same name exists in the ADLS
Gen2 storage.
Enter one of the following values:
- Append. Add data to the existing file.
- Overwrite. Replaces the existing file with the new file.
- Fail. Fail the request.
- Rollover. Close the current file and create a new file based on the
configured rollover value.
rolloverSize * Integer - Target file size, in KB, at which to trigger rollover. Applies to a
Rollover write strategy.
You can enter a value between 1 and 2147483647.
filesystemNameOverride String - Overrides the default file system name provided in the connection.
This file system name is used write to a file at run time.
You can enter a string of up to 1,280 characters.
directoryOverride String - Overrides the default directory path. The ADLS Gen2 directory path
to write data to. If left blank, the default directory path is used.
You can enter a string of up to 1,280 characters.
compressionFormat String - Compression format to use before the streaming ingestion task
writes data to the target file.
Enter one of the following values:
- None
- GZIP
- BZIP2
- DEFAULT1
Enter this value to use the Zlib format.
- DEFAULT2
Enter this value to use the Deflate format.
File Name/Expression String Yes ADLS Gen2 file name or a regular expression.
You can enter a string of up to 249 characters.
{
"name": "flatfile to adls",
"description": "flatfile to adls",
"runtimeId": "01000025000000000003",
"locationId": "5sJ0JDyJyWLlrosS5qJjsQ",
"currentVersion": "2",
"messageFormat": "binary",
"nodes": [
{
"name": "flatfile to adls_source",
"type": "source",
"connectionId": "012MGS0B00000000002N",
"transformationType": "",
"config": [
{
"key": "File",
"value": "logfile"
},
{
"key": "initialPosition",
"value": "Current Time"
},
{
"key": "rolloverPattern",
"value": "test"
},
{
"key": "tailingMode",
"value": "Single file"
}
]
},
{
"name": "flatfile to adls_target",
"type": "target",
"connectionId": "012MGS0B00000000003D",
"transformationType": "",
"config": [
{
"key": "writeStrategy",
"value": "Rollover"
},
{
"key": "filesystemNameOverride",
"value": "test"
},
{
"key": "File Name/Expression",
"value": "test"
},
partitionTime String - The time interval according to which the streaming ingestion task
creates partitions in the Amazon S3 bucket.
Enter one of the following values:
- None
- 5min
- 10min
- 15min
- 20min
- 30min
- 1hr
- 1day
minUploadPartSize Integer - Minimum part size when uploading a large file as a set of multiple
independent parts, in megabytes. Use this property to tune the file
load to Amazon S3.
You can enter a value between 50 and 5120.
Object Name/Expression String Yes Amazon S3 target file name or a regular expression for the
Amazon S3 file name pattern.
{
"name": "flatfile to amazon S3",
"description": "flatfile to amazon S3",
"runtimeId": "01000025000000000003",
"locationId": "5sJ0JDyJyWLlrosS5qJjsQ",
"currentVersion": "2",
"messageFormat": "binary",
"nodes": [
{
"name": "flatfile to amazon S3_source",
"type": "source",
"connectionId": "012MGS0B00000000002N",
"transformationType": "",
"config": [
{
"key": "File",
"value": "logfile"
},
{
"key": "initialPosition",
"value": "Current Time"
},
{
"key": "rolloverPattern",
"value": "test"
},
{
"key": "tailingMode",
"value": "Single file"
}
]
},
{
"name": "flatfile to amazon S3_target",
"type": "target",
"connectionId": "012MGS0B0000000000I7",
"transformationType": "",
"config": [
{
"key": "partitionTime",
"value": "None"
},
{
"key": "minUploadPartSize",
"value": 5120
},
{
"key": "multipartUploadThreshold",
"value": 5120
},
{
"key": "Object Name/Expression",
"value": "test"
}
]
}
],
"edges": [
{
"from": "flatfile to amazon S3_source",
"to": "flatfile to amazon S3_target"
sasPolicyName String - The name of the Event Hub Namespace Shared Access Policy.
You can enter a string of up to 255 characters.
sasPolicyPrimaryKey String - The primary key of the Event Hub Namespace Shared Access Policy.
You can enter a string of up to 255 characters.
Event Hub String Yes The name of the Azure Event Hubs.
You can enter a string up to 255 characters. The name can contain lower
case characters, upper case characters, numbers, and the special
characters - and _.
{
"name": "flatfile to azure event hub",
"description": "flatfile to azure event hub",
"runtimeId": "01000025000000000003",
"locationId": "5sJ0JDyJyWLlrosS5qJjsQ",
"currentVersion": "2",
"messageFormat": "binary",
"nodes": [
{
"name": "flatfile to azure event hub_source",
"type": "source",
"connectionId": "012MGS0B00000000002N",
"transformationType": "",
"config": [
{
"key": "File",
"value": "logfile"
},
{
"key": "initialPosition",
"value": "Current Time"
},
{
"key": "rolloverPattern",
"value": "test"
},
{
"key": "tailingMode",
"value": "Single file"
}
]
Table Name String Yes Name of the table to insert data to in JSON format.
Enter a string of up to 988 characters.
{
"name": "FileFile to jdbc",
"description": "FileToFile to jdbc_target",
"runtimeId": "01000025000000000003",
"locationId": "5sJ0JDyJyWLlrosS5qJjsQ",
"currentVersion": "2",
"messageFormat": "binary",
"nodes": [
{
"name": "flatfile to jdbc_source",
"type": "source",
"connectionId": "012MGS0B00000000002N",
"transformationType": "",
"config": [
{
appendGUID Boolean Specifies whether or not to add a GUID as a suffix to the Amazon
DynamoDB table name.
Enter one of the following values:
- true
- false
dynamoDB String Amazon DynamoDB table name where to store the checkpoint details of
the Kinesis source data.
You can enter a string of up to 128 characters.
Stream String Yes Name of the Kinesis Stream to read data from.
Enter a string of up to 128 characters.
Appears in the source node.
Stream Name/ String Yes Kinesis Stream name or a regular expression to write data to.
Expression Enter a string of up to 128 characters.
Appears in the target node.
{
"name": "kinesis to kinesis",
"description": "kinesis to kinesis",
"runtimeId": "01000025000000000003",
"locationId": "5sJ0JDyJyWLlrosS5qJjsQ",
"currentVersion": "2",
"messageFormat": "binary",
"nodes": [
{
"name": "kinesis to kinesis_source",
"type": "source",
"connectionId": "012MGS0B00000000000F",
"transformationType": "",
"config": [
{
"key": "appendGUID",
"value": true
},
{
"key": "dynamoDB",
"value": "table"
},
{
"key": "Stream",
"value": "test"
}
]
},
{
"name": "kinesis to kinesis_target",
"type": "target",
"connectionId": "012MGS0B00000000000F",
"transformationType": "",
"config": [
{
"key": "Stream Name/Expression",
"value": "trgt"
}
]
}
],
"edges": [
{
"from": "kinesis to kinesis_source",
"to": "kinesis to kinesis_target"
}
Connection configuration for tasks with flat file as a source and as a target
When the source and target connection of the task is flat file, you can include the following fields and key-
value pairs in the config array of the source and target connection:
File String Yes Absolute path and name of the source file. Enter the base directory for
multiple files mode.
initialPosition String Yes Starting position to read data from the file to tail. Enter one of the following
values:
- Beginning of File. Read from the beginning of the file. Don't ingest any
data that has already been rolled over.
- Current Time. Read from the most recently updated part of the file. Don't
ingest data that was rolled over or data in the file that was written.
rolloverPattern String - File name pattern for the file that rolls over.
If the file to tail rolls over, the Secure Agent uses the file name pattern to
identify files that have rolled over. If the Secure Agent stops during a file
rollover, when it restarts, it picks up the file where it was left off.
You can use asterisk (*) and question mark (?) as wildcard characters to
indicate that the files are rolled over in the same directory. For example,$
{filename}.log.*. Here, asterisk (*) represents the successive version
numbers that would be appended to the file name.
tailingMode String Yes Tail a file or multiple files based on the logging pattern. Enter one of the
following values:
- Single file. Tail one file.
- Multiple files. Tail all the files indicated in the base directory. You can
enter a regular expression to indicate the files to tail.
interimDirectory String Yes Path to the staging directory on the Secure Agent.
rolloverSize Integer Yes The file size, in KB, at which the task moves the file from the staging
directory to the target.
You can enter a value between 1 and 2147483647.
rolloverEvents Integer Yes Number of events or messages to accumulate before a file rollover.
You can enter a value between 1 and 2147483647.
rolloverTime Integer - Length of time, in milliseconds, after which the target file rolls over.
You can enter a value between 1 and 2147483647.
{
"name": "FileToFile",
"description": "FileToFile_V2",
"runtimeId": "01000025000000000003",
"locationId": "5sJ0JDyJyWLlrosS5qJjsQ",
"currentVersion": "2",
"messageFormat": "binary",
"nodes": [
{
"name": "FileToFile_source",
"type": "source",
"connectionId": "0100000B000000000002",
"transformationType": "",
"config": [
{
"key": "File",
"value": "[Link]"
},
{
"key": "initialPosition",
"value": "Current Time"
},
{
"key": "rolloverPattern",
"value": ""
},
{
"key": "tailingMode",
"value": "Single file"
}
]
},
{
"name": "FileToFile_target",
"type": "target",
"connectionId": "0100000B000000000002",
"transformationType": "",
"config": [
{
"key": "File Name",
"value": "[Link]"
},
{
"key": "interimDirectory",
"value": "/home/agent/infa/test_file_target"
},
{
"key": "rolloverSize",
"value": 100
},
{
"key": "rolloverEvents",
"value": 100
},
{
"key": "rolloverTime",
"value": 100
}
]
}
],
Topic String Yes Kafka source topic name or a Java supported regular expression for
the Kafka source topic name pattern to read the events from.
Enter a string of up to 249 characters.
mdFetchTimeout Integer - The time after which the metadata is not fetched.
Enter a value between 1 and 2147483647.
batchSize Integer - The batch size of the events after which a streaming ingestion task
writes data to the target.
Enter a value between 1 and 2147483647.
Topic Name/ String Yes Kafka topic name or a Java supported regular expression for the
Expression Kafka topic name pattern.
You can enter a string of up to 249 characters.
{
"name": "kafka to kafka",
"description": "kafka to kafka",
config String Configuration of the source and target connections in key-value pairs. The keys in the
array depend on the type of source and target connections.
If the request is unsuccessful, the response includes a reason for the failure.
ClientID String Unique identifier that identifies the connection between the MQTT source and the MQTT
broker. The client ID is the file-based persistence store that the MQTT source uses to
store messages when they are being processed.
MaxQueueSize Integer The maximum number of messages that the processor can store in memory.
If the request is unsuccessful, the response includes a reason for the failure.
destinationType String Type of destination that the source service sends JMS messages to.
sharedSubscription String Enables multiple consumers to access a single subscription. Applies to the TOPIC
destination type.
durableSubscription String The JMS source service enables inactive subscribers to retain messages and then
deliver them when the subscriber reconnects. Applies to the TOPIC destination type.
subscriptionName String Name of the subscription. Applies to the TOPIC destination type, when the topic
subscription type is shared, durable, or both.
JMS Destination String Name of the queue or topic that the JMS provider delivers messages to.
If the request is unsuccessful, the response includes a reason for the failure.
writeStrategy String The action to take when a file exists in the ADLS Gen2 storage.
rolloverSize * Integer Target file size, in KB, at which to trigger rollover. Applies to a Rollover write
strategy.
rolloverTime * Integer Length of time, in milliseconds, after which to trigger a rollover. Applies to a
Rollover write strategy.
filesystemNameOverride String Overrides the default file system name provided in the connection. This file
system name is used write to a file at run time.
directoryOverride String Overrides the default directory path. The ADLS Gen2 directory path to write data
to. If left blank, the default directory path is used.
compressionFormat String Compression format to use before the streaming ingestion task writes data to
the target file.
If the request is unsuccessful, the response includes a reason for the failure.
partitionTime String The time interval according to which the streaming ingestion task creates
partitions in the Amazon S3 bucket.
minUploadPartSize Integer Minimum part size when uploading a large file as a set of multiple independent
parts, in megabytes. Use this property to tune the file load to Amazon S3.
multipartUploadThreshold Integer Multipart threshold when uploading objects in multiple parts in parallel.
Object Name/Expression String Amazon S3 target file name or a regular expression for the Amazon S3 file
name pattern.
If the request is unsuccessful, the response includes a reason for the failure.
Configuration information in the config array for Azure Event Hubs as a target
The response returns only the fields that you entered in the request.
sasPolicyName String The name of the Event Hub Namespace Shared Access Policy.
sasPolicyPrimaryKey String The primary key of the Event Hub Namespace Shared Access Policy.
If the request is unsuccessful, the response includes a reason for the failure.
Table Name String Name of the table to insert data to in JSON format.
If the request is unsuccessful, the response includes a reason for the failure.
appendGUID Boolean Specifies whether or not to add a GUID as a suffix to the Amazon DynamoDB table
name.
dynamoDB String Amazon DynamoDB table name where to store the checkpoint details of the Kinesis
source data.
Stream String Name of the Kinesis Stream from where to read data.
Applies when you use Amazon Kinesis Streams as a source.
Stream Name/ String Kinesis stream name or a regular expression for the Kinesis stream name pattern.
Expression Applies when you use Amazon Kinesis Streams as a target.
If the request is unsuccessful, the response includes a reason for the failure.
Configuration information in the config array for flat file as a source and as a
target
The response returns only the fields that you entered in the request.
File String Yes Absolute path and name of the source file you want to read.
initialPosition String Yes Starting position to read data from the file to tail.
rolloverPattern String - File name pattern for the file that rolls over.
tailingMode String Yes Tail a file or multiple files based on the logging pattern.
interimDirectory String Yes Path to the staging directory on the Secure Agent.
rolloverSize Integer Yes The file size, in KB, at which the task moves the file from the staging
directory to the target.
rolloverEvents Integer Yes Number of events or messages to accumulate before a file rollover.
rolloverTime Integer - Length of time, in milliseconds, after which the target file rolls over.
If the request is unsuccessful, the response includes a reason for the failure.
Topic String Kafka source topic name or a Java supported regular expression for the Kafka
source topic name pattern to read the events from.
mdFetchTimeout Integer The time after which the metadata is not fetched.
batchSize Integer The batch size of the events after which a streaming ingestion task writes data
to the target.
Topic Name/Expression String Kafka topic name or a Java supported regular expression for the Kafka topic
name pattern.
If the request is unsuccessful, the response includes a reason for the failure.
GET request
To request the details of a streaming ingestion and replication job, use the following URL:
<server URI>/sisvc/monitor/v1/jobs/<dataflow ID>/<run ID of the job>
GET response
Returns the jobs object if successful or an error object if an error occurs.
extraData String Additional information including the task ID, deployed version, and the Secure Agent group ID.
runId Integer Run ID of the streaming ingestion and replication job. The ID changes for every deployment.
runtimeEnv String ID of the Secure Agent that deployed the streaming ingestion and replication job.
startedBy String Name of the user who created the streaming ingestion and replication task.
status String The status of the streaming ingestion and replication job. A job can be in one of the following
status:
- Deploying. The job is being deployed.
- Up and Running. The job is running.
- Running with Warning. The job is running with warnings.
- Running with Error. The job is running with error.
- Undeployed. The job is undeployed.
- Stopped. The job was intentionally stopped.
GET request
To request a list of the available streaming ingestion and replication jobs, use the following URL:
<server URI>/mijobmonitor/api/v1/MIJobs
You can include the following query parameters in the URI:
$count Boolean No Displays the number of ingestion and replication jobs in the database.
$filter String No Filters the job based on the input. You can filter using one of the following
fields:
- assetName
- assetType
- startedBy
- status
You can filter jobs using single or multiple fields.
$orderby String No Sorts the order of the jobs. You can sort the jobs using the following fields:
- assetName
- assetType
- status
- runtimeEnv
- startTime
You can sort jobs using single or multiple fields.
$skip Integer No Skips the number of streaming ingestion and replication jobs that you specify.
For example, you might want to skip the first five streaming ingestion and
replication jobs.
Consider the $filter and $orderby parameter values, if specified.
$top Integer No Displays the number of top streaming ingestion and replication jobs that you
specify. For example, you might want to view the top ten streaming ingestion
and replication jobs.
Consider the $filter and $orderby parameter values, if specified.
GET response
Returns the MIjobs object if successful or an error object if an error occurs.
runId Integer Run ID of the streaming ingestion and replication job. The ID changes for every
deployment.
runtimeEnv String ID of the Secure Agent that deployed the streaming ingestion and replication job.
startTime Integer Date and start time of deploying the job, in UTC time.
endTime Integer Date and end time of deploying the job, in UTC time.
deployTime Integer Date and time of deploying the job, in UTC time.
undeployTime Integer Date and time of undeploying the job, in UTC time.
startedBy Integer Name of the user who created the streaming ingestion and replication task.
status String The status of the streaming ingestion and replication job. A job can be in one of the
following status:
- Deploying. The job is being deployed.
- Up and Running. The job is running.
- Running with Warning. The job is running with warnings.
- Running with Error. The job is running with error.
- Undeployed. The job is undeployed.
- Stopped. The job was intentionally stopped.
extraData String Additional information including the task ID, the location of the streaming ingestion job,
and the Secure Agent ID.
Job status
Use the status resource to get the status of a streaming ingestion and replication job.
GET request
To request the status of a streaming ingestion and replication job, use the following URL:
<server URI>/sisvc/monitor/v1/status/dataflows/<dataflow ID>
GET response
Returns the job status object if successful or an error object if an error occurs.
status String The status of the streaming ingestion and replication job. A job can be in one of the
following status:
- Deploying. The job is being deployed.
- Up and Running. The job is running.
- Running with Warning. The job is running with warnings.
- Running with Error. The job is running with error.
- Undeployed. The job is undeployed.
- Stopped. The job was intentionally stopped.
timestamp Integer Time, in milliseconds, when the Secure Agent records the status of the streaming
ingestion and replication job.
graph String The throughput information for the source and target of the job.
runId Integer Run ID of the streaming ingestion and replication job. The ID changes for every
deployment.
Job statistics
Use the statistics resource to get the statistics of a streaming ingestion and replication job.
The streaming ingestion job should be in one of the following status before you can view its statistics:
• Deploying
• Up and Running
• Running with Warning
• Running with Error
• Stopped
GET request
To request the statistics of a streaming ingestion and replication job, use the following URL:
<server URI>/sisvc/monitor/v1/statistics/dataflows/<dataflow ID>
You can include the following query parameters in the URI:
intervals Integer Yes Time, in seconds, to display statistics for a streaming ingestion job. For
example, if you specify 30 seconds, the response displays job statistics for the
last 30 seconds.
overall Boolean No Displays the statistics from the time the job is deployed.
GET response
Returns the statistics object if successful or an error object if an error occurs.
inMessages Integer The number of messages that arrive at a node. A node is a source, transformation, or
target, that is used in the streaming ingestion task.
The value is zero for a source node.
nodes Array Information about streaming data in the source and the target used in the task.
intervals Integer The statistics of the job for the time interval you specify in the request. Applies when you
set an interval.
Job history
Use the history resource to get the history of a streaming ingestion and replication job.
GET request
To request the history of a streaming ingestion and replication job, use the following URL:
<server URI>/sisvc/monitor/v1/history/dataflows/<dataflow ID>
GET response
Returns the job history object if successful or an error object if an error occurs.
If successful, the response includes the following information about the history of a streaming ingestion and
replication job:
deployedAt Integer The start time of deploying the job, in UTC time.
undeployedAt Integer The time when the job finished undeploying, in UTC.
runID Integer Run ID of the streaming ingestion and replication job. The ID changes for every
deployment.
RunAJob utility
You can use the RunAJob utility to run jobs or check job status instead of making calls directly through the
Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services REST API.
The RunAJob utility runs a JAR file that calls an Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services REST API to run a job.
After the job completes, the utility provides the following job details:
You can use the RunAJob utility for certain Data Integration and Data Ingestion and Replication asset types.
For Data Integration, you can run jobs for the following tasks and taskflows:
• Mapping tasks
• Synchronization tasks
• Replication tasks
• Masking tasks
• PowerCenter tasks
• Linear taskflows
• Published taskflows
For Data Ingestion and Replication, you can run file ingestion task jobs.
You must have the RunAJobCli package enabled in your Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services organization
to use the RunAJob utility.
To see if your organization is licensed to use the utility, log in to your organization and click Administrator >
Licenses, and then look for the RunAJobCli package toward the bottom of the page. If you do not see the
package, contact Informatica Global Customer Support to enable it.
When the package is enabled, the utility can be found in the following location:
<Secure Agent installation directory>\apps\runAJobCli
To use the RunAJob utility, the Secure Agent host must have Java version 1.8 or higher installed.
558
RunAJob utility setup
To set up the RunAJob utility, create copies of the template files that are included with the utility and
configure the new files.
Set_cli_vars_default.bat On Windows machines, specifies the keystore password that stores the
encryption key and the initial and maximum heap sizes that the RunAJob utility
uses to run Java commands.
Set_cli_vars_default.sh On Linux machines, specifies the keystore password that stores the encryption
key and the initial and maximum heap sizes that the RunAJob utility uses to run
Java commands.
Login properties
Specify Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services login credentials in the [Link] file or include the
login parameters as arguments in a task command.
Use login credentials for a native Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user account. You can't use a SAML
user account for the RunAJob utility.
Parameter Description
[Link] Enables use of an encrypted password. Set the value to true when you use an
encrypted password.
The following example shows the [Link] file with an encrypted password:
username=saki
password=:1xCGDTC0oD9B2Rmd8Sr4IZWaWWkcEmiK5fy+GkycA==
ACTIVITYMONITORWAIT=2000
TOTALWAIT=60000
PROXYHOST=
PROXYPORT=
RETRYCOUNT=30
[Link]=true
CONNECT_TIMEOUT_SECONDS=30
For more information, see “RunAJob utility arguments” on page 564.
Parameter Description
ACTIVITYMONITORWAIT Amount of time the utility waits before retrying if an internal exception occurs, such as a
login failure or network problem.
Default is 5000 milliseconds.
TOTALWAIT Maximum amount of time the utility waits for a job to complete before polling the activity
monitor and activity log again for status.
Default is 5000 milliseconds.
RETRYCOUNT Number of times the utility polls for status. Default is six. This parameter is used for
polling the activity monitor and activity log for job status and for internal exceptions such
as network failures.
Login failures are retried up to five times.
Note: Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services adds 10 seconds between each API call to
prevent server issues.
When you configure the [Link] file to poll job status, consider the values you set for
TOTALWAIT and RETRYCOUNT, and keep in mind the amount of time you expect a job to run.
For example, if you expect a job to run for approximately 25 minutes, you might set the the following
parameters:
TOTALWAIT=60000
RETRYCOUNT=30
With these settings, the utility polls the job status every 60 seconds up to 30 times with 10 seconds between
each retry, which totals 35 minutes. If the job runs for more than 35 minutes, the command exits with return
code 6, which means the job is running. The job continues to run in Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services.
When you configure the [Link] file for internal exceptions, consider the values you set for
ACTIVITYMONITOR and RETRYCOUNT.
By default, the level of detail is set to INFO. At this level, log files include basic information such as user ID,
job ID, and the time that the task was initiated. If you want log files to include job details for debugging
purposes, you can change the level of detail to DEBUG. Or, for fine-grained details, you can change the level
to TRACE.
To set the level of detail, change the value of the following parameter in the [Link] file:
[Link]=INFO
Property Description
Xms Specifies the initial heap size that the JVM will allocate.
Xmx Specifies the maximum heap size that the JVM is allowed to allocate.
You might configure the CLI_JAVA_OPTS parameter as shown in the following example of a
set_cli_vars.sh file:
@echo off
REM This variable is used to override the default KeyStore password.
set RUNAJOB_KEYSTORE_PASSWORD=
REM This variable is used to set the Java initial heap size and maximum heap size.
set CLI_JAVA_OPTS =Xms256m -Xmx512m
Running tasks
The following command is an example of the syntax you can use to run a task using the task name and
location to specify the task:
[Link] runAJobCli -t <tasktype> -n <task name> -fp <folder path to the task>
For example, to run a Data Ingestion and Replication file ingestion and replication task, you might use the
following command:
[Link] runAJobCli -t MI_TASK -n mitask_Arch_2308 -fp myproject/folder1
The following command is an example of the syntax you can use to run a job using the federated task ID to
specify the task:
[Link] runAJobCli -t <tasktype> -fi <federated task ID>
For example, to run a Data Integration synchronization task using the federated task ID, you might use the
following command:
[Link] runAJobCli -t DSS -fi kvOF40yLXyUihm7wYYskmh
For each job, you must specify the taskflow to run using the taskflow's name.
For more information about running taskflows with parameter sets using the RunAJob utility, see
[Link] This article also includes a link to download the
utility.
When you run a taskflow that uses a parameter set, type the RunAJob utility command followed by the -pun
or --parameterSetUniqueName argument.
To run a taskflow using the RunAJob utility, the taskflow must be published and you must include values for
Allowed Users and Allowed Groups in the taskflow designer. For more information, see Taskflows in the Data
Integration help.
Note: If you use the utility on Linux and you use another script or wrapper script to call [Link], be sure to
comment the following line in the [Link] file:
cd "$SCRIPT_DIR"
If you do not comment this line, you might receive the following error:
Could not find or load main class [Link].
Task location
If you do not include a folder path or federated task ID in the command, the utility runs the task in the Default
folder.
If the task is not located in the Default folder or you have multiple tasks with the same name located in
different folders, be sure to include the folder path or federated task ID in the command.
To find the federated task ID, send a POST request using the REST API version 3 lookup resource.
folderPath -fp --folderPath Folder path to the location of the task such
as myproject/folder1.
Required when the task isn't in the Default
folder and the command doesn't include
the federated task ID.
Not applicable for taskflows.
Code Description
-1 Exception
0 Success
1 Warning
2 No wait
3 Failure
4 Timeout
5 Error
6 Running
7 Failure to start
If any required parameters are missing or are not valid in a command, an error message displays and the
REST API call does not run.
ParamSetCli utility
ParamSetCli is Informatica's command line interface utility that is used only for taskflows that use parameter
sets.
[Link]
To use the ParamSetCli utility with proxy settings, you must have the Secure Agent installed on the same
machine as the ParamSetCli utility.
You can download the ParamSetCli utility from the following community article:
[Link]
567
Login properties
Specify the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services login credentials in the [Link] file. Or, you
can pass the login parameters through cli using the -u and -p arguments.
You can use a password string or an encrypted password for the password parameter and the PROXYPWD
parameter.
You can use [Link] for Windows and [Link] for Unix-like operating systems.
Copy the encrypted password string and replace the password or proxy password in the [Link]
file with the encrypted string, and then set the [Link] flag to true.
The following example shows the [Link] file with an encrypted password, an encrypted proxy
password, and the [Link] flag set to true:
baseUrl=[Link]
username=testuser
password=:1xCGDTC0oD9B2Rmd8Sr4IZWaWWkcEmiK5fy+GkycA==
ACTIVITYMONITORWAIT=2000
PROXYHOST=
PROXYPORT=
PROXYUSERNAME=
PROXYPWD=x2UNmQ1nxXbKvKs1+ZOkvQ==
RETRYCOUNT=
[Link]=true
paramSetBaseUrl=[Link]
Include the following parameters in the [Link] file or in action commands:
Parameter Description
ACTIVITYMONITORWAIT The amount of time the utility waits before retrying if an internal exception occurs, such as
a login failure or network problem.
Default is 5000 milliseconds.
PROXYUSERNAME Authenticated user name for the HTTP(s) proxy server. Required if the proxy server
requires authentication.
PROXYPWD Password for the authenticated user or an encrypted password string for the authenticated
user. Required if the proxy server requires authentication.
RETRYCOUNT The number of times the utility polls for status. This parameter is used for polling the
activity monitor and activity log for job status and for internal exceptions such as login
failure or network problems.
Default is 6.
Note: Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services adds 10 seconds between each API call to
prevent server issues.
[Link] Enables the use of an encrypted password. To use an encrypted password or an encrypted
proxy password, set the value to true.
paramSetBaseUrl Base URL of Informatica Cloud Data Integration suffixed with active-bpel.
Default is [Link]
Use [Link] runParamSetCli for Windows. Use [Link] runParamSetCli for Unix-like
operating systems.
For each action that you want to perform, you must specify the action type.
username -u Required. The user name to log in to Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services.
baseUrl -bu Required. Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services MA service URL. Default is
[Link]
paramsetbaseUrl -psbu Base URL of Informatica Cloud Data Integration suffixed with active-bpel.
For example, [Link]
You can provide the paramset base URL in the [Link] file or
you can pass it through the CLI using the -psbu argument. If it is available in
both locations, the -psbu value in the action command takes precedence.
action -a Required. Defines the action to be performed on the parameter set. You can
specify one of the following actions:
upload- Upload a parameter set to the cloud-hosted repository by using the
unique name. Optionally, you can specify the -f force argument to override the
existing parameter set.
download- Download a parameter set from the cloud-hosted repository by using
the unique name of an uploaded parameter set. If the specified file already
exists on your local machine, the CLI does not download the parameter set. To
forcefully download and overwrite the existing file, you can use the -f force
argument.
list- List the parameter sets with basic information such as created by, creation
date, parameter set name, parameter file name, and parameter directory
available in the cloud-hosted repository.
delete- Permanently delete the specified parameter set from the cloud-hosted
repository.
Force -f Optional. Enables you to force upload or download the parameter set.
Parameter Set -un Required. A name used to identify a parameter set when performing different
Unique Name operations such as upload, download, or delete a parameter set, or use it in a
taskflow. The name must be unique within the IICS organization.
Parameter directory -pd Specifies the directory where the parameter files are located.
Parameter Set List -page Optional. Page number. Specifies the page number that you want to list.
Page
Page size -ps Optional. Specifies the number of entries per page. The default and the
maximum number of entries that you can list is 50 per page.
You can perform different actions such as upload, download, and delete a parameter set and list all of the
uploaded parameter sets. For each action, you must provide the -a argument and appropriate arguments
specific to the action as shown below:
You can use the upload action to upload a parameter set to the cloud-hosted repository. You can upload
a file with a size up to 5 MB.
For example:
If you update the parameter set after uploading it to the cloud-hosted repository, you must reupload the
parameter set for the changes to take effect.
After you run this command, the parameter set is uploaded to the cloud-hosted repository. The unique
name of the parameter set is used in a taskflow to read the inputs.
You can use the unique name of an uploaded parameter set to download it from the cloud-hosted
repository.
For example:
Here, -un, -pf, and -pd are mandatory arguments. -pf specifies the file name with which you want to
download the parameter set, and -pd specifies the directory where the parameter set is to be
downloaded. If the specified file already exists on the local machine, the ParamSetCli utility does not
download the parameter set. To forcefully download and overwrite the existing file, you can use the -f
force argument.
After you run this command, the parameter set is downloaded to the specified directory.
You can use the unique name of the parameter set to delete it from the cloud-hosted repository.
For example:
After you run this command, the parameter set is permanently deleted from the cloud-hosted repository.
You can list the parameter sets that you have uploaded to the cloud-hosted repository.
When you run the above command, the first page with 50 entries is listed. It displays basic information
such as created by, creation date, parameter set name, parameter file name, and parameter directory for
the parameter sets available in the cloud-hosted repository.
The default and the maximum number of entries that you can list is 50 per page. If you want a
customized list, you can specify the page number and page size as per the requirement.
Here, -page is the page number that you want to list and -ps is the number of entries you want to display
on that page.
After you run this command, the fifth page with 10 entries are listed.
The Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services REST API uses codes for the following information:
State codes
The Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services REST API uses the following codes to represent the names of the
United States.
• AL. Alabama.
• AK. Alaska.
• AZ. Arizona.
• AR. Arkansas.
• CA. California.
• CO. Colorado.
• CT. Connecticut.
• DE. Delaware.
• FL. Florida.
• GA. Georgia.
• HI. Hawaii.
• ID. Idaho.
• IL. Illinois.
• IN. Indiana.
• IA. Iowa.
• KS. Kansas.
• KY. Kentucky.
• LA. Louisiana.
573
• ME. Maine.
• MD. Maryland.
• MA. Massachusetts.
• MI. Michigan.
• MN. Minnesota.
• MS. Mississippi.
• MO. Missouri.
• MT. Montana.
• NE. Nebraska.
• NV. Nevada.
• NH. New Hampshire.
• NJ. New Jersey.
• NM. New Mexico.
• NY. New York.
• NC. North Carolina.
• ND. North Dakota.
• OH. Ohio.
• OK. Oklahoma.
• OR. Oregon.
• PA. Pennsylvania.
• RI. Rhode Island.
• SC. South Carolina.
• SD. South Dakota.
• TN. Tennessee.
• TX. Texas.
• UT. Utah.
• VT. Vermont.
• VA. Virginia.
• WA. Washington.
• WV. West Virginia.
• WI. Wisconsin.
• WY. Wyoming.
Country codes
The Informatica Cloud REST API uses the following codes to represent country names.
• AF. Afghanistan.
• AX. Aland Islands.
• ACT
• AET
• Africa/Cairo
• Africa/Casablanca
• Africa/Johannesburg
• Africa/Nairobi
• America/Barbados
• America/Bogota
• America/Buenos_Aires
• America/Caracas
• America/Chicago
• America/Costa_Rica
• America/Dawson_Creek
• America/Denver
• America/Dominica
• America/El_Salvador
• America/Guadeloupe
• America/Halifax
• America/Havana
• America/Jamaica
• America/La_Paz
• America/Los_Angeles
• America/Mexico_City
• America/Montreal
• America/New_York
activityLog GET
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/activity/activityLog/<id>
/api/v2/activity/activityLog?runId=<runId>
/api/v2/activity/activityLog?taskId=<taskId>
/api/v2/activity/activityLog?offset=<offset>
/api/v2/activity/activityLog?rowLimit=<row limit>
You can also use the activityLog to download error logs and session logs from the server.
Use the serverUrl from the login response for one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/activity/errorLog/<id>
/api/v2/activity/activityLog/<Top_Level_Log_Entry_Id>/sessionLog?itemId=<child-log-
entry-item-id>&childItemId=<child-log-entry-item-id>
activityMonitor GET
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/activity/activityMonitor?details=<true|false>
agent GET
Version 2 resource.
Returns the details of a Secure Agent or of all Secure Agents in the organization. Also returns a Secure
Agent install token and checksum download URL.
584
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/agent/<id>
agentservice POST
Version 3 resource
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
public/core/v3/agent/service
auditlog GET
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/auditlog
/api/v2/auditlog?batchId=<batchId>&batchSize=<batchSize>
bundleObject GET
Version 2 resource.
Returns the details of a bundle or the details of all published or installed bundles in the organization.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/bundleObject
/api/v2/bundleObject/<id>
/api/v2/bundleObject/name/<name>
/api/v2/bundleObject/?published=true
/api/v2/bundleObject/?published=true&installed=false
/api/v2/bundleObject/?installed=true
/api/v2/bundleObject/?published=false&installed=true
bundleObject POST
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL in the following URI:
/api/v2/bundleObject/push/<bundleId>
bundleObjectLicense GET
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL in the following URI:
/api/v2/bundleObjectLicense/
Use a bundleObjectLicense object to define attributes. Include the following required attribute: bundleId.
bundleObjectLicense DELETE
Version 2 resource.
Uninstalls a bundle.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL in the following URI:
/api/v2/bundleObjectLicense?bundleObjectId=<bundleId>&updateOption=<updateOption>
ChangePassword POST
Version 3 resource.
Changes the password for the user who initiated the session or for a specified user.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/public/core/v3/Users/ChangePassword
checkin POST
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/public/core/v3/checkin
checkout POST
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/public/core/v3/checkout
commit GET
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/public/core/v3/commit/<commit hash>
commitHistory GET
Version 3 resource.
Returns commit history for source-controlled objects with the latest commit listed first.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/public/core/v3/commitHistory<parameters>
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/public/core/v3/export
export GET
Version 3 resource.
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/public/core/v3/fetchState
fetchState GET
Version 3 resource.
Returns the status of the fetchState job or the object states package.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL in the following URI:
/public/core/v3/folders
folders PATCH
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL in the following URI:
/public/core/v3/folders/<folder ID>
import POST
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
key GET
Version 3 resource.
Returns key rotation interval details for an organization.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL in the following URI:
/public/core/v3/key/rotationSettings
key PATCH
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL in the following URI:
/public/core/v3/key/rotationSettings
Version 3 resource.
Returns the license details for the organization that you are logged in to or a specified sub-organization.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL in the following URI:
/public/core/v3/license/org/<id>
license PUT
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL in the following URI:
/public/core/v3/license/org/<id>
Use the orgLicenseAssignment object to update license information.
loadState POST
Version 3 resource.
Uploads an object states package ZIP file or loads the object states.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL and include the job ID in one of the
following URIs:
/public/core/v3/loadState/<id>
/public/core/v3/import/<id>?expand=objects
login POST
Version 3 resource.
Logs into an organization and returns a session ID that you use for API calls that you make during the
session.
Use a login object and include the following fields: username, password.
logout POST
Version 3 resource.
Logs out of an organization and ends the REST API session included in the request header.
To log in with your Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services account, use the following URL:
[Link] provider>-<region>.[Link]/ma/api/v2/user/login
For more information about the cloud provider and region, see “Logging in” on page 53.
Use a login object and include the following fields: username, password.
loginSAML POST
Version 2 resource.
For SAML single sign-on users, logs into an organization and returns a session ID that you can use for
other API calls.
Include the following required attributes in the login object: orgId, samlToken.
loginSf POST
Version 2 resource.
Logs into an organization using Salesforce credentials and returns a session ID that you can use for
other API calls.
Include the following required attributes in the login object: sfSessionId, sfServerUrl.
logout POST
Version 2 resource.
Logs out of an organization and ends the REST API session included in the request header.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/user/logout
logoutall POST
Version 2 resource.
Logs out of an organization and ends all version 2 REST API sessions for the organization.
lookup POST
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/public/core/v3/lookup
objects GET
Version 3 resource.
Returns a list of an organization's assets based on query parameters and returns a list of object
dependencies for a specified asset. Also returns permission details for an organization's assets,
projects, and folders, and the access rights you have for an object.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
Version 3 resource.
Creates or updates an access control list (ACL). ACLs define user or user group permissions to assets,
folders, and projects.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL one of the following URIs:
• To delete the permissions that a user or user group has for an object, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/objects/<id>/permissions/<ACL ID>
Version 2 resource.
Returns the details of your Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services organization or a related sub-
organization.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/org/<id>
/api/v2/org/name/<name>
org POST
Version 2 resource.
Updates the details of an Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services organization or a related sub-
organization.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/org/<id>
Use an org object to define attributes.
org DELETE
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/org/<id>
Orgs GET
Version 3 resource.
Returns a list of trusted IP address ranges for an Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services organization or
sub-organization.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URI:
/public/core/v3/Orgs/<orgId>/TrustedIP
Orgs PUT
Version 3 resource.
Enables or disables trusted IP ranges and adds values of trusted IP ranges for an Informatica Intelligent
Cloud Services organization or sub-organization. Also creates or removes mappings between SAML
groups and roles and Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services roles.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
Version 3 resource.
Returns a list of privileges that can be used in custom roles.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
• To get a list of enabled and default privileges, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/privileges
• To get a complete list of enabled, disabled, default, and unassigned privileges, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/privileges?<parameters>
projects POST
Version 3 resource.
Creates a project. Also creates a folder in a project other than the Default project.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL in one of the following URIs:
Version 3 resource.
Updates a project. Also updates a folder that's in a project other than the Default project.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL in one of the following URIs:
projects DELETE
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL in one of the following URIs:
Version 3 resource.
Note: The pull GET request that was used to get the status of a pull operation is deprecated. Use a
sourceControlAction GET request to receive the status for a source control operation.
pull POST
Version 3 resource.
Retrieves objects from your repository and loads them into your organization.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/public/core/v3/pull
pullByCommitHash POST
Version 3 resource.
Retrieves objects from your repository that were modified by a particular commit and loads them into
your organization.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/public/core/v3/pullByCommitHash
register POST
Version 2.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/user/register
Use a registration object to define attributes.
ResetPassword POST
Version 3 resource.
Resets the password for the user who initiated the session.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/public/core/v3/Users/ResetPassword
roles GET
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/public/core/v3/roles
roles POST
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL in one of the following URIs:
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/public/core/v3/roles/<id>
runtimeEnvironment GET
Version 2 resource.
Returns the details of the runtime environments used by the organization. You can also get details about
Secure Agent service properties for Secure Agent groups.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
• To get the details of the runtime environments used by the organization, use one of the following
URIs:
/api/v2/runtimeEnvironment
/api/v2/runtimeEnvironment/<id>
/api/v2/runtimeEnvironment/<name>
• To find out which services and connectors are enabled for a Secure Agent group, use the following
URI:
/api/v2/runtimeEnvironment/<id>/selections
• To get the enabled and disabled services and connectors for a Secure Agent group, use the following
URI:
/api/v2/runtimeEnvironment/<id>/selections/details
• To get a list of editable Secure Agent service properties that you can configure for a Secure Agent
group, use the following URI:
/api/v2/runtimeEnvironment/<id>/configs/details/<platform>
• To get a list of group-level properties that have overridden Secure Agent service default property
settings, use the following URI:
/api/v2/runtimeEnvironment/<id>/configs/<platform>
runtimeEnvironment POST
Version 2 resource.
Enables services and connectors and sets Secure Agent service properties for a Secure Agent group.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
• To enable services and connectors for a Secure Agent group, use the following URI:
/api/v2/runtimeEnvironment/<id>/selections
• To configure Secure Agent service properties for a Secure Agent group, use the following URI:
/api/v2/runtimeEnvironment/<id>/configs/<platform>
runtimeEnvironment DELETE
Version 2 resource.
Deletes a Secure Agent group or deletes Secure Agent service property settings for a Secure Agent
group.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
• To get the details for all schedules in the organization, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/schedule
• To get the details for a specific schedule, use one of the following URIs:
/public/core/v3/schedule/<id>
/public/core/v3/schedule/<parameter>
schedule POST
Version 3 resource.
Creates a schedule.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL in the following URI:
/public/core/v3/schedule
schedule PATCH
Version 3 resource.
Updates a schedule.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL in the following URI:
/public/core/v3/schedule/<id>
schedule DELETE
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL in the following URI:
/public/core/v3/schedule/<id>
schedule GET
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/schedule/<id>
/api/v2/schedule/name/<name>
schedule POST
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/schedule/<id>
Note: To leverage full scheduling capabilities, use the version 3 schedule resource instead of the version
2 schedule resource.
schedule DELETE
Version 2 resource.
Deletes a schedule.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/schedule/<id>
securityLog GET
Version 3 resource.
Returns security log entries that include events such as login actions and permission changes.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/public/core/v3/securityLog
serverTime GET
Version 2 resource.
Returns the local time for the Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services server.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/server/serverTime
sourceControlAction GET
Version 3 resource.
Returns the status of a source control operation for the specified object.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
• To get the status of a source control operation, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/sourceControlAction/<actionId>
• To get the status for each object in a source control operation, use the following URI:
/public/core/v3/sourceControlAction/<actionId>?expand=objects
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/public/core/v3/TagObjects
task GET
Version 2 resource.
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/public/core/v3/undoCheckout
UntagObjects POST
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/public/core/v3/UntagObjects
user GET
Version 2 resource.
Returns the details of an Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services user account or of all user accounts in
the organization.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/user/<id>
/api/v2/user/name/<name>
Note: To leverage full user management capabilities, use the version 3 users resource instead of the
version 2 user resource. The version 3 users resource supports users, user groups, and roles. The
version 2 user resource does not support user groups and roles, and a GET request might not return all
users in the organization.
user POST
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/user/<id>
Note: We recommend that you use the version 3 users resource, instead of using the version 2 user
resource. The version 2 user resource doesn't support user groups or user roles.
user DELETE
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/user/<id>
userGroups GET
Version 3 resource.
Returns details for all user groups in the organization or the details for a particular user group.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/public/core/v3/userGroups
userGroups POST
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
/public/core/v3/userGroups
/public/core/v3/userGroups/<id>
userGroups PUT
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/public/core/v3/userGroups/<id>
users GET
Version 3 resource.
Returns details for all users in the organization or the details for a particular user.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
/public/core/v3/users
/public/core/v3/users?<parameter>
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/public/core/v3/users
users PUT
Version 3 resource.
Version 3 resource.
Use the baseApiUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/public/core/v3/users/<id>
CodeTask POST
Use the server URL from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
Use the server URL from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
Use the server URL from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/disnext/api/v1/CodeTask/Cancel
connection GET
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL.
• Connection details. To request the details of a connection or of all connections in the organization,
use one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/connection
/api/v2/connection/<id>
/api/v2/connection/name/<name>
• Connection objects. To request a list of objects that you can use as a source or target for the
specified connection, use one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/connection/source/<id>
/api/v2/connection/target/<id>
• Connection details by runtime environment. To request a list of all connections in the organization
that use a particular runtime environment, use the following URI:
/api/v2/connection/<runtimeEnvironmentId>
• Connections by Secure Agent and connection type. To request a list of connections by Secure Agent
ID and connection type, use the following URI:
/api/v2/connection/search?agentId=<id>&uiType=<uiType>
• Metadata details. To request metadata details for a connection, use the following URI:
/api/v2/connection/<source or target>/<id>/metadata
• Test connection. To test a connection, use the following URI:
/api/v2/connection/test/<id>
connection POST
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/connection/<id>
Use a connection object to define attributes.
connection DELETE
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/connection/<id>
connector GET
Version 2 resource.
Returns a list of connectors available to the organization or attribute values for a specified connector
type.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/connector
/api/v2/connector/metadata?connectorType=<type>
customFunc GET
Version 2 resource.
Returns the details of a PowerCenter mapplet or of all PowerCenter mapplets in the organization.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/customFunc
/api/v2/customFunc/<id>
/api/v2/customFunc/name/<name>
customFunc POST
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/customFunc/<id>
Define attributes in the request body and encode the request body as multipart/form-data. Include the
following required attributes: file, name.
customFunc DELETE
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/customFunc/<id>
dataPreview GET
Version 2 resource.
Use to preview data during mapping design. Specify the number of rows to return of source or target
data for a specified object.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/connection/<source or target>/<connection ID>/datapreview/<object name>
/api/v2/connection/<source or target>/name/<name>/datapreview/<object name>
dynamictask GET
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/batch-mapping/api/v1/dynamictask/<id>
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/batch-mapping/api/v1/dynamictask
dynamictask PUT
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/batch-mapping/api/v1/dynamictask/<id>
expressionValidation POST
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/expression/validate
field GET
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/connection/<source or target>/<id>/field/<name>
/api/v2/connection/<source or target>/name/<name>/field/<name>
/api/v2/connection/<source or target>/<id>/fields?objectName=<name>
field POST
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/connection/<source or target>/<id>/field/<name>
The flat file attributes provided in the request override the default attributes specified in the connection
object.
filelisteners GET
To get file listener details, use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following
URI:
api/v1/filelisteners/<id>
To create a file listener, use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
api/v1/filelisteners
To start a file listener, use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v1/filelisteners/<id>/start
To stop a file listener , use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v1/filelisteners/<id>/stop
filelisteners PUT
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v1/filelisteners/<id>
filelisteners DELETE
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v1/filelisteners/<id>
fwConfig GET
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/fwConfig/<id>
/api/v2/fwConfig/name/<name>
fwConfig POST
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/fwConfig/<id>
fwConfig DELETE
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/fwConfig/<id>
Version 2 resource.
Returns the details of a mapping or of all mappings in the organization. Can also return an image of a
mapping.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/mapping/<id>
/api/v2/mapping/name/<name>
/api/v2/mapping/search?name=<name>
/api/v2/mapping/<id>/image?deployed=<true|false>
mttask GET
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/mttask/<id>
/api/v2/mttask/frs/<federated task ID>
/api/v2/mttask/name/<name>
mttask POST
Version 2 resource.
Creates or updates a mapping task.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/mttask/<id>
/api/v2/mttask/frs/<federated task ID>
Use an mttask object to define attributes.
mttask DELETE
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/mttask/<id>
sendfiles POST
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
mftsaas/api/v1/sendfiles/<connection name>
workflow GET
Version 2 resource.
Returns the details of a linear taskflow or of all linear taskflows in the organization.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for one of the following URIs:
/api/v2/workflow/<id>
/api/v2/workflow/name/<name>
/api/v2/workflow/?simpleMode=true
workflow POST
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/workflow/<id>
Use a workflow object to define attributes.
workflow DELETE
Version 2 resource.
Use the serverUrl from the login response as the base URL for the following URI:
/api/v2/workflow/<id>
A compress
REST API resource 399
activityLog compress file transfer task 404
REST API resource 27 configuration
activityMonitor associating with runtime environment 122
REST API resource 37 creating 114
Advanced FTP V2 404 getting link details 121
agent connection
REST API resource 100 REST API resource 318
arguments connection attributes and user interface fields 486
RunAJob utility 564 connections
AS2 server available connectors for an organization 340
sendfiles resource 394 connector 340
asset migration connector type data types 485
exporting 137 connectors
importing 151 available for an organization 318
assets custom roles
dependencies 211 adding and removing privileges 230
finding 205 creating 229
in an organization 205 deleting 231
auditlog customFunc
REST API resource 40 REST API resource 466
B D
base URL 15 Data Integration community
base URLs URL 11
difference for REST API versions 14 dataPreview
body configuration REST API resource 342
REST API 16 date/time format
bundleObject REST API 20
REST API resource 44 decompress
bundleObjectLicense REST API resource 400
REST API resource 46, 47 decrypt
REST API resource 403
C E
ChangePassword resource 219
changing passwords 219 elastic runtime environment
checkin resource 276 getting configuration details 112
checkout resource 268 elastic runtime environments 111
Cloud Application Integration community encrypt
URL 11 REST API resource 401, 408
Cloud Developer community error logs 27
URL 11 error object
ClusterConfig resource REST API 24
updating configuration 116 export
CodeTask REST API v3 resource 137
REST API 308 expressionValidation
commit resource REST API resource 484
getting commit details 279
commitHistory resource 282
common resources 13
compare resource 285
607
F key rotation (continued)
REST API v3 resource 163
fetchState
REST API v3 resource 192
field
REST API resource 368
L
file ingestion and replication tasks license
REST API 501, 505, 514 REST API v3 resource 165
file ingestionand replication tasks linear taskflows
REST API 511 workflow resource 432
file listener 374 loadState
file transfer REST API v3 resource 199
monitoring using REST API 398 log file detail
folders resource RunAJob utility 561
creating folders 224 logging in
deleting folders 226 using Salesforce credentials 65
updating folders 225 using V2 login resource 53
format using V3 login resource 167
difference for REST API versions 14 login
fwConfig REST API resource 53, 167
REST API resource 416 loginSaml
REST API resource 57, 62
loginSf
H lookup
REST API v3 resource 171
h2h lstatus resource
REST API resource 421 taskflows 474
header configuration
REST API 15
M
I maintenance outages 12
managing 252
identity providers mapping
JWT access tokens 145 REST API resource 437
images metering
getting new token 131 meter IDs 190
listing 119 REST API v3 resource 175
revoking a token 132 migrate
import REST API resource 338
REST API v3 resource 151 migrating assets 135
Informatica Global Customer Support migrating objects
contact information 12 exporting 137
Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services importing 151
web site 11 mttask
IP addresses 161 REST API resource 441
J O
job OAuth
REST API resource 48 identity providers for JWT 145
job status object configuration
job resource 48 REST API, in XML and JSON 16
RunAJob utility 561 object dependencies 211
object IDs
retrieving for the REST API 21
K object migration
exporting 137
key rotation importing 151
changing key rotation intervals 164 object permissions
getting key rotation interval settings 163 deleting 216
608 Index
object state synchronization responses
fetchState resource 192 REST API 23
loading states 199 REST API
objects activityLog resource 27
checking permissions 218 activityMonitor resource 37
creating ACL permissions 214 agent resource 100
getting permission details 217 agent service 254
REST API v3 resource 205 auditlog resource to view audit entries 40
updating permissions 215 body configuration 16
objects resource bundleObject resource to view bundle details 44
permissions 213 bundleObjectLicense resource 46, 47
org codes 573
REST API resource 69 CodeTask 308
Orgs resource connection resource 318
adding SAML group mappings 231 copy streaming ingestion task 518
adding SAML role mappings 233 create file ingestion and replication tasks 505
getting SAML group mapping details 235 customFunc resource for PowerCenter mapplets 466
getting SAML role mapping details 237 dataPreview resource 342
IP addresses 161 date/time values 20
mapping roles with SAML groups and roles 231 delete file ingestion and replication tasks 514
removing SAML group mappings 234 deploy streaming ingestion task 515
removing SAML role mappings 235 details of a streaming ingestion jobs 548
documentation conventions 25
error object 24
P expressionValidation 484
field resource 368
partial updates 19 file ingestion and replication tasks 501
passwords fwConfig resource 416
changing 219 guidelines 24
resetting 220 h2h 421
permissions header configuration 15
checking for current user 218 history 556
creating for objects 213 history of a streaming ingestion job 556
deleting 216 job resource 48
platform REST API resources 13 JSON example 18
PODs 14 list of available streaming ingestion jobs 550
privileges resource 220 login resource 53, 167
projects resource loginSaml 57, 62
creating projects 222 loginSf resource 65
deleting projects 224 logout resource 68
updating projects 223 logoutall resource 69
pull resource mapping resource for working with mappings 437
pulling objects 258 migrate resource 338
pullByCommitHash resource MIJobs 548, 550
pulling objects 264 mttask resource to work with mapping tasks 441
org resource 69
quick reference for Data Integration 600
R schedule resource 92
sendfiles resource 394
receivefiles serverTime resource 105
REST API resource 396 start a streaming ingestion task 516
register state codes 573, 574
REST API resource 74 statistics 554
remote statistics of a streaming ingestion job 554
REST API resource 404 status 552
remote file transfer task status of a streaming ingestion job 552
REST API resource 404 stop a streaming ingestion task 517, 535
removing tags 293 task resource to view task details 105
ResetPassword resource 220 time zone codes 581
resetting passwords 219, 220 undeploy a streaming ingestion task 516
update a streaming ingestion task 519
Index 609
REST API (continued) Secure Agent groups
update file ingestion and replication tasks 511 creating 83
update streaming ingestion task 519–521, 523, 525, 527–529, 531, default property settings 89
533, 535, 537, 538, 540, 541, 543–545, 547 deleting 83
user resource 106 selecting services and connectors 86
versions 14 updating 83
workflow resource for linear taskflows 432 Secure Agent service
XML example 18 starting 254
REST API resources stopping 254
types of 13 securityLog
REST API v3 REST API v3 resource 255
convert resource 471 sendfiles
export resource 137 REST API resource 394
fetchState resource 192 serverTime
import resource 151 REST API resource 105
key resource 163 serverURL 14
license resource 165 service REST API resources 13
loadState resource 199 session IDs
logout resource 170 difference for REST API versions 14
lookup resource 171 session logs 27
objects resource 205 session status 21
schedule resource 239 source control
securityLog 255 checking in objects 276
return list configuration checking out objects 268
REST API in XML and JSON 17 comparing object versions 285
roles getting commit details 279
adding to user groups 306 getting commit history 282
removing from user groups 306 pulling objects 258
updating role assignments 300 pulling objects for a commit hash 264
roles resource status 290
getting role details 227 undoing checkout 271
updating privileges 230 sourceControlAction resource 290
RunAJob utility state codes
arguments 564 REST API 573, 574
Java heap sizes 562 state synchronization 192
job status 561 status
job status codes 566 Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services 12
log file detail 561 streaming ingestion and replication tasks
login properties 559 REST API 515–517
overview 558 streaming ingestion jobs
running jobs 563 REST API 550, 552, 554, 556
setup 559 streaming ingestion tasks
task folder 564 REST API 518–521, 523, 525, 527–529, 531, 533, 535, 537, 538, 540,
runtime environments 79 541, 543–545, 547
runtimeEnvironment synchronization tasks
creating Secure Agent groups 83 converting to data transfer tasks 471
deleting Secure Agent groups 83 testing compatibility with data transfer tasks 471
requesting details 80 synchronizing object states
REST API resource 80 exporting states 192
selecting services and connectors for Secure Agent groups 86 loading states 199
setting default property settings for Secure Agent groups 89 system status 12
updating Secure Agent groups 83
T
S TagObjects resource 293
SAML groups and roles tags
adding SAML group mappings 231 assigning to assets 293
adding SAML role mappings 233 removing from assets 293
getting SAML group mapping details 235 task
getting SAML role mapping details 237 REST API resource 105
removing SAML group mappings 234 time zone codes
removing SAML role mappings 235 REST API 581
schedule tokens
REST API resource 92 listing 134
REST API v3 resource 239 trust site
SCIM tokens 252 description 12
610 Index
@type users (continued)
use with JSON REST API 16 assigning object permissions 214
creating 298
deleting 298, 302
Index 611